I0SH1IIMS SBIHVHSn LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniUSNI^NVINOSHlIINS^SB I y V«i Z o — 5 r~ , 2 Z rn | 'mr m | m ^ w USON IAN ^INSTITUTION^ NOIlfUllSNI^NVINOSHlIIAIS^Sa I HVH 0 II^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN "iNSTITUl ** X co t lit ^1) | | | w *. z u> z I \ 1 2 IOSHIIWS S3 I ava a ll_LI B RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN^ INSTITUTION N0lifUllSNI_NVIN0SHilWSWS3 I ava * .♦§ | ^ i O ™ 5 5 ■HS0NIAN^INSTITUTI0N2N0llfUllSNI^NVIN0SHillNS^S3 I a Va 8 II “‘l I B R A R I ES^SMITHSOmAN ^INSTITUl O - V O x^x jjj xr^QX i “ S ^ ^ 2 ’ 2 s • )^V >■ 2 XOvos^ >■ HSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOlinillSN^NVINOSHillNS^Sa I ava 8 ll^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUT <0 _ Z \ CO _ ~ CO “ CO 114 CO W /^^J\ M y<5o>??x w 5? zf5m£ _ _ _ , O \WwS7 m •' o xsMsv§ 2 l 2 _1 Z j 2T oshiiims saiavaan libraries smithsonian institution noiiiuiisni nvinoshliws saiava s55fe' ° , . . v5 I xs«x £ .JKo. I , z »*. z ^ ' •% 1 v ./l ^v! ../ - .-| 5 ^ < Ml CO *- 2 CO 2 CO *.2 * ? niusNi nvinoshiiiais saiavaan libraries Smithsonian institution NoiinuiSNi nvinoshii z 2: c/> z ~ ''MW/ x&T r- ^ ^ XQ/vdcJ JAR I ES“ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVINOSHlIWS^Sa I a Va 3 11 Ll VARIES SMITHSONI in 5 ^ ^ m - cn 5 If / H ^ 3 /?# M 5 (i^ W 5 uJk * <= O '\ __ XgUiiSgX ^ nillSNI """NVINOSHIIIAIS- S3 I a V3 a 11 _L I B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVINOSHII rn NsXv^a^^' m co m X*v\H^-jX 2 m (/) '■— t/> _ co — co ^ IARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI NVINOSHIIIAIS S3 I ava a 11 LI B RAR I ES SMITHSONI c/> z co z co 2 , w 1 %% 1 1 ■* _ > ' S x^yosKj-z > ^ nillSNI NVINOSHIIINS^SS I ava a n IIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI_NV!NOSHll 0: < K O ™ N®!/ o „ o varies Smithsonian"1 institution NoiiniusNi^NviNOSHiiiAis^ssiavaan libraries smithson 2 r- ^ ^ z r* z r- Z ° ^ g S ^ 2 | ^5lP* m | m | .nillSNI NVINOSHIIIAIS S3 I ava a n~LI B RAR 1 ESt/,SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION NOlinillSN! NVINOSHII Z CO z .... CO z CO Z < 3 , < a&V.* 2 < <*y • 2 .< /? o x .AJ? o » x- x /W ^ o x . o ■ ■ *«r ¥ Ilk • « (l£ 3d £2 lllkx g 3 > “W" 2 ^ ^ ^ > ^AR I ES”'SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOIlfUllSNI^NVINOSHlMS^SS I ava a ll_ L1 BRAR 1 ES^SMITHSON! o _ xcpjas^z Q ^ — NgtJixS]*^ O nillSNI-NVINOSHlilNS^Sa I a va a n^LI B R AR I ES2SMITHSOmANJ|NSIITUTION NOIlfUllSNI ^NVINOSHII r- z 1- Z «” z i~ N0iinillSNl“NVIN0SHHWs" S3 I ava a II ~LI B R AR 1 ES* SMITHSON 2:* CO z CO z , Avifauna of Laysan, etc., p. 291. BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 789 In the “Avifauna of Laysan” there is a plate showing “carloads” of albatross eggs, supposed by many persons to be ready for shipment to Honolulu. Mr. Schlemmer assured me that eggs have never been sent to Honolulu from Laysan, and that these eggs were gathered together by a photographer, who could find nothing better to do, for the purpose of a spectacular picture. The photograph has had a rather wide circulation and led to some criticism of Mr. Schlemmer’ s predecessor. The albatrosses begin to arrive on Laysan about October 25 and 26, and they remain till the following August. Dr. Schauinsland says: “During the last days of October the first vanguard of the mighty albatrosses appeared, and a few days afterwards the island looked, from an elevated point, as if it was densely covered with large snowflakes. There was hardly a spot of ground on which the dazzling white plumage of an albatross was not apparent and the number of these birds is often so large that many are obliged to be content with rather unsuitable spots, and many must leave the overcrowded area.” « The young are hatched in February, according to Mr. Schlemmer. They then are covered with a grayish-white down * 6 which is soon superseded by a plumage of dark-brown down, assumed by a continued growth of the original covering and a wearing off of the gray tips. As the young birds grow older the white feathers come in on the breast and abdomen first, and the brown down is in direct com- munication with the terminal barbs of these juvenal feathers, as is, of course, well known. The feathers of the back also come in about the same time, and those of the wings, save the quills. In large colonies of animals, it has always been something of a problem how a parent is able to find its young among so many of its kind. The voice is probably responsible in some cases, but as birds are extremely keen of sight and evince a positive genius for discriminating landmarks, I believe the albatrosses must in some way depend upon peculiarities in the surroundings of their young. It is worthy of record, however, that the young often “sing” in a thin, high squeak, which is kept up continuously for periods, and may be of service in guiding the parent, though I could not distinguish the slightest individuality in tone. I do not know whether they do this when the old birds are present, but remember that very many were engaged in the cricket-like song when we visited a populous colony late one moonlight night. I saw numbers of the y'oung sleeping, their eyes being tightly closed and bills tucked under their wings. Some of them did not awake till touched, and then naturally were much startled. The old birds seem to be wide-awake at night, but about 9 or 10 o’clock in the morning they frequently sleep near their young, with the bill and one eye covered by the wing. The shallow, basin-shaped hollow in which the egg is deposited, is the young albatross’s home and it usually does not stray far. But as the nestlings grow stronger so that they can walk a little, albeit very awkwardly, they wander sometimes a rod from the home spot and engage in mild squabbles with youthful neighbors. The same feeling of growing strength leads them about this time to slowly fan their wings back and forth from time to time. During a light shower I saw a considerable colony of young birds do this together, after the manner of cormorants drying their wings. When the breeze is rather brisk they usually all face it. Their spare time is taken up with idly dozing in the hot sun, preening their feathers or examining their surroundings. Several times I observed young birds collect dried grass and similar material, which happened to be within reach, and carefully cover the hollow in which they were sitting. Sometimes their spirit of inquiry leads them into trouble. We found a young bird, still lively, buried to its neck in a collapsed petrel burrow. It objected strenuously to being disinterred, but appeared little the worse for its adventure. We saw a few Diomedea immutabilis on one of the smaller islands of the French Frigate Shoals, but the species is evidently not plentiful there. On Necker it is rather abundant, over the top of the island, where there is more or less vegetation. Dr. Gilbert estimated roughly that there might be from one to two thousand birds. They are also scattered over the shelves on the sides of the north point, where I saw an old one feeding her young. She was much more timid than any birds we encountered on Laysan. During our first visit to Bird Island, June 2, I saw one or two of this species, but on the second trip, in August, none were noted. The gony was not seen about the Hawaiian group proper, where it occurs only as a migrant. The species is known to breed on Midway, c Lisiansky c, Laysan, French Frigate Shoals, Necker, and a Drei Monate auf einer Koralleninsel, p. 52. 6 Rothschild, Avifauna of Laysan, p. 29. •o Avifauna of Laysan, etc., pp. 57, and xni. 790 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Bird islands. When not caring for its young it is a wanderer, and the following paragraph from Rothschild’s Avifauna of Laysan gives some idea of its extralimital distribution: “ D. immutabilis is, as a migrant, widely spread. Mr. Alan Ownston sent me a specimen killed on Myiakejima, Japan, in October, 1893 (Bull. B. 0. Club, hi, p. xlvii, June, 1894). In the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, in Paris, I have seen a specimen killed near Hawaii by M. Bailleu. Mr. A. W. Anthony found this species near San Geronimo and Guadalupe islands on the coast of Lower Cali- fornia, and it is to be suspected that several reports of albatrosses observed on the western coast of North America refer to this species, and perhaps also some of the specimens mentioned by Cassin (U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 399) might have been I). immutabilis. Certainly the birds mentioned by Pick- ering (1. c., p. 401) as being observed between Oahu and the northwest coast of America, and as being ‘all of a blackish or dark dove-color with a white frontlet or a circle around the base of the bill,’ were all D. nigripes and not the young of the white species; but the white birds described on page 399 could only have been D. immutabilis or D. albalrus” (p. 292). About 1,000 miles northeast of Oahu, on the Great Circle route to San Francisco, we saw a white albatross, which I feel reasonably sure was this species (August 25). Diomedea nigripes. Black-footed Albatross. Diomedea nigripes Audubon, Orn. Biog., v, 1869, p. 327. The black-footed albatross is very much less abundant on Laysan than the white species. It colonizes the sandy beaches on the north, east, and south sides, but is not found, except rarely, on the west side. It is likewise common on the sedge-covered slope near the beach, in the same habitat with Sula cyanops. On one or two occasions I noted them in the interior with D. immutabilis. The habits of this bird are very similar to those of Diomedea immutabilis. They feed their young in the same manner, abuse the nestlings of neighbors, and engage in the peculiar performance described above. Although very docile in expression, their treatment of the young of neighbor birds is not carried on in a mild or playful mood. Their beaks are very powerful, and when they unmercifully “wool” the young ones, the jirocess sometimes finishes the victim, for young which appear to have been misused are frequently seen lying around dead. We saw this species rather seldom engaged in the curious dance, and indeed they impress one as more matter-of-fact creatures. The only difference which was noted in the ceremony as carried out by the two species is that nigripes spreads its wings slightly (the metacarpus or “hand” being folded closed) when it lifts its head to utter its nasal song. This species was found on Midway and Lisiansky by Henry Palmer. We saw it also at the French Frigate Shoals, and sparingly on Necker and at Bird Island. None were observed at Bird Island on our second trip in August. It is seen at sea much more than D. immutabilis, and it followed our ship almost continually on the return trip from Laysan. As wanderers these birds were seen in very limited numbers in Hawaiian waters, that is, about the Windward Islands. All the birds which follow steamers from California leave when within about 500 miles of Oahu, and on our return trip to California they joined us about 1,200 miles from San Francisco, and 1,000 from Oahu. All through the night one can see them following at a distance, or close at hand, sometimes settling on the water for rest or food. As is well known, albatrosses are past masters at soaring or sailing. If the wind is favorable they are able to skim over the water for a long time without once flapping their wings. Diomedea nigripes is certainly no exception to the general rule, and we had ample opportunity to witness their powers. The long, slender wings, with long humeral bones, are eminently fitted for this sort of existence, and their construction renders flapping laborious, for in proportion to its size the albatross is not a very muscular creature and could not fly a great distance if obliged to do so by wing beats. When a stiff breeze is blowing albatrosses can sail only against the wind or with it, and are able to quarter a breeze, or go directly across it only for a short distance and when under great momentum. When we were steaming directly against the wind the albatrosses had no trouble in following us, and they would fly all around the ship without flapping their wings except when the breeze was strong, and then they were obliged to give a few vigorous beats when turning up into the wind. When, however, our course lay at an angle to the wind, as shown in the accompanying diagram, they followed us by sailing in a series of ellipses. They would, in this case, sail directly against the wind, approaching us on the starboard quarter, go over the stern a short distance to port, then wheel and scud before the breeze perhaps 100 yards off the starboard quarter, when they turned and approached us as before. Their speed was so superior to ours that they were able to keep up without any trouble, and their BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 791 frequent trips astern and rapid overhauling again made our cumbersome gait all the more apparent. Of course as they neared the turning point each time they had to quarter the breeze a little and for a moment sail directly across it. Sometimes at A in the diagram they were obliged to flap rather frantically to keep their equilibrium. The position in which the wings are held when sailing against or with the wind is quite charac- teristic in either case. When coming against the breeze the carjpal segment and primaries are bent downward, as if to catch the wind, so that the bird appears as in B; but when the bird turns and goes with the breeze the ends of the wings are bent up, as in D. When sailing against the wind they often gradually rise, but they are likewise perfectly capable of descending, and when going swiftly with the wind they not infrequently, in fact usually, make a long swoop downwards and skim over the water, rising a little as they turn to come' to windward. The position of the wings in the two cases seems to be constant. In the first case they catch more wind, and the fact that the birds generally rise a little shows that the wings act on the same principle as a kite. On the other hand, when sailing with the breeze, the position is such as gives less resistance to the wind. The first position (B) is, as suggested by Dr. Gilbert, one of great muscular rigidity. One is impressed, when watching these birds, with the fact that there is a tremendous amount of muscular tension brought into play to preserve an equilibrium. We are told that wind is not a constant movement, but is made up of a series of lulls and gusts following each other. With consum- mate skill, the soaring bird seems forever balancing itself and taking advantage of these little blasts. When there is very little breeze albatrosses are not able to sail far, and during a dead calm they progress by a series of flaps and short sails. The albatrosses frequently settle on the water, and their actions when so doing are very ludicrous. As they are about to alight both feet are sprawled out on either, side, and they strike the water with a splash. The wings are held high over their heads till the birds are safely settled, when they are folded with extreme care, so as not to become the least wet. PROCELLARIID^. Puffinus cuneatus. Uau Kane; Wedge-tailecl Shearwater. Puffinus cuneatus Salvin, Ibis 1888, p. 353. The uau kane is an abundant bird on Laysan, and far and away the form most familiar to persons cruising in Hawaiian waters. Although so common on Laysan, Mr. Schlemmer estimates that in point of numbers it is second to JEstrelata hypoleuca. The greater number are congregated in a zone perhaps 50 yards wide around the lagoon, some distance seaward from the bare flood plain mentioned in the narrative. It is surprising how consistently they keep to this locality, as they are rare elsewhere on the island. This area is shared with albatrosses, rails, and in places with Sterna lunala, and over- laps the wide JEslrelata colonies. The burrows are among tall bushy grass as well as in the open among matted j uncus and succulent portulaca. 792 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. While we were on the island the birds sat in pairs all day near the entrance to their homes, or if the sun grew too warm retired a short way into the tunnel, where they kept up an almost constant cooing. Not infrequently one will observe the shearwaters cleaning out old burrows or in the act of lengthening them. I saw but one tunnel newly started, so that the number of yearly visitants seems to keep fairly constant. In digging the birds scratch with bill and feet, and with the same imple- ments shove the loose sand and soil under their bodies, when they kick it in little jets far out behind. As they remove the sand they lie first on one side and work a foot and then shift to the other. One is sometimes startled, while standing quietly among the bushes, by being suddenly beset with little showers of sand, which on closer inspection are found to originate with some shearwater toiling into the earth. In their search for nesting sites they do not hesitate to wedge themselves into all sorts of places, apparently without thought of escape, but we never found any birds actually trapped. The burrows enter the ground at a slant and then become horizontal. They are at least 3 feet long and often very much deeper. Rarely they are only about 2 feet, and these are new, while the longer ones are the older, having been dug.out by successive tenants from year to year. The birds had not yet begun to lay, and do not till early in June, according to the testimony of Mr. Schlemmer. Their note varies. When undisturbed they utter a dove-like khoo-who, which changes to a loud khoo-ow' as they grow excited, and finally at the height of their enthusiasm one hears only a yow-ow' or oo-ow', quite like the nocturnal serenade of cats. It seems to be a courting song, but is decidedly unmusical. A comparatively few at this season fly abroad during the day, but after dark they begin to move about more, and one moonlight night we found them very active and owl-like in their flight. At sea they are expert fliers, sailing with immovable wings rapidly and readily close over the waves, as well against as with the wind, and they can go across the breeze much more easily than can the albatross. We met this species off the French Frigate Shoals, and on Necker found it nesting, but, as on Laysan, there were no eggs. The birds nest in hollow cavities of the rock, where they sit facing the wall, and when disturbed coo and yowl in familiar fashion. I suppose the uau {oo-ow') of the native name is in imitation of the cry. N o nest proper was found in any of these little caves ; only a few twigs, feathers, and old bones scattered about. The species was noted at Bird Island, where a number flew aboard, attracted by the glare of deck lights. Stomachs of these birds contained the hard parts of small cephalopods (squid, octopus, and the like). It was seen constantly at sea throughout the main Hawaiian group. It is known to breed on Kauai. « This shearwater ranges west across the north Pacific Ocean to Volcano Island, south of Japan, 6 Krusenstern Island, Sulphur Island, Bonin Island. We kept four males and four females of this species. One male from Bird Island and one from Laysan have the lower parts immaculate, except for a faint smoke gray or brownish gray shading and barring of feathers on sides and flanks. In all the other specimens (3 males and 3 females) the deep brownish gray of the sides of the neck encroach in varying degrees onto the throat and jugulum and that of the sides and flanks onto the breast and abdomen. In two specimens this shade extends entirely across the throat, the feathers of the sides of neck being terminally mouse gray, edged with white, while those of the throat are white with one or two irregular bars of gray. The effect produced is a delicate vermiculation of the jugulum and a coarser herring-bone spotting of the throat. The flanks are dark in these six specimens, and in all there is a greater or less vermiculate barring of abdomen. A breeding female from Laysan has a very fine, dust-like spotting scattered over nearly all the abdomen. There is a slight variation in the bills. (Fig. 29. ) Puffinus nativitatis. Christmas Island Shearwater. Puffinus nativitatis Streets, Bull-. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 1877, p. 29. The Christmas Island shearwaters were nesting on Laysan at the time of our visit. They are distributed here and there over the island, usually in the domain of JEstrelata hypoleuca, but not infrequently we found them among the wedge-tailed shearwaters, and again on low sand bluffs overlooking the sea. It is entirely probable that the species is much more abundant than they seem to be, for they are decidedly retiring in their habits, and prefer to lay their single egg under the densest bushes away from the hot sun. For this reason alone a large proportion would naturally escape detection. iStejneger, Proc. U. S. N. M. 1888, p. 93. i>Salvin, Cat. B. B. Mus., xxv, 1896, p. 371. BIRDS OF LAYS AN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 793 The egg is deposited either directly on the sand under some bush or occasionally in a mere semblance of a burrow. This burrow was never sufficient, so far as I could see, to entirely cover the bird, but seemed an expedient to gain shade in lieu of denser brush. I saw only a comparatively few of these shallow holes, none of which were more than a foot or 18 inches deep. Frequently this shearwater is found nesting under colonies of Sula piscator. The white egg is usually ovate; an average specimen rather more elongate than the diagram in Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors. One specimen in our series of twelve is bluntly elliptical ovate, and another is nearly oval. An average specimen measures 58 by 40 millimeters. The bird, on going back to her egg, pushes it under her breast with her beak, and then works the egg backward till it is entirely covered. (Fig. 41.) The note or cry is much like that of Puffinus cuneatus, and is dove-like, rising in volume and pitch as the bird gathers interest or becomes more excited. When one is close the note resembles khoo- Tiow' ! or Jchoo-oo-ov/ 1 The first note or two notes are made on the inspiration, the final ow! on expiration. Both are prolonged, and the final note is cat-like from a distance. The species is more gentle than Puffinus cuneatus. We did not see the birds flying about much. They seem to be nocturnal or crepuscular in habits. One bird which I frightened disgorged a squid and some small silvery fishes. The bills of two males are larger than those ©f two females. Our specimens are in fresh plumage, and the brown feathers of the breast and abdomen are tipped ever so lightly with a paler brown, so that the contour of the feather ends is seen. This very soon wears off, and in one bird is nearly absent. We met with this shearwater off the French Frigate Shoals, but saw none on or near Necker. On our first visit to Bird Island in June it escaped detection, but at the same place in August I saw a few, so that they undoubtedly breed on the island. Salvin a gives the distribution of this bird as “Central North Pacific Ocean, from Christmas Island to Krusenstern Island and the Phoenix Group.” -33strelata hypoleuca. Salvin White-breasted Petrel. JEstrelata hypoleuca Salvin, Ibis, 1888, p. 359. This petrel is strictly nocturnal on Laysan, which was the only place where we found it. Here it occurs in great numbers, and is the most abundant species of its family inhabiting the island. The long burrows in which the birds nest honeycomb the sandy soil over all the region covered by coarse bushy grass, or from the edge of the plain surrounding the central lagoon to the divide overlooking the sea. In walking over the island one constantly breaks through the roofs of these tunnels, which makes progression tedious at times, especially if one is in haste. The burrows are quite long, 6 feet at least, and usually turn either to the right or to the left after the first few feet. They are placed very close together, so that nearly all available space in the area indicated seems occupied. When we visited the island many young in incomplete juvenal dress had crawled out to seek shelter under a tuft of grass, as shown in fig. 30. These young had assumed the juvenal plumage on the breast, abdomen, back, top of head, wings, and tail, but the remiges, rectrices, sides of head, nape, forehead, throat, and jugulum were still downy, and the lower abdomen in most birds still retained a big tuft of pure white down. The down of the upper parts is light gray, including all the head and sides of neck. According to Mr. Schlemmer the eggs are laid about the 1st of January, but the birds arrive in vast numbers months before. Dr. Schauinsland thus graphically describes the invasion: “I remember most vividly the evening of the 17th of August, 1896. It was less noisy on the island than before, for the clamorous terns had reared their young, and thousands of albatrosses had left their ancestral home for the boundless ocean, which would in future be their dwelling-place. We were just leaving the little hill from where we had been looking for the sail which should take us back again to civilized countries. The golden glow of the sunset was fading away, and the slender sickle of the new moon began to shine, when our eyes, which had become well acquainted with every one of the characteristic motions of our feathered companions of the island from week-long observations, were struck by a new phenomenon. Against the dissolving evening glow was sharply traced the silhouette of a magnificent flier, which cut through the air with the keenest and at the same time most graceful movements, inaudible and almost without movement of its wings. The manner in which it dashed along was unknown to us, and we saw that a new arrival had reached our island. ‘Cat, B. B, Mas,-, xxv, 1896, p. 390, 794 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. “The next morning there were more, and on the third thousands filled the air. The new guests were pretty birds, barely of the size of a domestic pigeon, but they began to domineer all over the island in such a way that the few pairs of tropic birds, terns, and others which were still breeding made way before them, as if they could not stand these noisy neighbors. They are, on land, entirely nocturnal, and at once took possession of their innumerable subterranean burrows. In the bright moonshine one could see how they were busily engaged in removing the loose sand from holes, most of which had more or less collapsed since they had left them. Loving couples selected their nests and fought hard for them against later intruders. Quarrels, fights, and clamor became unceasing; in a few days there was no spot with sandy soil where the horrid ‘song’ of these petrels could not be heard. Under every bush, between our luggage and cases, and, alas, also under our bedroom, their tune was raised, which stood about in the middle between that which ‘drives men to madness’ and the cries of newborn babies, which are only harmonious to their devoted parents. The face of the island was entirely changed!” « Little could be learned of the habits of this petrel during our brief stay. We saw them come out of their burrows singly and in pairs after nightfall, and there were great numbers flying about. As we walked through the tall grass they frequently rose silently and flew a short distance to settle down soon. Many were evidently bound for the sea to feed. Their note resembles somewhat that of Puffinus cuneatus, and rises from a low moaning to an infant-like cry, as Dr. Schauinsland aptly describes it. This petrel ranges over the North Pacific Ocean. & Bulweria bulweri. « Bulwer Petrel. Procellaria bulweri Jardin & Selby, Ulustr. Orn., 1828, pi. 65. We found the Bulwer petrel breeding on Necker Island in considerable numbers. Here the birds nest in rather deep, bubble-like holes in the rocks, as far from the light as possible. We found the first bird by discovering a white egg under a loose, flat rock back in a cavity. When the stone was lifted the petrel was under the far side. The favorite site, however, is a hole about 2 feet deep, with a narrow entrance, and wider cavity at the rear. These are probably bubbles in the lava. The nest, scarcely worthy of the name, consists of a few old tern feathers gathered rudely around the egg, as if merely to hold it in place. Sometimes there is no trace of a nest, and again I found a few wing bones of a tern, as though these ha.d been used in place of sticks. We found many nests, each with one egg, or occasionally the birds had not yet begun to lay. Once we found a set of two eggs. They are a glossless pure white and differ much in shape, no two in the collection of nine being alike. Ovate is the most prevalent type, more or less acute, varying to elliptical ovate and short ovate. One egg is nearly elliptical. An ovate specimen measures 44 by 30 millimeters, another 41 by 31. An almost elliptical egg is 45 by 30. The Bulwer petrel is quite gentle, and when first disturbed utters a penetrating but low moan something like who! who! dove-like in quality, but decidedly different from the oo-ow' of the uau kane ( Puffinus cuneatus). On several nests we found two birds sitting side by side. Henry Palmer found this species on French Frigate Shoals, where it was nesting under a pile of old turtle shells. He also met with it on Laysan, where we did not detect any during our stay. a Drei Monate auf einer Koralleninsel, p. 49. Extract transl. in Avifauna of Laysan, p. 304. b Cat. B. B. Mus., xxv, 1896, p. 409. cAs Rothschild in "Avifauna of Laysan,” part 3, 1900, uses the name Bulweria anjinho, and Wilson and Evans do the same in "Aves Ha waiienses, ” 1899, I wrote to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger and Dr. C. W. Richmond for information on this point. Dr. Stejneger writes: “ In reply to your inquiry respecting Bulweria bulweri or B. anjinho, I am able to state that the former is the only correct name. Dr. Richmond, who kindly looked the case up for me, as he has easier access to the books, informs me that not only was B. anjinho published a year later than B. bulweri , but that the diagnosis of the former is so defective that it is doubtful if it really refers to the bird in question, inasmuch as the tail is said to be ‘slightly forked,’ while in B. bulweri it is graduated or wedge-shaped. The latter name (bulweri) dates from 1828, the former from October, 1829.” Dr. Richmond writes as follows regarding the date of Jardine & Selby’s “ Illustrations of Ornithology": “Jardine & Selby’s ‘ Illustrations of Ornithology ’ was issued in several parts, and until a few years ago the dates of the different parts were guessed at. In the Ibis for 1894 you will find a note by Sherborn giving the dates of the different installments of the work, and plate 65 (Procellaria buhveri) comes in part 4, which was issued in November, 1828.” I might add that Mr. Sherborn’s references to the second series were all wide of the mark, which probably accounts for the persistent publication of 1830 as the date of Procellaria bulweri. Dr. Richmond, who had previously worked out the dates for this work, sent a note of correction to Mr. Sherborn, who revised the dates of the second series in answer to Dr. Richmond’s "inquiries” (sic)— a delicate way of acknowledging the mistake. BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 795 At Bird Island the petrels were abundant. They flew aboard, attracted by deck lights. These birds had been feeding on fish eggs? and ctenophores or comb-jelly. During the day many were seen skimming rapidly over the water. This species ranges over the temperate North Atlantic and temperate North Pacific oceans (Salvin). Oceanodroma fuliginosa. Sooty Petrel. Procettaria fuliginosa Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, 1788, p. 562. Under this name I include two petrels, one of which was obtained on Laysan and the other at Bird Island. The Laysan bird was found hurt or sickly near the lagoon, where I saw upward of a dozen dead and dried-up individuals. The Bird Island specimen flew aboard, attracted by deck lights. Both birds are immature, retaining a trace of the down. They agree essentially in respect to size and color with the description by Mr. Ridgway, published in the Catalogue of Birds of the British Museum, with the exception that the wings are shorter, which is accounted for by the immaturity of the specimens. The bird from Laysan has remarkably short wings. The following are the measurements of the two specimens in millimeters: No. Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. Tail. Fork of tail. Oil- men. Depth of bill just in front of nostrils. Tar- sus. 43 c? im. ? im. La san May 18 June 1 150 94 30 16 4.5 29 168 Bird Island 196 110 37 18 5 29 On Laysan, according to Mr. Schlemmer, this species breeds in February, and nests in burrows under scattered bowlders of old coral rock on the southwest side of the island. There was a small colony of Puffinus cuneatus in this place when we visited the island, so that the same burrows are occupied during the year by two species. The sooty petrel may be said to be hardly common. PHAETHONTIDtE. Ph.aeth.on rubricauda. Red-twiled Tropic Bird. Phaeton rubricauda Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., 1783, p. 57. The red-tailed tropic bird is fairly common on Laysan, where it nests under the shelter of bushes and not infrequently several will congregate beneath colonies of Fregata aquila , occupying the ground floor as it were. The bird has a vicious temper, and if one attempts to disturb or to take it from the egg, it sets up a horrible and discordant screaming, which soon grows unbearable. The sharp beak with serrated edges is not to be despised and the enraged bird will sometimes use it to good advantage. The bow’ s’ n birds keep up their strident cries so . long as one meddles with them, but if left undis- turbed will soon quiet down. Whenever we inadvertently passed near one hidden under a cheno- podium bush, we soon became aware of its presence by its cry of defiance. (Figs. 31, 32. ) To see these birds at their best one must watch them flying about in the bright sunshine, when their pale, salmon-pink plumage shines as though burnished, and the satiny feathers stand out like scales. The two long, red tail-feathers are possessed by both sexes, and the female is only a trifle less pink than the male. Usually when flying about they were quiet, and progressed by short, nervous wing-beats, never attempting to sail. Occasionally, however, they swooped about our heads and made the neighborhood lively. The nest is merely a hollow in the sand, with a few grass straws and leaves gathered in the bottom. The single egg is brooded by both parents, each of which sits upon it with the wings slightly opened. The egg is particularly handsome, being thickly sprinkled with specks, spots, and even blotches of reddish brown (liver brown), in most of the specimens rather evenly distributed over the egg, but with an irregular dark area at the larger pole in some specimens. The ground color is a dirty white, almost obscured by the fine marks. Some examples have few spots, only fine sprinkling, so that the general tone of the egg at a distance is vinaceous. One specimen is almost white, while two others are very heavily washed at the blunt end with deep reddish chocolate. The eggs are ovate, 796 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. and a typical specimen measures 67 by 45 millimeters. We found one white, downy nestling, and most of the eggs were considerably incubated. We saw only one red-tailed bow’s’n bird near the French Frigate Shoals, but on Necker they were rather common. Contrary to the very pronounced nesting habits on Laysan, the species here has accommodated itself to the rocks and lays its egg in any rounded cavity. One nest I examined consisted of old torn feathers, a few stray sticks, and similar rubbish. The birds sat facing the wall, and were as noisy as usual when disturbed. The species is scarce at Bird Island, where it was observed in August. Among the windward islands of the group, that is from Niihau and Kauai to Hawaii, we did not observe this species, although Phaethon leplurus was frequently seen. Mr. Wilson in “Aves Hawaiienses” states that “it breeds in several places in the group, especially on Kauai and Niihau, and chooses holes in almost inaccessible cliffs wherein to deposit its eggs.” SUULLE. Sula cyanops. Blue-faced Booby. Dysporus cyanops Sundev., Physiogr. Siillsk. Tidskr., 1837, p. 218, tab. 5. On Laysan the masked, or blue-faced booby lives only on the sedgy slope facing the ocean, exposed to spray-laden winds and close to the booming surf. On the inner slopes of the island the species is entirely absent, being replaced by its somewhat smaller congener Sula piscator. We found cyanops most plentiful on the northeast, east, and southern exposures, where the narrow littoral slope is broadest, but on the west side, where a little bluff replaces the seaward slope, the birds are absent. The homes of these boobies are not crowded, but are scattered here and there over the greensward and from a distance are easily recognized by a little round patch of sand and the sentinel bird. Two limy, white eggs are laid on the bare sand, with usually no semblance of a nest, or occasionally there may be a little dried sedge scratched about the eggs or young. As is well known the eggs are a light blue underneath, and the coarse limy coating covers this to a greater or less extent. Sometimes the blue shows through, or is revealed by scratches made when the outer layer is soft. All the eggs we saw were very untidy. There is, of course, variation in size and shape, some eggs being ovate, and others elongate oval or short fusiform. We found young and eggs in about equal numbers, and most of the eggs were far advanced in incubation. The young varied from about a week old down to newly hatched individuals. It is a curious fact that although there are two eggs, only one young is reared. Often all signs of the second egg were removed, as if the young had hatched and had been devoured by a parent or some marauding Fregata. But more frequently there would be one nestling and one egg. Sometimes this egg was spoiled, sometimes contained an embryo. In one case I found two newly hatched young, one of which had already been trampled to death. Professor Nutting saw one large nestling and one small, still alive, but I doubt if it lived long. The presence of only one young bird has been noted in the eastern Pacific at Clipperton Island by R. H. Beck,« and Rothschild ,J mentions the same fact for Laysan. The voracity of the bird first hatched is probably responsible for the death of the second. The young bird nearly always keeps its head under the parent, although the greater part of its body may be exposed to the sun. Both old birds take turns in sitting on the eggs or watching the nestling. Occasionally both will be seen standing guard together, in an absurd statuesque pose, or gazing seaward or at the sky on the lookout for winged marauders. From time to time they utter a very hoarse strident cry. (Figs. 33, 34, 36. ) We derived no little pleasure on the first afternoon of our visit from watching an old bird feed the young. The young one inserts its head fairly into the throat of the parent, in a decidedly gruesome manner, and catches the disgorged food. In fact, the young one’s head went so far into the parent’s throat that I became solicitous for its safety. Flying-fish, swallowed whole, seem to be their favorite food, judging by remains scattered about nests and a stomach examined. (Fig. 35. ) When the old birds exchange places, one slips off the nestling and the other immediately takes its place, as if fearing an attack from a frigate bird. The boobies appear to exhibit affection for their young. I have seen them gazing at the fuzzy-white ball with evident pride in their otherwise stolid Condor, IV, 1902, p. 61. 1 Avifauna of Laysan, p. 26. BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 797 countenances, and on one occasion saw an old bird carefully lay dry sedge over the exposed, and not too heavily feathered, hind parts of the young. This species was commonly seen about the French Frigate Shoals, where Henry Palmer found a large colony in 1891. It is also rather abundant on Necker, nesting among the bushes on the top of the island, and also out on the bare rocks. They chose often a jutting crag, where they could obtain a good prospect of the surrounding island and sea. The few “ nests ” examined had young somewhat larger than the Laysan birds. The species is likewise common on Bird Island, where we saw numbers of individuals the first of June, and again in early August. On our last trip numerous birds in juvenal plumage flew near the ship. Sula piscator. Red-footed Booby. Pelecanus piscator Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, I, 1758, p. 134. Unlike its relative, the masked gannet, this species always builds in bushes, never on the ground. At Laysan it is found in colonies of- scattered individuals On the inner slopes of the island, usually well down toward the lagoon. The nest is simple, scarcely more than a slightly hollowed platform composed of twigs and sticks of chenopodium, on the tops of which the structure is usually placed. In the newer nests a few leaves are scattered under the egg. These leaves were a rude index to the age of the egg, for when dry and crisp the bird had been sitting some time, but when fresh, as was frequently the case, the egg was only newly laid. Both male and female sit on the egg, and occasionally one is seen perched on the side of the nest while the other is brooding. The birds are rather loath to leave their egg, and when disturbed ruffle their feathers and utter a very harsh cry, making use of their beaks if occasion offers. They are singularly beautiful birds despite their vicious yellow eyes, as the white plumage is set off by bright blue skin about the bill, and by coral-red feet. (Figs. 37, 38.) The species eats squid and also fish. " Most of the nests contained a single white egg, and we saw only one or two downy white young recently hatched. The eggs, like those of Sula cyanops, are covered with a thick limy coating, which, scratched off in numerous places, shows the pale blue under shell. The eggs vary in size and shape, being cylindrical ovate, elliptical ovate, short ovate, and ovate, with all gradations between these contours. The dimensions vary from 71 by 40 millimeters to 59 by 43, and 69 by 35 to 60 by 39. Elliptical ovate is the most prevalent type, measuring 65 by 42 millimeters. A very small egg (53 by 34) contained no yolk. The species is not uncommon about the French Frigate Shoals, where an immature bird foolishly lit on the bow of our steamer and subsequently found its way to the laboratory. It was in the immature plumage still. We saw numerous birds on Laysan corresponding to this specimen. Whereas the adult is pure white, except' the dark grayish-brown quills and greater wing coverts, this immature bird, in much-worn plumage, has the head and neck hair brown, the feathers edged with whitish; throat the same; jugulum white; a sepia band across breast; abdomen white; back deep bister, the feathers edged with wood brown; wing coverts and tertials sepia edged with light brown; rectrices same, tipped with white; remiges brownish black. The immature individuals must belong to a late brood of the previous year. On Necker we found the red-footed booby abundant. It nests on the top of the island in chenopo- dium bushes and has the same habits as on Laysan. Young and eggs were common. The species is ljkewise plentiful at Bird Island. From the ship we were able to see the birds sitting on their nests in the tops of bushes. In the “ Avifauna of Laysan” a plate is given of a red-footed booby nesting in a palm, labeled “Laysan,” and subsequently corrected to “Lehua.” Lehua is a little island oif the north end of Niihau, which is as bare as a steep volcanic cone can possibly be, so that the palm does not belong there. The picture may possibly have been taken on Bird Island, where there are two little bunches of palms ( Pritchardia gaudichaudi) . When we returned to Bird Island in August (5th and 6th) I did not see any adults of this species, to be certain, but noted several immature birds. Sula sula. Booby. Pelecanus sula Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 12, i, 1766, p.-218. This booby was not seen on Laysan, although I looked for it assiduously. It has been reported from there by Dr. Schauinsland, who procured a specimen August 29, 1896. The bird certainly does not breed on this island, or at least not regularly, for we could not have missed it. BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 798 At French Frigate Shoals we saw a number of them, and on Necker Island the species breeds but is not at all abundant. The two eggs are laid on a level place, where there happens to be a little soil, upon a shelf of the rock. We also found rather large young in white down, and all intergradations between these and the egg. Frequently both birds sit by the nest, and they did not appear particu- larly suspicious. As in the case of Sulci cyanops, only one young appears to be reared, although two eggs are laid. Of those eggs collected one of a set was fresh and the other much incubated. The eggs are either ovate or elliptical ovate and an average specimen measures 58 by 40 millimeters. Sula sula breeds on Bird Island, and prefers the brink of the escarpment of rock on the south side. In August we saw numbers of young birds, wholly brown. FREGATID^. Freg-ata aquila. Man-6’ -war Bird. Pelecanus aquilus Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, I, 1758, p. 133. The man-o’-war bird proved scarcely less entertaining than the albatrosses. The curious and excessively bizarre appearance of the male at this season of the year compels attention. His antics are as extraordinary as his looks, and when engrossed in the task of making himself attractive his self-absorption and apparent vanity are highly diverting. During the courting period the gular pouch of the male is enlarged, and before the brooding cares have begun he inflates it to a large size, and at the same time it becomes a bright red color. The bird looks as if there were a balloon, such as children dangle on a string, fastened to its throat. The pouch is apparently a large air-sac, connected only indirectly with the lungs, which can not be emptied readily nor inflated instantly. It varies in the intensity of its carmine or crimson, and catching on its surface the sheen of the sky, shows at times bluish hues, or, becoming somewhat collapsed, turns a translucent orange about the sides. It is no uncommon occurrence to see a male bird sitting on the nest with the sac blown out, obscuring the whole front of the creature, only the bill and eyes appearing over the top. For hours he sits on a newly-made nest without once leaving or scarcely altering this position. But if the female appears somewhere overhead, sailing to and fro, he suddenly arouses himself from the lethargy, and as she passes he rises partially from a sitting posture, throws back his head, spreads his wings, and protruding the brilliant pouch, shakes his head from side to side, uttering a hoarse cackle. Occasionally, when the female alights near, he waves his pouch from side to side, the head being thrown well back and the wings partially spread. At the same time the long, greenish, iridescent, scapular feathers are fluffed up and the creature presents a most unusual and absurd appearance. In this posture he chuckles again and again, and rubs his pouch against his mate, who usually ignores him completely and flies away. These performances take place before the egg is laid; afterwards, the male ceases to inflate his sac. (Figs. 39, 40.) At Laysan the birds live in colonies, varying from a few pairs to many, and the nests are always built on the tops of low bushes, sometimes very. close together. The species has congregated almost entirely on the eastern half of the island, and their villages are spread over the inner slope of the old atoll basin. The nests, which are sometimes so old that they have become mere masses of filth, are scarcely more Than platforms of sticks, not entirely devoid of leaves, woven together loosely with morning-glory ( Ipomcea ; insularis) vines. There is <• one pure white glossless egg, and we observed a very few newly hatched, almost naked, young. The eggs do not vary nearly so much as those of Sula, either in size or shape. A rather blunt ovate is the usual contour, though some are elliptical ovate and others approach short ovate. A fairly average specimen measures 72 by 50 millimeters. In some of the eggs the limy outer coating is piade, apparent by the egg having been scratched when newly laid; but the inner layer is white, not pale blue as in Sula. Both parents take turns in covering the egg, which is a necessity, for if the nest were left without an occupant other frigate birds would quickly appropriate its material, especially if the nest were new. Consequently, even before the egg is laid, either bird holds down the property, as it were, against marauding neighbors. After the nestling is out this vigilance is all the more necessary, for if left unprotected a young bird would very likely serve as food for some watchful reprobate of the vicinity. Mr. Snyder saw an old frigate bird snatch up and fly away with a young of the same species, whose parent had been frightened off the nest. According to Henry Palmer « who visited the island a few a Avifauna of BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 799 weeks later in 1891, this is a very common occurrence, but the young were so scarce we considered the accidental demonstration mentioned above as sufficient evidence of the heartless trait. It is probable that the man-o’-war birds eat the young of other species also, but we did not observe anything to substantiate this. The fact that they chase other sea birds, gannets for instance, and make them dis- gorge their hard-earned prey is well known, but I was not fortunate enough to see them do this. One bird which I frightened excessively disgorged over the side of its nest a mass of squids, which are the staple of diet among all larger sea birds, Sula cyanops perhaps excepted. When roused from the nest the birds have some difficulty in rising, especially the males with swollen throats, and will sprawl over the bushes in a very awkward manner. But once awing they are perfectly at home and sail off with ease, the cardinal “balloon” of the males swaying from side. to side. Their appearance, as they soar aloft with this impedimentum, can be more readily imagined than described. I suppose there is a temptation with everyone who has observed man-o’-war birds on the wing to wax eloquent. But certainly in this art of soaring they are deserving of any meed of praise which we may bestow. To maintain any continuous sailing the albatrosses need a fresh breeze, and they always move with considerable rapidity. Not so with the frigate birds, however: on com- paratively calm days they are able to rest on motionless wing or slowly to describe circles high in air. Some wind or motion of air is of course always necessary, but they seem to be able to do with a mini- mum amount. They frequently rise so high that one can scarcely detect them against the shimmering blue of the tropical sky. Suddenly some individual aloft takes a notion to descend, and promptly does so by a series of long leaps or swoops that make one fairly dizzy. It is a pleasant occupation to watch them soaring about the mastheads, when the peculiarly short “arm” and “forearm” and disproportionately long quills are seen to advantage; and their deeply forked tails, likewise, which help to keep them balanced, and which open and shut occasionally like a pair of shears. Their feet are small and their legs weak, so that although still totipalmate they never alight on the water, but pick up floating bits of food as they swoop down in a broad parabolic curve. They can judge distance so accurately that no disturbance is created when the object is seized. On Laysan this good judgment was made use of when the birds drank from a small pond. They flew back and forth, about 20 feet above the water, then suddenly darted downward in a long curve, and when directly over the surface, like a flash bent the head down, dropped the lower mandible, and scooped up a little water. I observed some with distended pouches performing in this way, and each time they came down the sac would plow a little wake. We found man-o’-war birds at French Frigate Shoals in considerable abundance, and on a tall rock south of the shoals proper they were particularly plentiful. Also on Necker we encountered them, nest- ing mainly on bushes scattered over the summit, where there were large colonies. A few had nests on the rocks, generally on jutting crags. Mr. Snyder photographed a female sitting bolt upright with her wings spread out and tail bent back for a rest, apparently sunning herself. While we lay at anchor off the south side of the rock a flock of immature white-headed, brown-breasted birds sailed leisurely back and forth about the mastheads, inspecting the flapping pennant, which they occasionally tried to seize. I here saw a bird carrying a splinter of wood in an aimless way, as if uncertain of its utility, yet unwilling to release it. The stomach of one of these birds contained a flying-fish. At Bird Island the species is abundant, nesting on bushes over the steep south slope of the moun- tain. On our second visit, early in August, they were still to be seen in considerable numbers. ANATIDAi. Anas laysanensis. Laysan Teal. Anaslaysanensis Rothschild, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, No. iv, 1893, p. xvii. It is surprising that an islet scarcely 3 miles in its longest dimension should harbor a peculiar species of the genus Anas. The birds themselves are scarcely less peculiar than their distribution. Most of us picture ducks as among the wariest of wild fowl, but the Laysan teal, though not exactly tame, are at any rate quite unsophisticated. These birds congregate in greatest numbers about a little rush-bordered fresh-water pond, mentioned in the narrative. Here we could find them at any time, standing usually on a little pile of rocks near the center. When disturbed near-shore they quietly swam out to their rock and sunned themselves by the hour. We saw the ducks also on other parts of F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3—3 800 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. the island. Near the habitations there was a pair which probably had a nest in the vicinity. One of these used to come up to the house after nightfall and walk about like a barnyard fowl. Mr. Schlern- mer said it was searching for millers. The stomach of a male collected near the pond was gorged with small flies resembling the com- mon housefly. Although these ducks can fly perfectly well they ordinarily did not take wing until approached within a few rods, and then never went far. They much prefer to walk, and we used to see them strolling about in pairs, or even threes. In this way they pick up their food as they go' along. We never saw any teal near the ocean, and it is probable they never swim in salt water. We were fortunate enough to discover one nest within a couple of rods of the pond, placed under a thick chenopodium bush. Six eggs of the palest green rested in a shallow bowl, formed of long dry juncus stems. The hollow was a little over 5 inches in diameter. As I wished, if possible, to secure a picture of the female, I photographed the eggs and left them till the following morning. When I returned to the nest, however, three of the eggs had hatched, one young was half out, another egg picked, and only the sixth remained whole. In shape the egg is a blunt ovate and measures 55 by 38 millimeters. Two days later (May 21) Mr. Snyder saw three old birds with broods, one of which took to the pond. I also saw a young one swimming about, the mother being hidden somewhere in the tangle of grasses. (Figs. 47, 48.) The Laysan teal is, of all the birds on the island, the one most likely to be exterminated when the present favorable regime comes to an end. There are probably less than a hundred of this species now living. I shall not presume to say what keeps their numbers so in check, but it may be Fregata ciquila. Cats running wild over the island would soon finish them, and the mongoose would do the same. RALLM, Porzanula palmeri. Laysan Rail. Porzanula palmeri Frowhawk, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1892, p. 247. The Laysan rail is a wide-awake, inquisitive little creature, with an insatiable thirst for first-hand knowledge. It is one of the most naive, unsophisticated, and wholly unsuspicious birds in the whole avian catalogue. At times it is confiding and familiar in deportment, yet at others holds aloof with some show of reserve. It will occasionally hide behind a bunch of grass, as if afraid, and then suddenly come forth with entire change of demeanor and examine the intruder with critical eye. One can never tell just how he will be received by the next rail. Often they scurry away, as if pursued by a bete noir, but an insect will stop them in their mad career, and, having partaken of the interruption, they seem to forget their former fright and walk about stretching their necks in a highly inquisitive manner. It is evident that they are incapable of pursuing a train of thought for more than an instant. Their ideas seem to flash by in kaleidoscopic succession and within a minute they make as many false starts as a healthy monkey. One can scarcely imagine more amusing and foolish little birds than these. The rails are everywhere on Laysan in great numbers. Nearly every bunch of grass seemed to harbor a pair. They probably have no enemies of any importance, and the only check to their increase is space and food supply. A man-o’-war bird may pick one up now and then, but 1 did not observe this. Yet the rails like to slink about in the shade of grass tussocks, or bushes, much in the same way that a chipmuck seeks the shadow of a log in preference to crossing a bright, sunny spa.ce. This trait suggested the idea that they might have winged enemies. However, if business calls, the crakes exhibit no reluctance to come out into the sunlight, especially after food, and perhaps it is the hot sun that causes them to retire to cooler byways. The best time to observe the rail is during the morning or evening hours. Even at noon there are a great many abroad and they are only comparatively less abundant. They spend the greater part of their time creeping mouse-like in and out of nooks and crannies, as if trying to satisfy their genius for exploration. Old petrel burrows fallen in, low-bending bushes, and grass tufts are searched with care and precision in this unending quest. As they walk their heads are thrust forward from side to side, the very acme of inquisitive interest. If I stretched out on the ground with my head under a bush, and viewed the landscape from the rail’s point of view, in a very short time one would appear and fix its bright red eyes on me, as if doubtful of the propriety of pursuing acquaintance. They used sometimes to come up and peer at my shoes, with one foot poised in air like a barnyard fowl. BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 801 Scarcely a thing escapes their notice. The smallest spider or beetle is snapped up with as much avidity as a more conspicuous seed. We caught all our specimens with an ordinary dip net. Usually it was merely necessary to place the net on the ground edgewise, when presently a rail would make its appearance and proceed to examine the new phenomenon at close range. Sometimes they would fairly walk into the net. In strolling through the brush we could hear them calling on all sides. Their “ song ” is a plaintive, high-keyed little rattle, which resembles remotely an alarm clock with a muffled bell or pebbles ricocheting on a glass roof. a I have seen them standing under bushes in the shade rattling away in this manner with swollen throats and bills slightly opened. I once saw two approach each other with feathers erect, and when close together begin rattling in each other’s face. Then they suddenly ceased and slunk away in opposite directions. At the house the little rails walked about the piazza in search of food, with far less fear than the chickens, and while Mr. Snyder and I were pre- paring specimens it was no uncommon event to have a rail under our chairs in unobtrusive search for fallen bits of meat. They took no notice of the shearwaters and albatrosses. I observed two in a lively serpentine chase about a young albatross’s legs, the big creature appearing like an uncouth mammoth above the trim little rails. They do not seem to exhibit any desire to fly, probably having learned from experience that their wings are no longer to be relied upon. I have only seen them spread their wings when hopping up to a perch or when running fast, and then they made no attempt to rise off the ground. Their food consists of small insects, seeds, green material, and eggs. Their beaks are weak, and I doubt if they can break any seabirds’ eggs, except the thinner shelled ones of the terns. I did not myself see the rail actually puncture an egg, but in the “Avifauna of Laysan,” the following note from Henry Palmer’s diary is of interest. “ While out this morning both my assistant and I saw a little rail break and eat an egg. We had disturbed from its nest a noddy ( Anous ) . Immediately the rail ran up and began to strike at the egg shell with its bill, but the egg being large and hard he was quite a longtime before making a hole. The rail would jump high into the air, and come down with all its force on the egg, until it accomplished the task, which once done the egg was soon emptied. By this time the tern came back and gave chase, but in vain.” (Pt. 1, p. x.) Mr. Snyder soon found that he had only to break a tern’s egg and place it in the open, when a rail would appear and begin to eat it. In this way it was not difficult to secure good photographs. Porzanulas lurk about the outskirts of tern settlements all the time, and I had once to frighten one from a tropic bird’s nest while attempting to photograph the egg. I also saw a rail ruffle its feathers and rush at three telespizas, driving them from a Sterna egg on which they were feeding. The rail then set to and finished the repast, dragging the embryo about in a vain attempt to swallow it. With such habits, it is difficult to see how these creatures can ever seriously be at a loss to find food. ( Fig. 45. ) We found the rails’ nests in two different situations, which, however, were fundamentally alike. Among the tangled and matted juncus, not far from the lagoon, the nests were very abundant. One had only to walk along and watch where the rails ran out from between the stems, when the nest could be easily found. It is placed on the ground at the end of a tunnel or runway, about 5 or 6 inches long, hollowed out of dried juncus leaves, and is a roundish cavity lined above and on all sides, except the little entrance way, with soft dried stems. The eggs are deposited in a little bowl-shaped hollow, about fourOnches in diameter. We found several sets of threes and a few of twos. The eggs are large in proportion to the bird, a typical specimen measuring 31 by 21 mm. They do not vary more than a millimeter from this size. Occasionally one is slightly longer and wider. In contour they are bluntly ovate or elliptical ovate. (Figs. 46, 52.) The ground color is a pale olive buff, closely spotted with pale clay color or raw sienna, and faint lilac gray. The maculations are distributed fairly evenly over the egg, but in some specimens seem more crowded at the broader end. The clay color is brightest and seems to predominate. The speci- mens vary in the relative closeness and size of the spottings, the flecks being larger and more scattered in a few examples. None of our specimens present the creamy buff ground-color mentioned by Roths- child, or figured in his ‘ ‘ Avifauna of Laysan. ’ ’ Ours are distinctly greenish: One egg in the collection instead of being smooth is decidedly rough all over, and the spots are crowded to the larger end, being made indistinct by a final layer of lime. a The latter comparison is made by Mr. Frowhawk, Annals and Mag:. Nat. Hist., ix, p. 248. 802 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. The rails also build their nests near the ground in big grass tussocks. In this position the nest is usually more pretentious, being hollowed out of a mass of dried grass, stems, and leaves, and is lined with finer shredded stems, mixed with a small amount of down from young albatrosses. Such nests are commonest along the border of the bushy grass area near the lagoon. Whenever visited, the few nests always contained old birds. As the greater part of the rails collected were males, it is probable that the females were keeping rather close to home. We found no young, and all the eggs collected were fresh. The young apparently begin to hatch about the middle of June. The following episode illustrates very forcibly the fearlessness of these rails. While photographing a nest I propped back the mass of juncus stems which obscured it. The camera was only 2 feet away, and during the adjusting of apparatus the rail crept onto the nest and energetically began to cover herself with the soft lining. After photographing her several times, I lifted her off, but almost at once she slipped back again and settled down contentedly. Then with the dark cloth I persuaded her to retire to the tall grass near at hand. I hastened back to the camera, but on turning perceived my rail skipping across the flattened juncus in hot pursuit, and I was able to make only a hasty inspection of the ground glass before she had settled on the nest again. (Fig. 44. ) Porzanulci palmeri is peculiar to Laysan. Its appearance strongly suggests a pale brownish Porzana jamaicensis. It is highly probable that the Laysan bird originated from some form closely allied to jamdicensis, if not from the identical species. Pennula, of the island of Hawaii, presumably had a similar origin from accidental migrants. Though provided with wings, the Laysan bird has lost the power of flight, because its change of habits and the proximity of food in the colonized island have made the use of wings no longer necessary. Why the original migrants never left the island, as the golden plovers do now, is difficult to conjecture, unless, driven on by the strong northeast trades, they were so completely worn out and lost that they never cared to abandon the welcome land. This suggests that the original colonists may have been immature birds which joined flocks of more or less regular migrants to the Hawaiian group. We brought away 16 specimens — 10 males and 6 females. These present no marked variation, with the exception of one female, which is remarkably paler than the other specimens, besides possessing a stouter bill and larger legs and feet. In the ordinary birds the top of head, back, scapulars, sides, and flanks are sandy brown, marked on head and back with very dark-brown lanceolate shaft streaks. The outer edges of the feathers of the back and flanks are also sparsely streaked with white. The wings are the same color as back, except that the shaft streaks are lighter or almost wanting. The lower surface, sides of head, and a line over each eye are slaty gray, rather deep in the less worn specimens, and occasionally brownish about the breast from an infusion from the sides of neck. The abnormal specimen has the ground color of the top of head, back, etc., a cream buff, very pale on the wings. The streaks are represented by illy defined and uneven spots of light wood or brocolli brown, which are darker and more definite on the head. The under parts are conspicuously paler than those of the normal bird and the bill and feet are paler. This specimen was taken by Prof. C. C. Nutting, and was the only unusual individual noted, although we must have seen many hundred birds at close range. The size of an average rail is: length about 150 mm.; wing, 54; tail, 24; culmen, 19; middle toe, 34. It is of the utmost importance that neither the mongoose, cat, or pig ever be taken to Laysan. The first two particularly would make short work of this most interesting bird. So long as the island is in as good hands as at present, this will not happen. It is likely to be brought about by ignorance rather than by malice. One can easily see how the pig might be taken ashore for food and eventually run wild to the almost certain destruction of the sea-bird population. SC0L0PACM. Heteractitis incanus. Wandering Toiler; Ulili. Scolopax incanus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, 1788, p. 658. On Laysan this bird was the least common of the migrants. We generally saw a few every day wading in the shallow water of the lagoon, gleaning small flies and possibly brine shrimps ( Artemia? ) also. Usually the species was seen alone. I saw also one or two on Necker Island, feeding among the rocks just above the surf. In “Birds of the Hawaiian Islands,” p.92,Mr. Henshawsays: “ The ulili is a permanent inhabitant of the Hawaiian Islands, frequenting the rocky shores of all members of the group, as, indeed, it does of the Pacific islands generally. * * * Apparently the ulili never nests on the islands, and about BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 803 April or May the greater number accompany the plover in their northern flight. Before they depart, many of the outgoing ulili assume the barred plumage, which is characteristic of the nuptial season. While most go, many remain, the latter being the immature birds and the weaklings. At all events, those that remain retain the immature or winter dress and show not the slightest inclination to breed. “About the middle or the latter part of August the return migrants begin to appear, and it is noticeable that the first comers are adults, chiefly males and still in nuptial dress, which, however, is now somewhat worn and faded. Very soon after their arrival they begin the fall molt, and by the middle of September individual birds are to be found that show but a few barred feathers and have nearly donned the full winter suit.” Our specimen, Laysan, May 1 8, is in breeding plumage. Numenius tahitiensis. Bristle-thighed, Curlew; Kioea. Seolopax tahitiensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., i, ii, 788, p. 656. We found the bristle-thighed curlews on Laysan in small flocks, which usually either stayed around the fresh-water pond or scattered over the sedgy slopes near the sea to feed. They were fairly tame and allowed us to approach them, and when frightened did not fly any great distance. None of these birds were breeding. Speaking for Hawaii, Mr. Henshaw says: “I feel sure that the large majority of these curlew make their appearance in September and October, and I have little doubt that they come from Alaskan breeding-grounds with the kolea ( Cha- radrius dominions fulvus) and the akekeke ( Arenaria interpres) . Yet I am not prepared to assert that the kioea does not at least occasionally nest upon the islands.” (Fig. 42. ) CHARADRIM. Charadrius dominicus fulvus. Pacific Golden Plover; Kolea. Char adrius fulvus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., i, ii, 1788, p. 687. These plovers were common on Laysan, where they were found in flocks near the lagoon. I noted a few also at Bird Island. All were in the winter plumage. According to Mr. Henshaw, the kolea leave Hawaii for Alaska in April and May and the first- comers return about the middle of August. A certain proportion of immature birds and cripples remain the entire summer in the islands. APHRIZIDjE. Arenaria interpres. Turnstone; Akekeke. Tringa interpres Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, i, 1758, p. 148. This species was abundant on Laysan, especially near the lagoon, where it was to be seen in flocks at all times during our stay. I saw also a few on Necker Island. Mr. Henshaw writes: “The first stragglers put in an appearance about the middle of August. In 1900 I shot some twenty of these first-comers, and to my great surprise found all of them plump and in fine order for the table, while some were very fat indeed. All these birds, with one exception, were fully adult, and the majority were males. Moreover, they were in much the same plumage as when they left for Alaska in May; that is, they were in the red and black plumage, characteristic of the nuptial season. The young birds did not begin to appear till at least a fortnight later, and when they came were thin and poor.”® DREPANIDIDAt. Himatione freethi. Laysan Honey-eater. Himatione fraitkii Rothschild, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., x, 1892, p. 109. • The honey-eater is the least abundant of the Laysan land birds. It is by no means rare, however, for in a short walk we were always able to see plenty of them. Their bright scarlet plumage renders them especially conspicuous as they flit about amid the soft green of the chenopodium bushes, and very Birds of the Hawaiian Islands, 1902, p. 87. 804 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. attractive creatures they are on such a curious island as Laysan. The species is peculiar to the islet, but is closely related to the apapane ( Himatione sanguined), found throughout the main Hawaiian group. From this form the Laysan bird differs in its shorter bill and lighter colors, being a scarlet vermilion, brightest on crown, with abdomen sepia, under tail-coverts very pale brown, primaries and tail dark sepia, almost black, edged with huffy, and secondaries brown edged with huffy and vermilion. On the other hand the apapane is a dark crimson, and the primaries and tail are black, the belly white. This brilliant little bird is found all over the island, but is most abundant in the interior among the tall grass and low bushes, bordering the open stretches near the lagoon, where all the land birds seem fond of congregating. Its favorite nesting-place is this same area, and the proximity of broad patches, acres in fact, of a prostrate succulent portulaca with yellow and a sesuvium with pink flowers has many attractions for the honey-eaters. Here they may be found throughout the day walking around after small insects or drinking honey from the blossoms. The brush-like tongue of the himatione renders the gathering of honey an easy task. It is not uncommon to see one go from flower to flower and insert its bill between the petals of a nearly blown bud with a certain rapidity and precision which suggests a hummingbird, except of course the fact that the himatione is on its feet. I have observed them catching tiny, green, and hence protectively colored, caterpillars from Chenopodium sandwicheum, a plant very abundant in the interior of the island. They are also fond of a small brownish-gray moth or “miller,” which abounds on the island to the point of distraction. While we were at lunch, on several different occasions, a himatione flew in and extracted moths from a crack between boards. It then grasped the miller with one foot, after the manner of a bird of prey, clinging with the other to the rough board wall, and ate the soft parts. After a few moments the still fluttering victim was released, and the destructive search for moths resumed. It became evident that the millers, relieved of important parts of their anatomy, did not thrive after such treatment. The nests proved more difficult to find than those of Acrocephalus. In fact we discovered only one, placed in the middle of a grass tuft about 2 feet from the ground. This contained but a single egg, though a nest which Mr. Schlemmer gave to us contained four. The structure is loosely made of fine grass and rootlets, and the bowl, 2| inches across by If deep, is lined with fine rootlets and brown down from young albatrosses ( Diomedea immutabilis) . There are no white feathers in the lining, thus making the structure at once distinguishable from the nest of the miller-bird. The ovate egg is pure lusterless white, blotched and spotted at the large end with grayish vinaceous, and with fewer light and dark spots of Prout’s brown. A typical egg measures 18 by 13.75 millimeters. (Fig. 51. ) The sexes are alike. Seven specimens without regard to sex are somewhat lighter than six others, i|| or at least have more yellow in the brilliant scarlet vermilion. It is not improbable that the first set i are birds of the previous year, while the deeper colored ones are in the fully adult plumage. The bill, wings, and tail of. the females are a trifle shorter than those of the male specimens. The plate in Rothschild’s “Avifauna of Laysan” represents this species far too pale and gives an erroneous idea of the color of the bird. Telespiza cantans. Laysan Finch. Telespyza cantans Wilson, Ibis, 1890, p. 341, pi. ix. The Laysan “finch” is quite fearless and unsuspicious. It is also saucy to a marked degree, and ignores the presence of man when he is peaceably disposed. One can not walk anywhere without encountering them singly or in little flocks, diligently searching for food among the bushes, or out in the open. When disturbed they eye the intruder with interest or half in doubt and utter their low, mellow, linnet-like call. They do not fly far, but prefer to alight soon, and run along the ground, or elude pursuit by suddenly crouching under a grass tussock. They are not particular as to food, but are fond of the soft parts of grass stems, tender shoots of bushes, seeds, and especially of eggs. I saw a pair fly to the egg of a Sterna lunata immediately after the bird had been disturbed by my approach. One of them opened the egg with a few strokes of its beak and began to feed at once, although I was hastily adjusting a camera only a few feet away. Nor did the removing of some rocks which obscured the view bother them greatly, for they only hopped out of reach and watched the process with equanimity, resuming their repast as soon as I had finished. But presently a rail appeared and angrily drove them off, appropriating the egg for himself. The “ finches” were common in the vicinity of the house, and hopped about the piazza in a very familiar way. While I was preparing specimens one came several times and lit on a table within a few feet and explored my belongings. BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 805 The Telespiza is the best songster on the island, and a number were captured by officers and seamen of the Albatross for cage birds. One which was kept in the laboratory on board made such good use of his vocal powers that it was sometimes necessary to give him more space on deck for the performance. The favorite nesting site is in the middle of a big tussock of grass, somewhat nearer the ground than the situations of the Himatione and Acrocephalus nests. The species also builds in chenopodium bushes. We found several nests in grass clumps bordering the open near the lagoon — a location very popular with both himationes and miller-birds — and in each case the nest was wedged in the center of the tussock, well hidden by the tall grass stems. It is made of rootlets, twigs, and coarse grass, and the whole structure is rather loosely put together. The shallow cup is 2f inches in diameter and is lined with shredded grass. Three eggs are laid, though we found some nests with incomplete sets of two. All were fresh. A rather large specimen measures 24 by 18 millimeters. It is somewhat bluntly ovate, of a lusterless white, with small blotches and spots of light sepia and lilac gray, crowded toward the blunt end and very sparingly present on the acute half. Another egg of the same set of three is smaller, measuring 22.5 by 17,5 millimeters. The third egg is a trifle smaller still, and has the spotting distributed evenly over the whole surface. An example from a set of two is plentifully blotched with lilac gray at the blunt end and sparsely spotted with dark Prout’s brown, giving it a rather unusual appearance. Some eggs have the spots relatively large (2 millimeters in diameter); in others they are very small. Occasionally an egg presents at the blunt end one or two dark lines. There is great variation in size and color, and some eggs are as small as 21 by 15 millimeters. We collected 24 individuals of this species. The adult and subadult plumages are quite different, and led Mr. Walter* Rothschild to describe the fully matured bird as Telespiza flavissima. Eor descriptions of this species see any of the works cited in the introduction, especially the “Avifauna of Laysan,” which gives excellent colored plates of both adult ( sub nomine “ flavissima ”) and “immature ” plumages (s. n. “ cantans"). Of the 24 specimens 11 are adult males in the bright yellow plumage, with back not streaked. One adult male is about midway between the two plumages, having assumed the “yellow stage,” except on back, wings, and tail. Five other males are in the immature streaked plumage, but one is much yellower than the others. All these five are much more worn than birds in the yellow plumage. All the sitting birds I noted were in streaked dress, similar to the one shown in the photograph. (Figs. 49, 50.) Of seven females three are in the immature streaked stage and are all a trifle paler over the yellow area than males in a similar stage. The other four are halfway between the “adult” and the “immature” stages. Had not Mr. Rothschild expressly stated that the sexes are alike in fully adult plumage, I would have considered three of these birds in the final plumage. The back is streaked like the immature males and top of head to less extent. The yellow of rest of head, and breast, which is not streaked, is more greenish than that of the adult male and less extended ' over abdomen and flanks. The flanks are light brownish and sparsely streaked. If the adult female is exactly like the male, these four specimens form a beautiful connecting link between the two plumages. We collected no females similar to the adult males. I believe the ju venal plumage is worn a year, till after the first nesting season, when the intermediate phase is assumed. Just how long that is worn is hard to tell, but I doubt if the fully adult plumage is gained till the bird is in its third year. SYLV11D/E. Acrocephalus familiaris. Miller Bird. Tartare familiaris Rothschild, Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., x, 1892, p. 109. The warbler is locally known as the miller bird on account of its fondness for “millers,” or grayish brown moths, which abound on Laysan. It is peculiar to Laysan Island, and singularly enough the genus is not found in the Hawaiian group proper, to the eastward. Acrocephalus “comprises a well-marked group of birds familiarly known as Reed- Warblers, and is distinguished by the possession of a very minute bastard primary and a moderately rounded tail. The bastard primary is so minute that in adult birds it does not usually extend as far as the primary coverts. In birds of the year, and in one or two species slightly aberrant in this respect, it is usually somewhat longer, occasionally extending beyond them. * * * The bill is typically large. 806 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. depressed, and broad at the base, with moderately developed rictal bristles. * * * The general color of the plumage is more or less uniform brown, sometimes olive brown, sometimes russet brown, gradually fading, as the plumage becomes abraded, into a neutral brown or dust brown, not inaptly described as museum color. “Most of these birds are migratory and molt twice in the year, shortly before each journey. Their breeding range extends over the whole of the central and southern Palsearctic Region, but only one species extends as far north as the Arctic circle. They winter in the tropical regions of Africa and Asia, and are especially common in the islands of the Malay Archipelago. Two species appar- ently migrate south instead of north to breed, and resort to the swamps of Australia for that purpose. Two other species appear to be nonmigratory — one having found a permanent home in South Africa and the other « in the Caroline Islands of the Pacific. ' ’ & It is not difficult to conjecture how Laysan became colonized by the original Acrocephalus, as the Caroline Islands form a convenient mid-station from the Malay Archipelago. It is singular, however, that the genus did not secure a foothold in the large islands of the group— Kauai, for instance. Acrocephalus syrinx is said to occur only on Ponap6, one of the most easterly of the Caroline Islands, where it is resident. Thus, in a genus of marked propensities for migrating, it is of interest to find a few species so restricted and conservative, as it were. The miller bird is one of the most abundant of the four strictly land birds peculiar to Laysan. In the cool of the morning or in late afternoon it is seen to best advantage, for then it is very active and at times musical. During the heated portion of the day, following the custom of our wood warblers of North America, it retires, to remain hidden among bushes or in the tall tufts of grass where its nest is made. The species, like others on the island, is quite fearless. One Las no difficulty in approaching close to the active little creatures, especially near the nest, though, as is natural, they evince some doubt at first. With a little patience I was able to secure a photograph, although neither myself nor the camera, within a few feet of the nest, were at all concealed. (Fig. 43. ) Acrocephalus always appears busy. It is fond of moths and other insects, and drags the former from their hiding-places with much skill. It is not averse to the habitations on the island and may be seen with the himationes assiduously hunting for millers about piazzas and outhouses, prosecuting the search even into the rooms. One of its favorite feeding-places is over stretches of prostrate portu- lacas, near the lagoon, where it gleans small caterpillars from the herbage in considerable numbers. They nest usually in big tufts of bushy grass, and like the other land birds congregate in greatest numbers along the inner edge of the bush-grass area near the lagoon. We discovered -only two nests with eggs, but many empty ones apparently just ready for eggs. Each nest was placed in the middle of a large bunch of grass about 2 feet from the ground. The structure itself is composed of dried grass stems and blades, fine rootlets, white albatross feathers. The bowl is If inches wide by the same depth, and the diameter of the mouth is somewhat less than that of the interior, so that the edges of the cup overhang a little. It is lined with fine rootlets, shredded grass, and white1 albatross feathers, the last being a very characteristic feature of all nests, so that the miller birds probably began very long ago to make use of this convenient material. Occasionally a trace of down was found on the inside. The outer portion of the nest is rather loosely held together, and forms a globose mass 3J inches in diameter. The eggs differ considerably both in size and coloration, one- being as small as 19 by 14 mm. and another as large as 22 by 15 mm. The ground color varies from very pale olive buff through greenish white to almost pure white. In one specimen the markings are olive blotches and spots of various intensities crowded at the blunt end, and likewise very tiny lines and specks scattered all over the egg. Another example is paler, blotched with olive and drab, and with minute specks. Two out of the five eggs lack the tiny specks. a Acrocephalus syrinx (Kittlitz) Ponap6. f>Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. (Seebohm) v, 1881, p. 87. (Written before Acrocephalus familiaris was discovered.) BIRDS OF LAYSAN AND THE LEEWARD ISLANDS. 807 APPENDIX. The following are additional irregular visitants recorded from Laysan by Dr. H. Schauinsland ( Drei Monate auf einer Korolleninsel , Bremen, 1899) and quoted in Rothschild’s Avifauna of Laysan, Bryan’s Key to the Birds of the Hawaiian Group , and Henshaw’s Birds of the Hawaiian Islands. Schauinsland’s names are in brackets (1. c., p. 101). Schauinsland did not list Anas hose has, but a specimen secured by him is recorded by Rothschild. Starred species were represented by specimens. *Larus glaucescens Naum. [Larus glaucus Brun.] *Phalacrocora.v pelagians Pall. *Anas boschas Linn. *Anas americana Gmel. *Anas carolinensis Gmel. [Nettion crecca.] Anas querquedula? ? Linn, (probably discors). [ Querquedula circia .] * Spatula clypeata (Linn.). *Dafila acuta (Linn.). Since the foregoing report was written Mr. William E. Safford, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, has kindly examined and identified the plants collected on Laysan. The following is the list: Laysan: Cenchrus calyculatus Cav. Sporobolus virginicus Kunth. Eragrostis cynosuroides ( Retz. ) . Cyperus hypochlorus Hillebrand. Santalum freydnetianum Gaud. Chenopodium sandvneheum Moq. Amaranlus viridis L. ( Euxolus viridis Moq. ) Boerhaavia tetrandra Forst. Sesuvium portulacastrum L. Portulaca lutea Sol. Leland Stanford Junior University, June 1 , 1903. Laysan — Continued . Capparis sanduncheana D’C. Tribulus dstoides L. Ipomcea insularis Stend. Heliotr opium curassavicum L. Scsevola lcoenigii Vahl. Necker Island: Sesbania tomentosa Poiret. Portulaca lutea Sol. Chenopodium sandvneheum Moq. I * Clangula albeola (Linn.) . Crymophilus fulicarius (Linn.). *Tringa acuminata (Horsfield). Tringa padfica { Coues). \_Tringa (Pelidna) ameri- cana Cass.] - * Calidris arenaria (Linn.). *Limosa lapponica baueri (Naum.). [X. uovse zealandise Gray.] Plate 2. ull. U. S...F. C. 1903. 1. SOOTY TERN (STERNA FULIGINOSA) AND NEST. 2. CUSTOMARY ACTIVITY OVER A LARGE COLONY OF SOOTY TERNS. J. PORTION OF A SOOTY TERN COLONY. 4. CHARACTERISTIC VIEW IN LARGE COLONY OF SOOTY TERNS. Plate 3. ull.'U. S. F. C. 1903. I gray-backed tern (sterna lunata) and young, show- ing NESTING SITE AMONG LOOSE PHOSPHATE ROCK. 8. CHICK OF STERNA LUNATA. 9. HAWAIIAN TERN (MICRANOUS HAWAIIENSIS) ON NEST. 11. COMPANY OF MICRANOUS HAWAIIENSIS RESTING ON BUSHES NEAR THE SHORE. 12. THE NODDY TERN (ANOUS STOLIDUS) AND NEST. j Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate 4. 15. CHARACTERISTIC “NEST” OF GYGIS, A BARE LUMP OF PHOSPHATE ROCK. 16. ANOTHER “NEST” OF GYGIS, THE BARE LIMB OF A CHENOPODIUM BUSH. 18. THE WRITER INTERVIEWING CHIEF CITIZENS OF LAYSAN. Plate 5. Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. 19. VIEW OF A LARGE COLONY OF LAYSAN ALBATROSSES (DIOMEDEA IMMUTABILIS); MOSTLY YOUNG BIRDS. 20. A CORNER IN ONE OF THE COLONIES OF DIOMEDEA IMMUTABILIS. 22. DIOMEDEA IMMUTABILIS FEEDING ITS YOUNG— FIRST STAGE, THE YOUNG ASKING FOR FOOD. 23. SECOND STAGE IN FEEDING YOUNG— OLD BIRD STARTING TO DISGORGE. 24. FINAL STAGE FEEDING YOUNG— ARRIVAL OF BREAK- FAST. Bull. U. S. F. G. 1903. Plate 6. 34. BLUE-FACED BOOBY (SULA CYANOPS) AND YOUNG. 35. BLUE-FACED BOOBY FEEDING YOUNG. 36. SULA CYANOPS GUARDING EGGS. Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate 8. 37. RED-FOOTED BOOBY (SULA PISCATOR) ON NEST. 38. RED-FOOTED BOOBY. 40. MAN-O’-WAR BIRDS; FEMALE IN FOREGROUND, TWO MALES BEYOND, ON NESTS. 41. CHRISTMAS ISLAND SHEARWATER (PUFFINUS N ATIVITATIS) ON NEST. 42. BRISTLE-THIGHED CURLEWS (NUMENIUS TAHITIENSISL Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate 9. IILLER BIRD (ACROCEPHALUS FAMILIARIS) 47. NEST AND EGGS OF THE LAYSAN TEAL. 48. NEWLY HATCHED YOUNG OF THE LAYSAN TEAL. 3ull. U, S. F. C. 1903. Plate 10. 51. NEST OF LAYSAN HONEY EATER (HIMATIONE FREETHl). 52. NEST OF LAYSAN RAIL IN GRASS TUSSOCK, VIEWED FROM ABOVE. NOTES ON A PORPOISE OF THE GENUS PRODELPHINUS FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. By FREDERICK W. TRUE, Head Curator of the Department of Biology , U. S. National Museum. 809 PORPOISE, PRODELPHINUS ATTENUATUS (GRAY). LENGTH, 6 FEET. NOTES ON A PORPOISE OF THE GENUS PRODELPHINUS FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. By FREDERICK W. TRUE, Head Curator of the Department of Biology , U. S. National Museum. Daring the investigations carried on under the direction of Dr. Jordan and Dr. Everniann by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross in the Hawaiian Islands in 1901, two specimens of a porpoise were obtained at Honolulu. The two heads, together with the pectoral fins, dorsal fin, flukes and a drawing of one of the speci- mens, made by Mr. A. H. Baldwin, June 7, 1901, were turned over to me by Dr. Jordan, with the request that I should report upon the material. A preliminary examination of the heads showed that they belonged to a species of Prodelphinus. After carefully measuring the heads and taking notes on the color- ation, I had the skulls extracted and cleaned. The specimen consisting of the head alone was numbered 112832, U.S.N.M., and the one comprising the head, pectoral and dorsal fins, and flukes, 112833, U.S.N.M. Plate 1 represents No. 112833. No. 112832, U.S.N.M., head. — The skin of the head is cut off about 2 inches behind the eye. Light yellowish-gray color from farther back and below runs forward to about the line of the eye (on the right side) where it is quite abruptly cut off by a darker tint which goes forward nearly to the stop.0 The same occurs on the left side but is much more obscure. The darkest of these tints is still lighter than the blackish color which occupies the center of the head from the stop backward. This blackish color forms a triangular median area with the apex at the stop. On the right side over the eye its margin is 2J inches above the eye. The snout proper is blackish, except on the edges, where it is irregularly yellowish white with small, distinct, irregularly placed, quite black spots. A narrow band, quite black, starts from the stop, soon divides, and, passing back, the two divisions inclose the eye. The two divisions subdivide into two or three narrower lines with light lines between them. A similar black and a whitish fine line pass from the stop to the corner of the mouth. On the left side the colors are much darker and the lines are very obscure. A fine line, lighter than the surrounding color, passes from each side of the blowhole to the stop. The light color from the pectoral region passes forward underneath on the chin to a point in the median line 8J inches from the tip of the mandible. In advance of this the under side of the mandible is very dark yellowish gray, almost black. On the light-gray part of the throat are numerous small, elliptical, dark-gray spots, the largest of which are about three-eighths of an inch long. These can be seen also on the dark part of the mandible. The lower lips are yellowish white, like the upper, with scattered, small, quite black, spots. No. 112833, U.S.N.M., head, fins, and flukes. — The color is like that of No. 112832, but the mark- ings are more distinct. A blackish cap on the head from the stop broadening out posteriorly. The margin on the right side is 3 inches above the eye. Below this margin on the right side over the eye a The point where the convex outline of the forehead meets the base of the beak. 811 812 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. is a band of lighter gray extending down to 1J inches above the eye. From this band down to the eye and forward to the stop the color is much lighter gray, which light color extends forward on to the base of the beak. On the left side the only prominent light patch is at the base of the convexity of the head, about midway between the eye and stop. Under the chin the whitish color extends forward to 5§ inches of tip of mandible. As in the other specimen, a line extends from the stop to the right eye, broadening out posteriorly and inclosing it. On the right side all the light color on the upper jaw from the eye forward, and all parts of the lower jaw backward to the base of the pectoral, are spotted with dark gray. The dark color of the anterior end of the mandible is made up of very small blackish spots massed together. These spots show also on the upper jaw, the upper lip being irregularly brownish-white and black-spotted. Pectorals darker than surrounding areas except at base; darker above than below and spotted on both sides, but the spots most distinct on the under side. Dorsal blackish with very obscure small darker spots, especially on the right side, having an antero-posterior direction. Flukes very dark gray above, lighter below, very obscurely spotted with darker color. Margins apparently blackish. The dimensions of the heads and fins are as follows: Measurement. No. 112832. No. 112833. Measurement. No. 112832. No. 112833. Tip of snout to stop (straight) Tip of snout to anterior point of blow- hole (straight) Tip of snout to center of eye (straight) . Tip of snout to corner of mouth (straight) Breadth of snout at stop (straight) Breadth of snout midway between stop and tip (straight) mm 314 330 283 59 43 54 6 22 13 mm. 121 337 337 289 56 43 60 6 19 14 Transverse diameter of blowhole Pectoral, tip to head of humerus (straight) . Pectoral, tip to anterior insertion Pectoral, tip to posterior insertion Pectoral, greatest breadth Dorsal, height from center of base to tip . Dorsal , height from base of posterior mar- gin to tip T Flukes, from tip to tip rom.4 1>l\ 22 286 279 216 86 203 168 464 133 25 42-43 39—40 Vertical depth of snout (both jaws, with mouth closed) at stop (straight) . Extent of lower jaw beyond the upper. Length of eye Antero-posterior diameter of blowhole. Flukes, breadth at base Flukes, depth of notch Number of teeth f 44-43 t 42-40 The dimensions, in millimeters, of the two Hawaiian skulls, together with those of four other skulls of Prodelphinus from the Indian Ocean, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott,0 are as follows: Measurement. U.S.N.M. 112832, Hawaii. t U.S.N.M. 112833, Hawaii. U.S.N.M. 36050 9, Amirantes Islands. U.S.N.M. 36049 cf, Amirantes Islands. U.S.N.M. 36051 9, Providence Island. U.S.N.M. 36031 9, Alphonse Island. U.S.N.M. 36048 cf, Johanna Island. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm mm Total length 422 443 415 407 403 397 379 Length of beak 264 269 253 251 244 241 222 Breadth of beak at base of maxillary notches 97 92 95 95 91 96 90 Breadth of beak at its middle 48 46 42 ' 43 41 43 40 Breadth of intermaxillae at middle of beak 22 22 24 25 23 26 23 Greatest breadth between outer margins of intermaxillae proximally 70 70 66 67 65 70 64 Length of superior tooth line 225 232 220 212 215 209 191 Last tooth to base of maxillary notch 45 45 44 45 38 42 37 Extremity of beak to anterior margin of superior nares — 303 321 295 295 288 279 256 Breadth between orbits 159 164 158 156 156 156 146 Breadth between hind margins of temporal fossae 125 130 122 127 122 123 117 Length of temporal fossae 59 62 60 65 64 65 63 Depth of temporal fossae 49 650 47 56 53 56 54 Length of mandible 364 375 350 347 342 327 316 Length of symphysis of mandible 74 77 80 73 74 67 65 Length of tooth row of mandible 211 225 209 205 208 195 186 Depth between angle and coronoid process 59 57 57 63 59 62 53 a See Proc. U.S.Nat.Mus., 17, 1894, p. 33; paper No. 982. b If measured on the continuation of the raised posterior border, = 51 this is the right side. On the left, = 42 mm or 47 "™ if measured on the continuation of the posterior raised border. NOTES ON A PORPOISE FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 813 The number of valid species of the genus Prodelphinus is at present uncertain. In 1889, after an examination of the types of many of the nominal species and numerous other specimens belonging to the genus, I arrived at the conclusion that about eight species were probably distinct;® of these, the one to which the Hawaiian specimens should most probably be assigned is Prodelphinus attenuatus (Gray), of which P. capensis (Gray) is, I believe, a synonym. A comparison of the dimensions of the type skulls of these two species with those of the Hawaiian skulls and Dr. Abbott’s Indian Ocean specimens is given in the following table, the various dimensions being reduced to percentages of the total length. Measurement. g Type of P. attenua- tus. U.S.N.M. 112832, Hawaii. U.S.N.M. 112833, Hawaii. U.S.N.M. 36050 9, Amirantes Islands. U.S.N.M. 36049 Some of these species have not since been collected, or are known only from description and figure, the type specimen having been destroyed, as Galene hawaiiensis Dana. A few species it is almost certain have been erroneously recorded from the Hawaiian Islands, as Trichodaetylus punctatus Eydoux and Souleyet, which is a South American fluviatile crab, and Paehygrapsus crassipes Randall, one of several forms collected by Nuttall and Townsend and confused with others taken on the California coast. The occurrence of Ocypode gaudichaudii at Honolulu needs confirmation. c a single dredging often embraced a long period of time and a great range of depth, therefore the statement that a species was taken at'68-179 fathoms does not indicate its actual range, but simply its occurrence at some point between those depths. 829 830 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. collectors, or later by Dr. W. H. Jones, U. S. Navy, who, with Dr. T. H. Streets, was surgeon and naturalist on the U. S. S. Portsmouth during the survey of the North Pacific Ocean in 1873-74. Through the courtesy of Mr. Witmer Stone, the writer has made an examination of all of Randall’s types of Hawaiian crabs and shrimps extant in the museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Some of these have been noted by Kingsley, Sharp, and Ortmann, but the validity of Penseus marginatus Randall is here established for the first time. The Hawaiian fauna is almost entirely Indo-Pacific, the islands forming the northeastern, as the Indian Ocean is the southwestern limit, for the majority of the species. This is true of the shore and shallow water forms a and in a lesser degree of the abyssal forms, of which many are cosmopolitan and have been described by Smith, Bate, A. Milne Edwards, or Alcock, from the depths of the Atlantic, Pacific, or Indian oceans.6 This circumstance of wide horizontal distribution of deep-water species has recently been emphasized by Ortmann in reporting on the Schizopoda.”c Besides 76 of the 80 species here described as new, few species are restricted to the Hawaiian Islands, and such apparent restriction may be due to incomplete knowledge. Very little affinity to the fauna of the American continent is shown. Micro panope sexlobata, a new species, forms a marked exception, as the genus is tropical American and the Hawaiian species is akin to M. truncatifrons Rathbun of the West Indies. The figures of Cyrtomaia smithi were drawn by the late Dr. J. C. McConnell; the other drawings of Brachyura, as well as all the colored plates, are the work of Mr. A. H. Baldwin; Miss E. G. Mitchell made the pen and ink drawings of most of the Macrura. The photographs were taken by Mr. Clarence Dodge, excepting Plates I and II, which are the gift of Mr. H. W. Henshaw. LIST OF TB Ocypode ceratophthalma (Pallas). Ocypode lse-vis Dana. ? Ocypode gaudichaudii Milne Edwards and Lucas. Uca minor (Owen). Uca tetragonon (Herbst). Macrophthalmus telescopicus (Owen). Macrophthalmus inermis A. Milne Edwards. Libystes nitidus A. Milne Edwards. Pilumnoplax cooki Rathbun, nov. Palicus fisheri Rathbun, nov. Palicus oahuensis Rathbun, nov. Manella spinipes (de Man), gen. nov. Cardisoma rotunduin (Quoy and Gaimard). *Grapsus grapsus tenuicrustatus (Herbst). Grapsus strigosus (Herbst). a The synonymy is abbreviated in the case of well-know the Carcinological Fauna of India, the first part of which apt full references and descriptions may be found. 6 The following shrimps occur in greatest abundance: Milne Edwards, Polycheles phosphorus (Alcock), Nematocareii c Science, n. s., XIX, 1904, No. 491, pp. 827-828. d Those marked with an asterisk were found in the marki E SPECIES, d Grapsus strigosus longitarsis Dana. Geograpsus li vidus (Milne Edwards). Geograpsus crinipes (Dana). Hemigrapsus crassimanus Dana. Metopograpsus messor (Forskal). Pachygrapsus plicatus (Milne Edwards). Pacbygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards. Pachygrapsus longipes Rathbun. ? Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall. Planes minutus (Linnaeus). Cyclograpsus granulatus Dana. Cyclograpsus henshawi Rathbun. Cyclograpsus cinereus Dana. Sesarma ( Sesarma ) angustif rons A. Milne Ed wards. Sesarma (Holometopus) obtusifrons Dana. Indian species to a reference to Aleock’s classical work on jared in 1895 (Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV), and in which Pandalus martins A. Milne Edwards, Heterocarpus ensifer A. ms tenuirostris Bate, and Pandalus ensis (A. Milne Edwards). :t at Honolulu. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 831 Sesarma (Holometopus) trapezium Dana. Sarmatium faxoni Rathbun, nov. Plagusia clepressa tuberculata Lamarck. Plagusia immaculata Lamarck. Percnon planissimum (Herbst). Percnon abbreviatum (Dana). Percnon pilimanus (A. Milne Edwards). ?Trichodactylus punctatus Eydoux and Souleyet. *Carpilius maculatus (Linnaeus). *Carpilius convexus (Forskal). Carpilodes tristis Dana. Carpilodes ruber A. Milne Edwards. Carpilodes coccineus Rathbun, nov. Carpilodes virgatus Rathbun, nov. Carpilodes vaillantianus (A. Milne Edwards). Carpilodes monticulosus A. Milne Edwards. Carpilodes supernodosus Rathbun, nov. Liomera pubescens (Milne Edwards). Liomera praetexta Rathbun, nov. Atergatis ocyroe (Herbst). Platypodia semigranosa (Heller). Platypodia granulosa (Riippell). Platypodia eydouxii (A. Milne Edwards). Platypodia actoeoides (A. Milne Edwards). Zosimus seneus (Linnaeus) . Lophozozymus incisus (Milne Edwards). Lophozozymus dodone (Herbst). Lophozozymus intonsus (Randall) . Xantho lacunosus Rathbur^ nov. Xantho bidentatus A. Milne Edwards. Xantho crassimanus A. Milne Edwards. Leptodius exaratus (Milne Edwards). Leptodius sanguineus (Milne Edwards). Leptodius molokaiensis Rathbun, nov. Leptodius nudipes (Dana). Leptodius gracilis ( Dana ) . Leptodius waialuanus Rathbun, nov. Xanthodius biunguis Rathbun, nov. Medseus ornatus Dana. Medseus simplex A. Milne Edwards. Cycloxanthops angustus Rathbun, nov. Peloeus armatus Eydoux and Souleyet. Etisus dentatus (Herbst). *Etisus splendidus Rathbun, nov. * Etisus laevimanus Randall. Etisodes electra (Herbst). Galene hawaiiensis Dana. Actaea tomentosa (Milne Edwards). Actaea affinis (Dana). Actaea hirsutissima (Riippell) . Actaea rufopunctata (Milne Edwards). Actaea garretti Rathbun, nov. Actaea speciosa (Dana). Actaea variolosa Borradaile. Actaea nodulosa White. Actaea hawaiiensis Rathbun, nov. Actaea (?) integerrima (Dana). Banareia villosa Rathbun, nov. Daira per lata (Herbst). Xanthias lamarckii (Milne Edwards). Xanthias flavescens Rathbun, nov. Xanthias notatus (Dana). Xanthias minutus (Rathbun). Xanthias canaliculatus Rathbun, nov. Micropanope sexlobata Rathbun, nov. Chlorodiella niger (Forskal). Chlorodiella leevissima (Dana). Phymodius ungulatus (Milne Edwards). Phymodius obscurus (Lucas). Phymodius nitidus (Dana). Phymodius laysani Rathbun, nov. Chlorodopsis areolata (Milne Edwards). Chlorodopsis scabricula (Dana). Chlorodopsis aberrans Rathbun, nov. Pilodius flavus Rathbun. Menippe convexa Rathbun. Pseudozius caystrus (Adams and White). Pseudozius inornatus Dana. Pseudozius triunguiculatus Borradaile. Platyozius Levis Borradaile. Ozius hawaiiensis Rathbun. Lydia annulipes (Milne Edwards). Pilumnus vespertilio (Fabricius). Pilumnus alcocki Borradaile. Pilumnus nuttingi Rathbun, nov. Pilumnus acutifrons Rathbun, nov. Pilumnus andersoni de Man. Pilumnus tseniola Rathbun, nov. Pilumnus ovalis A. Milne Edwards. Actumnus obesus Dana. Eriphia sebana (Shaw). Grapsillus cymodoce (Herbst). Grapsillus ferrugineus (Latreille). Grapsillus ferrugineus intermedius (Miers). Grapsillus maculatus MacLeay. Grapsillus rufopunctatus (Herbst). Grapsillus rufopunctatus flavopunctatus (Eydoux and Souleyet). Grapsillus digitalis (Latreille). Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet. Lybia tesselata (Latreille). Lybia caestifera (Alcock). Polydectus cupulifer (Latreille). Carcinides msenas (Linnaeus). Parathranites hexagonum Rathbun, nov. Parathranites latibrachium Rathbun, nov. Lissocarcinus orbicularis Dana. Lissocarcinus lsevis Miers. Lupocyclus quinquedentatus Rathbun, nov. Goniocaphyra insequalis Rathbun, nov. F. C.B. 1903, Pt. 3 — 5 832 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Carupa laeviuscula Heller. Portunus sanguinolentus (Herbst). *Portunus pubescens (Dana). Portunus (Achelous) argentatus (A. Milne Ed- wards ) . Portunus (Achelous) granulatus (A. Milne Ed- wards. Portunus (Achelous) orbicularis (Richters). Portunus (Xiphonectes) longispinosus (Dana). Portunus (Xiphonectes) macrophthalmus Rath- bun, nov. Chary bdis japonica (A. Milne Edwards). *Charybdis erythrodactyla (Lamarck). Charybdis orientalis Dana. Thalamonyx gracilipes A. Milne Edwards. Thalamita coeruleipes Jacquinot. Thalamita picta Stimpson. Thalamita sima Milne Edwards. *Thalamita integra Dana. Thalamita edwardsi Borradaile. Thalamita admete (Herbst). Thalamita auauensis Rathbun, nov. Thalamita spinifera Borradaile. Thalamita alcocki de Man. Thalamita kukenthali de Man. Podophthalmus vigil (Fabricius). Kraussia integra (de Haan). Kraussia rugulosa (Krauss). Kraussia hendersoni Rathbun. Platepistoma macrophthalmum Rathbun, gen. et sp. nov. Achseus affinis Miers. Achseopsis superciliaris Ortmann. Cyrtomaia smithi Rathbun. Cyrtomaia lamellata Rathbun, nov. Oncinopus aranea (de Haan). Sphenocarcinus carbunculus Rathbun, nov. Huenia proteus (de Haan). Simocarcinus simplex (Dana). Echinoecus pentagonus Rathbun. Mensethius monoceros (Latreille). Acanthonyx simplex Dana. Halimus hilgendorfi (de Man). Halimus tenuicornis (Pocock). Halimus ovatus (Dana). Perinea tumida Dana. Chlorinoides goldsboroughi Rathbun, nov. Schizophrys hilensis Rathbun, nov. Ophthalmias cervicornis (Herbst). Micippa philyra ( Herbst) . Micippa parca Alcock. Parthenope (Platylambrus) nummifera Rathbun, nov. Parthenope (Platylambrus) stellata Rathbun, Parthenope (Platylambrus) stellata lacunosa Rathbun, subsp. nov. Parthenope (Platylambrus) stellata complanata Rathbun, subsp. nov. Parthenope (Rhinolambrus) lamelligera (White). Parthenope (Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus (Adams and White). Parthenope (Aulacolambrus) whitei (A. Milne Edwards). Parthenope (Parthenolambrus) calappoides (Adams and White). Daldorfia horrida (Linnaeus). Harrovia truncata Rathbun, nov. *Calappa calappa (Linnaeus). *Calappa hepatica (Linnaeus). Calappa gallus (Herbst). Mursia hawaiiensis Rathbun. Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, nov. Cycloes granulosa de Haan. Tlos latus Borradaile. Tlos angulatus Rathbun, nov. Ebalia tuberculosa (A. Milne Edwards). Ebalia jordani Rathbun, nov. Nucia speciosa Dana. Randallia distincta Rathbun. Randallia gilberti Rathbun, nov. Persephona brevimana (Alcock). Ethusa mascarone hawaiiensis Rathbun, subsp. nov. Ethusina gracilipes (Miers). Hapalocarcinus marsupialis Stimpson. Callianassa articulata Rathbun, nov. Callianassa, sp. Axius pailoloensis Rathbun, nov. Axius spinosissimus Rathbun, nov. Axius rudis Rathbun, nov. Axius serratifrons A. Milne Edwards. Eiconaxius asper Rathbun, nov. Paraxius tridens Rathbun, nov. Scyllarus martensi Pfeffer. *Scyllarides squammosus (Milne Edwards). *Parribacus antarcticus (Lund). Parribacus papyraceus Rathbun, nov. * Panulirus japonicus (de Siebold). Panulirus penicillatus (Olivier). Panulirus marginatus (Quoy and Gaimard). Polycheles phosphorus (Alcock). Polycheles snyderi Rathbun, nov. Polycheles granulatus Faxon. Polycheles asper Rathbun, nov. Eryoneicus indicus hawaiiensis Rathbun, subsp. nov. *Enoplometopus occidentalis (Randall). *Stenopus hispidus (Olivier). Spongicola henshawi Rathbun, nov. nov. Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. PLATE II. THE SHRIMPER, HILO. From photograph by H. W. Henshaw. BRACHYTTRA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 833 Penseus canaliculatus (Olivier). *Penseus marginatus Randall. Metapenaeus affinis (Milne Edwards) Metapenaeus velutinus (Dana). Metapenaeus mogiensis (Rathbun). Metapenaeus richtersii (Miers). Metapenaeus evermanni Rathbun, nov. Solenocera lucasii Bate. Haliporus equalis Bate. Haliporus modestus (Smith). Aristeus semidentatus Bate. Benthesicymus investigatoris Anderson. Bentbesicymus laciniatus Rathbun, nov. Benthesicymus moratus Smith. Benthonectes filipes Smith. Gennadas parvus Bate. Gennadas propinquus Rathbun, nov. Gennadas sp. Sicyonia laevis Bate. Sicyonia longicauda Rathbun, nov. Sergestes tenuiremis Kroyer. Sergestes robustus Smith. Sergestes edwardsii Kroyer. Sergestes oculatus Kroyer. Sergestes parvidens Bate. Sergestes armatus Kroyer. Sergestes ventridentatus Bate. Leucifer acestra (Dana). Pontophilus gracilis Smith. Pontophilus modumanuensis Rathbun, nov. Egeon orientalis Henderson. Egeon habereri (Doflein). Rhynchocinetes rugulosus Stimpson. Processa processa (Bate). Processa hawaiensis (Dana) . Hippolyte acuta (Stimpson). Hippolysmata acicula Rathbun, nov. Hippolysmata paucidens Rathbun, nov. Spirontocaris marmorata (Olivier). Spirontocaris kauaiensis Rathbun, nov. Spirontocaris profunda Rathbun, nov. Pandalus martius A. Milne Edwards. Pandalus ensis (A. Milne Edwards). Pandalus ocellus ( Bate) . Pandalus sindoi Rathbun, nov. Pandalus brevis Rathbun, nov. Pandalus exiguus Rathbun, nov. Pandalus spinidorsalis Rathbun, nov. Heterocarpus ensifer A. Milne Edwards. Heterocarpus laevigatus Bate. Heterocarpus signatus Rathbun, nov. Heterocarpus alexandri A. Milne Edwards. Atya bisulcata (Randall). Ortmannia henshawi Rathbun. Caridina brevirostris Stimpson. Harpilius depressus Stimpson. Coralliocaris quadridentata Rathbun, nov. Coraliiocaris truncata Rathbun, nov. Periclimenes pusillus Rathbun, nov. Periclimenes sp. Oplophorus gracilirostris A. Milne Edwards. Oplophorus foliaceus Rathbun, nov. Acanthephyra eximea Smith. Acanthephyra debilis A. Milne Edwards. *Bithynis grandimanus (Randall). Palasmon debilis Dana. Palsemon pacificus (Stimpson). Palsemon pandaloides Rathbun, nov. Palaemonella tenuipes Dana. Palaemonella orientalis Dana. Palaemonella laccadivensis Alcock and Anderson. Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson. Nematocarcinus ensiferus (Smith) . Nematocarcinus tenuirostris Bate. Nematocarcinus gracilis Bate. Stylodactylus discissipes Bate. Pasiphsea kaiwiensis Rathbun, nov. Pasiphsea truncata Rathbun, nov. Pasiphsea flagellata Rathbun, nov. Psathyrocaris hawaiiensis Rathbun, nov. Leptochela robusta Stimpson. BRACHYURA. Family OCYPODIDA. Ocypode ceratophthalma (Pallas). Ocypoda ceratophthalma Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900, 345, and synonymy. Hilo, Hawaii®; Kailua; Maui, R. C. McGregor; Lanai Beach; Honolulu; Honolulu Reef; Wai- kiki Beach; Waimea, Kauai; “in coral sand just above high-water mark,” Henshaw. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, as 0. urvillii; Alcock). Hawaii (Stimpson). Hilo Beach (Miers). ■ Unless otherwise indicated, specimens were collected by the United States Fish Commission at the localities cited. 834 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Ocypode lsevis Dana. (PL vii, fig. 2.) Ocypode rhombea Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 123. ? Ocypoda pallidula Jacquinot, Voy. an Pole Sud, atlas, pi. vi, 1852 (?). Ocypoda lsevis Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 325, 1852; pi. xx, fig. 2, 1855. Ocypoda pallidula Dana, op. cit. , p. 324; pi. xx, fig. 1 (type in U. S. Nat. Mus.). Ocypoda cordimana Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, 185 (not all synonymy). Hilo, Hawaii; Kahului, Maui, R. C. McGregor; Honolulu; Waikiki Beach; Laysan; “in coral sand just above high-water mark,” Henshaw. Hawaiian Islands (Dana), type male in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands, J. K. Townsend, one male, specimen labeled by Randall 0. rhombea, in Philadelphia Academy Natu- ral Sciences. Hilo, Hawaii (Stimpson). Laysan (Lenz, as urvillei and probably cordimana). 0. lsevis is distinct from 0. cordimana Desmarest. Ocypode gaudichaudii Milne Edwards and Lucas. Ocypode gaudichaudii Milne Edwards and Lucas, d’Orbigny’s Voy. l’Amer. M6rid., VI, pt. 1, p. 26, 1843; IX, pi. xi, fig. 4, 1847. Honolulu (Cano). Needs verification. Hca minor (Owen). Gelasimus minor Owen, Voy. Blossom, Crust., 79, pi. xxiv, figs. 2, 2a, 1839. Oahu (Owen). Uca tetragonon (Herbst). Gelasimus tetragonum Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900, 357, and synonymy. Hawaiian Islands (Kingsley). Macrophthalmus telescopieus (Owen). Gelasimus telescopicus Owen, Voy. Blossom, Crust., 78, pi. xxiv, fig. 1, 1839. Macrophthalmus compressipes Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 123. Macrophthalmus podophthalmus Eydoux and Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, Crust., 241, pi. hi, figs. 6—7, 1842. Honolulu Harbor, 8 fathoms, one female, collector unknown, in U. S. National Museum. One male, four females, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Oahu (Owen); Honolulu (Cano); Hawaiian Islands (Randall, Eydoux and Souleyet, Dana). One male, two female, types of M. compressipes Randall, J. K. Townsend collector, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. One male, collected by U. S. Exploring Expedition, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease, two males, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Macrophthalmus inermis A. Milne Edwards. Macrophthalmus inermis A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France (4), VII, 1867, 286; Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IX, 1873, 277, pi. xii, fig. 5. Hawaiian Islands (A. Milne Edwards). M. convexus Stimpson is quite another species from M. inermis. It is much narrower, being not much over half again as wide as long, while M. inermis is twice as wide as long. The sides are less convergent posteriorly, gastric and cardiac regions narrower, front wider, about width of carapace, last ambulatory leg much less reduced than in M. compressipes. Libystes nitidus A. Milne Edwards. Libystes nitidus A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France (4), VII, 1867, 285; Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IV, 1868, 83, pi. xx, figs. 5-7 Honolulu (Cano). BRACHYURA AND MAORURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 835 Pilumnoplax cooki, sp. nov. (PL vii, fig. 3.) Carapace more convex than usual in the genus, especially fore and aft, about f as long as broad, naked, sparingly and irregularly punctate, regions faintly indicated. Front horizontal, advanced, slightly concave or emarginate; transversely sulcate above the margin, sulcus widest at the middle and tapering to each end; slightly more than a third the greatest breadth of the carapace. Antero-lateral borders not more than one-half length of postero-lateral, cut into three projec- tions, the first a shallow lobe confluent with the outer orbital tooth, the second a blunt obtuse-angled tooth; edges of teeth sharp. The third prominence is a sharp ascending conical spine directed upward and forward, and situated considerably above. -the level of the teeth. Eye of good size, nearly filling the orbit; cornea brown in alcohol. Upper margin minutely notched near the middle, lower margin slightly emarginate below outer angle; inner angle a narrow tooth whose tip is just visible in dorsal view. The last joint of the peduncle of the antenna attains the edge of the front; flagellum twice as long as the orbit is wide. Chelipeds in male slightly unequal, heavy, a little more than twice as long as carapace; surface sparingly punctate; arm microscopically granulous, especially toward the margin; a small superior subterminal tooth; wrist less evidently granulous, inner lobe truncate, its distal corner in form of a blunt tooth; hands almost smooth, fingers gaping, the pollex curved downward in its basal half; dark color only on distal two-thirds, the color darkest in the middle, and a brown horn-color at each end. Legs very slender, long, second pair longest, 2J times as long as the carapace; smooth, unarmed, nearly bare. Length of type male 12.7, width 15 mm. The character of the antero-lateral dentation, as well as the convexity of the carapace, distin- guishes this species from all others. Named for Captain Cook, who discovered the Hawaiian Islands. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu, 293 to 330 fathoms, stations 3818, 3917; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 290 fathoms, stations 3865, 3866 (type locality), 3883, 3884; northeast approach to Pailolo Channel, 272 to 304 fathoms, stations 4089, 4096; vicinity of Kauai Island, 283 to 309 fathoms, station 4130. Cat. No. of type, 29364. « Family PALICID^. Palicus fisher i, sp. nov (PI. vii) fig. 5.) Carapace with regions well marked, covered with minute granules, from each of which a short curved hair arises and with tubercles symmetrically arranged on the summits of the areolse and coarsely granulate, the chief tubercles disposed as follows: A transverse curved line of about fourteen running from the penult lateral tooth across the cardiac region; three mesogastric; four protogastric, in one line; two epigastric; a cluster of three anterior branchial; smaller tubercles in a line of five or six, and one median in advance of the line on the intestinal region, and three on the posterior part of each branchial region. Front cut into four narrow lobes, tips upturned, middle pair much lower, longer, more acute, and more depressed than outer pair and separated from each other by a deep U sinus. Lateral borders moderately diverging posteriorly, cut into five long acute teeth, including orbital, diminishing backward, the last much the smallest. Posterior margin cut into nine to eleven small lobes not contiguous. Inner supraorbital lobe separated by broad deep sinus from front, its inner angle very prominent and elevated; three deep sinuses in upper margin of orbit; a small V sinus below outer tooth; inner suborbital tooth narrow, acuminate. Eyestalks sharply granular and nodular. “All catalogue numbers of types of new species refer to the catalogue in the U. S. National Museum. 836 BULLETIN OE THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Chelipeds shorter than carapace, unequal in both sexes, only the right or larger one being stouter than the first pair of legs; the upper surface bears some flat lobules and sharp granules; larger palm only a little longer than high. First pair of legs a little longer than carapace; merus sharply granular, anterior border with four or five small spines and ending in a large sharp-pointed tooth, posterior border denticulate; anterior edge of carpus with a lobe near either end, posterior edge terminating in a small spine; posterior border of last two joints serrulate. Second and third pairs of legs about If times as long as carapace; merus broadened in middle, with sharp granules or spinules arranged in rows, anterior border with three or more spines increasing distally, a terminal triangular subacute tooth, posterior edge with seven or more spinules, including one terminal; last two joints much widened, anterior border fringed with long hair, posterior border of propodus four to five, of dactylus two to three — serrate. Last pair filiform, much shorter than carapace, sharply granular or spinu- lous up to the dactylus, which is subequal to the propodus. First segment of abdomen in both sexes carinate, carina granulate and ending in a sharp upturned spine; adjoining segment of sternum armed with a similar spine, which lies just, outside the other. Dimensions. — Male type, length 12, width 14.1 mm. The species grows much larger, an immature female with soft shell, station 4066, measuring 22.6 mm. long and 26.5 wide. Color. — Legs with broad transverse bands of color. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 73 fathoms, stations 3846, 3847, and 3848; vicinity of Laysan Island, 16 to 163 fathoms, stations 3j)39 and 3962; vicinity of Kauai Island, 40 to 233 fathoms, stations 3982 and 3987 (type locality); Aleunihana Channel, 49 to 176 fathoms, station 4066; north coast of Maui Island, 99 to 106 fathoms, station 4077. Cat. No. of type, 29368. Named for Mr. Walter K. Fisher, of Stanford University, who accompanied the Fish Commission party to the Hawaiian Islands in 1901. This species is allied to P. serripes (Alcock & Anderson) and P. investigatoris Alcock; differs from the former in having the borders of the carapace more deeply incised and its surface more tubercu- late; in P. investigatoris the surface is marked by tubercles on the areolae, but is not granulate, and the teeth of front and posterior margin are more acute. Fig. 1.— Palicus flsheri. station 3982, larger chela of male, x 3£. Palicus oahuensis, sp. nov. (PI. vn, fig. 4.) Carapace quite high in the middle, covered with distant tubercles and granules, between which the surface is microscopically granulate. Median lobes of front small, round, near together, on a lower level than outer pair, which are broad and very shallow, and separated feebly from the inconspicuous inner supraorbital lobe. Three small notches in upper margin of orbit; outer tooth long, triangular, acute. Antero-lateral margins forming a very obtuse angle to each other and armed with four teeth besides the orbital; first distant from orbit and lobiform; second and third much larger, subequal, dentiform; last very small, acute. Postero-lateral and posterior margins with a few spaced tubercles. Chelipeds about as long as carapace (in female) unequal, larger pair not much stouter than first leg; surface granular; larger palm about 1} times as long as wide, fingers nearly as long as palm and crossing each other at some distance from tip. First pair of legs a little longer than carapace, merus and carpus granulate, margins of former bluntly denticulate, a prominent blunt tooth at end of anterior margin; two lobes on same margin of carpus; edges of last two joints Fig. 2 —paUcus oahuen ent^re- sis, type female, larger Second and third pairs of legs about If times length of carapace, merus chela, x 4£. ovate, granular, margins irregularly dentate, teeth smaller and more numerous on posterior than on anterior border; the latter bearing a large terminal tooth, which is larger and acute on second pair, lobiform on third pair; remaining joints similar to those of first pair. Last pair filiform, granulate, not f as long as carapace. First four segments of female abdomen carinate, first three segments granulate, their carinse, though not prominent, visible from above. BRACHYURA AND MA CRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 837 Dimensions. — Female type, length 7.9, width 10.3 mm. Female, Honolulu Reef, length 8.6, width 11.4 mm. Record of specimens. — South coast of Oahu Island, 257 to 220 fathoms, station 3919; one female type (Cat. No. 29374). Honolulu Reef; one female. In the shape and convexity of the carapace this species approaches the West Indian P. obesus (A. Milne Edwards), but the antero-lateral borders are more oblique than in the latter. MANELLA, gen. nov. Differs from Palicus in having the legs of the last pair not different from, or abnormally smaller than, the others. Floor of orbit produced considerably beyond roof. Carapace broadest anteriorly. The genus Pleurophricus was instituted in 1873 by A. Milne Edwards (Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, IV, 84 [8]) for a single species from Australia, P. cristatipes (op. cit., pi. i, figs. 6-6c) which no one has since examined. He places it among the Oxystomata near Orithyia. In 1879 Miers (Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XIV, 660) ranged it doubtfully in the Oxyrhyncha, in which he is followed by Haswell (Cat. Austral. Crust., 22, 1882). In 1887 de Man (see below) described a second species of the genus from Amboina, which he believed to be more nearly related to the Corystoidea than to any other group. It is this second species, P. spinipes, which is present in the Hawaiian collection, and I am confident that it should be placed in or near the Palicidse, as, were it not for the normal size and position of the posterior pair of legs, it might be ranged in the genus Palicus. The floor of the orbit is a little more advanced than in Palicus; otherwise the orbital region, the front, the antennal and buccal regions, the areolation of the carapace, the form of each joint of the first three pairs of legs, the character of sternum and abdomen are essentially those of Palicus. The shape of the carapace and chelipeds have less of the typical Palicus. The species of that genus which P. spinipes most resembles in shape is Palicus contractus Rathbun (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXXIX, 1902, 126, plate, figs. 7 and 8) , in which the side margins converge from front to bach. I have separated generically de Man’s species from the type of Pleurophricus on account chiefly of the, legs. In P. cristatipes the legs are nearly of a size and the carpus is no longer than broad; while in Manella spinipes the first and fourth pairs of legs are much smaller than the second and third, and the carpus is elongate, with the characteristic shape of Palicus. In Pleurophricus the carapace is sub- circular and the chelipeds equal. If the male abdomen resembles that of Palicus and Manella, then the abdomen of Pleurophricus cristatipes represented in fig. 6c (op. cit. ) is that of a young female. This genus is dedicated to Dr. J. G. de Man, one of the most painstaking of carcinologists. Manella spinipes (de Man). (PI. vii, fig. 6.) Pleurophricus spinipes de Man, Arch. f. Naturg., LIII, 1887, 1, p. 344, pi. xv, fig. 1. Record of specimens. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, sta- tion 3847; Auau Channel, 28 to 43 fathoms, stations 3872 and 3876. De Man based the species on a single male, which had the front broken and lacked the right cheliped; the front is four-lobed, the lobes rounded, the middle pair lower and more advanced than the outer; median sinus deep U-shaped. The right chela is 1J times as high as the left in both sexes, fingers rather short and stout, and when shut leaving a small hiatus at base. In the adult male the greater part of inner surface of hand and fingers of both chelae is clothed with long hair; in the female and immature male this space is naked, but there is a small dark spot at the center. Besides the long hairs which lie on the upper surface of the last two joints of the legs, there are long hairs fringing the posterior edge of the merus, and in the last pair the anterior edge of the carpus. In the adult the seven segments of the abdomen are all well separated; in the immature the first to sixth segments, inclusive, may be fused. Dimensions. — Length of male (station 3847) 11.7, width 13.4 mm. Fig. 3. — Manella spinipes, station 3847, larger chela of male, x 2|. 838 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Family GECARCINIDAt. Cardisoma rotundum (Quoy and Gaimard). Tlielphusa rotunda Quoy and Gaimard, in Freycinet’s Voyage autour du Monde, III, Zool., p. 527, pi. 77, fig. 1 ( Thelphuse chaperon arrondi), 1825. Cardisoma hirtipes Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V, 1851, 253; Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped. I, 376, 1852; pi. xxiv, fig. 2, 1855. Cardisoma rotundum Safford, Coiitr. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, IX, 1905, 90. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 1 male, 1 female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. ' Family GRAPSID^E. Grapsus grapsus tenuicrustatus (Herbst). Cancer tenuicrustatus Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, I, 113, tab. Ill, fig. 33 (not 34), 1783 (not Gronovius). See von Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., XXXVIII, 1872, 107, and Hilgendorf, Monats. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1878 (1879), 807. Grapse rude Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 87, 1837. Grapsus hirlus Randall, Jour. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., VIII, 1839 (1840), 124. Grapsus rudis Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (3), Zool., XX, 1853, 168 [134]. Cfrapsus maeulatus var. tenuicristatus Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, 193. Hilo, Hawaii; Avalu Point, Lanai Island beach, station 3829; Honolulu market; Papai Oama; Hanalei, Kauai, reef; Necker Island; Laysan; “under stones, high-water mark,” Henshaw; Kauai, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Milne Edwards, Gibbes, Randall as G. hirtus; 1 male type, J. K. Townsend, collector, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; (Danaas G. pictus).® Oahu (Kingsley). Wai- kiki, Oahu, and Laysan (Lenz). Distribution. — The common rock crab of the tropics, Grapsus grapsus, is separable into two forms, one in which the lobe on the wrist is very broad and terminates in a short point ( G . grapsus typical), and one in which the same lobe is narrow and terminates in a long narrow spine ( tenuicrustatus Herbst). The former inhabits the coasts of America, including the outlying islands, such as the Galapagos, and also the eastern shores and islands of the Atlantic Ocean; the latter is restricted to the oriental region. This division is borne out by the large series in the U. S. National Museum, containing eight localities for tenuicrustatus, exclusive of the Hawaiian Islands, and in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, where the same subspecies is represented by nine localities (specimens determined by W. Faxon) . Grapsus strigosus (Herbst). & Grapsus strigosus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900, 393. . Mann, 1864, 3 males, 2 females, approaching sub- arsis, in Museum of Comparative Zoology, i (Cano); Hawaiian Islands (Kingsley). Grapsus strigosus longitarsis Dana. (PI. VIII, fig. 1.) longitarsis Dana, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V, 1851, Crust. IT. S. Expl. Exped., Pt. I, 339, 1852; pi. xxi, 1, 1855. Paumotu Archipelago. subquadratus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., yv, j.858, 103 [49] . Hawaiian Islands. Orthograpsus longitarsis Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, 195. a See note under G. strigosus. b Dana records G. pictus from the Hawaiian Islands ; his specimens are not extant. A specimen from Paumotu Archi- pelago labeled by him “ G. pictus ” is in the National Museum and is really G. strigosus. Pig. 4. — Grapsus strigosus longitarsis. a. Left chela of female, station 3881, x ljj. b, Abdomen of male, Kailua, x IS. Oahu, H species longit Honoluli Grapsus \ 249; fig. i Grapsus . BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 839 Napili Harbor, Maui, station 3881, 2 females (1 ovigerous). Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease, North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1 female, type of G. subquadratus Stimpson. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 female in Museum of Comparative Zoology. “Under stones below half-tide mark on the ocean shore at Hilo ” (Stimpson, unpublished MS.) A smaller form than typical G. strigosus, a female bearing eggs measuring only 24.2 mm. long; also wider and more quadrate; front less advanced; fingers gaping in their basal half; ambulatory legs much longer, 2J times as long as carapace, meropodites narrowing more distinctly at the distal end, propodites markedly elongate; abdomen of mature female very wide, almost concealing the coxse of the ambulatory legs; abdomen of male broader, equilaterally triangular from the middle of the third segment to the tip. The type of Dana’s G. longitarsis is also in the National Museum; it is a male smaller than the females. I can not see that it differs essentially from the type of G. subquadratus. Dimensions. — Length of larger female from Napili 24.6 mm., greatest width 28.2, width at exorbital angles 23.7, at epibranchial tooth 25.8, width of front below 11.4 mm. Geograpsus lividus (Milne Edwards). Geograpsus lividus Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, 195. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 2 males, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Geograpsus crinipes (Dana). Geograpsus crinipes Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900, 396. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 1 female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 male, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Kingsley). Hemigrapsus crassimanus Dana. Hemigrapsus crassimanus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V, 1851, 250; Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 349, 1852; pi. xxn, fig. 4, 1855. Hawaiian Islands (Dana). Metopograpsus messor (Forskal). Native name, Thukuhar (Owen). Pachygrapsus parallelus Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 127. Metopograpsus messor var. frontalis Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), V, 1880, 311. Metopograpsus messor Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900, 397. Puako Bay, Hawaii; Hilo; Mauna Loa, beach; Honolulu; Pearl Harbor; Oahu, T. H. Streets; Hawaiian Islands, North Pacific Exploring Expedition, 1 female, in U. S. National Museum, 2 females in Museum of Comparative Zoology, 1 male, 1 female, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; Kauai and Maui, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Jones, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. “ Numerous, some under stones at high-water mark,” Henshaw. Hawaiian Islands (Randall, Dana, Streets, Kingsley), ~2 males, 3 females, types of P. parallelus Randall, T. Nuttall and J. K. Townsend, collectors, in the Philadelphia Academy; also 2 males, 1 female, collected by the U. S. Exploring Expedition. Oahu (Owen); Hawaii (Stimpson); Hilo beach (Miers); Honolulu (Cano); Pearl Harbor, and Waikiki, Oahu (Lenz). Pachygrapsus plicatus (Milne Edwards). Pachygrapsus plicatus Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, 200, and synonymy. Kailua; Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw. Hawaiian Islands (Milne Edwards, A. Milne Edwards). Hawaiian Islands, U. S. Exploring Expedition, 2, male and female (Dana); Oahu (Kingsley); Honolulu (Cano); Laysan (Lenz). 840 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Pachygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards. Pachygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IX, 1873, 292, pi. xiv, fig. 2; New Caledonia. Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900,. 399. Laysan, May, 1902, 6 males, 1 ovigerous female, smaller than the types, the largest male measuring 4.5 by 6.5 mm., the female 3 by 4.6 mm. Honolulu (Cano). Pachygrapsus longipes Rathbun. (PL viii, fig. 7.) Pachygrapsus longipes Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1893, 247. Honolulu (type locality); Honolulu reef; Kealakekua Bay, Hawaii; Hilo, H. W. Henshaw. Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall. Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 127. Hawaiian Islands (Randall). The locality is probably erroneous. Planes minutus (Linnaeus). Nautilograpsus minutus Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, 202. Between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel, station 3800, on Velella; south coast of Oahu, surface, station 3813; south coast of Molokai Island, station 3833, on floating stick. Cyclograpsus granulatus Dana. Cyclograpsus granulatus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V, 1851, 251; Crust. U. S. Exploring Expedition, I, 361, 1852; pi. xxin, fig. 4, 1855. Hilo, Hawaii, under stones, high water mark, numerous, H. W. Hen.shaw. Kahului, Maui, R. C. McGregor. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Maui (Dana). Cyclograpsus henshawi Rathbun. Cyclograpsus henshawi Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1902, 75. Hilo, Hawaii, under stones, high water mark, type locality, H. W. Henshaw. Kahului, Maui, R. C. McGregor. Oahu, Galathea Expedition. Weather coast of Hawaii, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Cyclograpsus cinereus Dana. Cyclograpsus cinereus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V, 1851, 251; Crust. U. S. Exploring Expedition, I, 360, 1852, pi. xxm, fig. 3, 1855. Hawaiian Islands (Dana). Sesarma (Sesarma) angustifrons A. Milne Edwards. Sesarma angustifrons A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, V, 1869, 26. Collected by W. H. Pease, probably at the Hawaiian Islands, one specimen, in Peabody Museum, Yale University. Hawaiian Islands (type locality). Sesarma (Holometopus) obtusifrons Dana. Sesarma obtusifrons Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V, 1851, 250; Crust. U. S. Exploring Expedition, I, 355, 1852; pi. xxii, fig. 9, 1855. Hilo, Hawaii, numerous, H. W. Henshaw; a fine series, running larger than Dana’s types. The largest male is 15.6 mm. long, 20.5 wide, greatest width of front 13.8 mm. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Maui (Dana). Hannakakoi, Molokai (Lenz). BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 841 Sesarma (Holometopus) trapezium Dana. Sesarma trapezium Dana, Crust. U. S. Exploring Expedition, I, 354, 1852; pi. xxii, fig. 8, 1855. Hawaiian Islands (Dana). Sarmatium faxoni, sp. nov. (PI. vii, fig. 1.) Carapace very little broader than long. Anterior third inclined. Protogastric and anterior branchial regions separately convex. Anterior mesogastric and postorbital regions depressed. H-shaped depres- sion* deep. Post-frontal tubercles of the middle pair three times as wide as those of the lateral pair; directly behind the latter and a little posterior to the line of the orbits another pair of elevations similar but wider. Surface of the anterior two-fifths of the carapace covered with coarse rough granules; the remainder with irregular confluent grooves and pits; post-lateral regions obliquely striated. Surface of front vertical, not visible or only partially visible in dorsal view, very concave horizon- tally and perpendicularly, granulate; margin thin, along the anterior edge very finely crenulate; in front view this edge nearly horizontal and slightly sinuous, in subdorsal view bilobed; side margins parallel; corners rounded. Lateral margins of carapace very convex, marked by a narrow smooth rim; three teeth, including the orbital, the first and second directed forward, narrowly acute, sharp-pointed, the first the largest; third tooth obtuse, smallest, directed outward. Arms with a superior subterminal tooth; outer face crossed by short granular striae; lower face bordered by spiniform tubercles. Wrist with outer surface very rough with striae, and granules; inner tooth broad, blunt. Hands equal in both sexes, covered outside and in with large, rather distant, sharp granules. A line of smaller granules along upper margin, below which on the inner surface are three or four short oblique, granulated ridges. Fingers of male gaping, of female not gaping; upper surface of dactylus armed with horny-tipped spinules, one row of which extends at least to the distal third of the finger; similar spinules on the lower surface of the pollex. Ambulatory legs long and flat, the third pair between 2 and 2j times as long as the carapace. The merus joints widen gradually from the proximal end and may attain their greatest width at the subterminal spine or somewhat behind that point; subterminal projection a sharp spine. The pro- podites are elongate, with subparallel sides. Abdomen of mature female very wide; last segment deeply set in the preceding. Dimensions. — Male ( Ebon ) , length , measured from edge of post-frontal lobes 41 . 2, greatest width 43, exorbital width 30.5, width at posterior epibranchial tooth 38.7, width of front 15 mm. ; female (type), length, measured from edge of post-frontal lobes 34.4, greatest width 37, exorbital width 26, width at posterior epibranchial tooth 33.5, width of front 13.5 mm. Distribution. — Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, one female type (Cat. No. 22837), received from Museum of Comparative Zoology, wrhere there are additional specimens (3 males, 3 females) from the same locality, and three males from Ebon, Marshall Islands, Rev. B. G. Snow, collector. Named for Dr. Walter Faxon. This species differs from the typical species of the genus, S. crassum Dana, in the vertical front and in the terminal segment of the abdomen of the female deeply impacted in the penultimate segment. Plagusia depressa tuberculata Lamarck. Plagusia depressa var. squamosa Alcoek, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900, 437 (not all synonymy). Kailua and Hilo, Hawaii; Maui, R. C. McGregor; south coast of Molokai, station 3824; Honolulu; Laysan; Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease. Hawaiian Islands (Stimpson); Laysan (Lenz). This form is regarded as a subspecies of P. depressa because there are intergrading forms. Speci- mens from Madeira have every appearance of P. depressa from the American coast, except that the lobe on the basal joints of the legs is entire, as in true tuberculata. P. immaculata seems to me a distinct species. The designation squamosa Herbst is not used ior' tuberculata Lamarck in view of the fact that there appears to be doubt as to the identity of the type of the former. Fig. 5. — Sarmatium faxoni , abdomen of male cotype, Xf. 842 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Plagusia immaculata Lamarck. Plagusia immaculata Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), I, 1878, 150; Challenger Brachyura, 273, pi. xxii, fig. 1, 1886. Honolulu (Miers). Percnon planissimum (Herbst). Liolophus planissimas Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIX, 1900, 439. Hilo and Puako Bay, Hawaii; Napili Harbor, Maui, station 3881; Honolulu, on coral reef; Hanalei, Kauai, reef; Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease; “ under stones, high water mark,” Henshaw. Maui (Dana). Hawaii (Stimpson). Hawaiian Islands (Milne Edwards, as Acanthopus affinis). Percnon abbreviatum (Dana). Acanthopus abbreviatus Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Y, 1851, 252; Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 373, 1852; pi. xxm, fig. 11, 1855. South coast of Molokai Island, station 3834; Honolulu; Waikiki Beach. Percnon pilimanus (A. Milne Edwards). Plagusia planissima Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 128. Acanthopus pilimanus A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IX, 1873, 300, pi. xiv, fig. 5. Leiolophus pilimanus Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), I, 1878, 154. Family POTAMONM. Trichodactylus punctatus Eydoux & Souleyet. Without doubt erroneously attributed to the Hawaiian Islands by those authors. Family PILUMNM. Carpilius maculatus (Linnaeus). Carpilius maculatus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 79, and synonymy. Honolulu; Honolulu market; Puako Bay and Hilo, Hawaii. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Honolulu Reefs (Miers); Laysan (Lenz). Carpilius convexus (Forskal). Carpilius convexus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 80, and synonymy. Honolulu, reef and market; Waikiki Beach; Hilo; Waiawa Kanai, V. Knudsen. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Dana); 1 male, 1 female, juv., collected by U. S. Exploring Expedition, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; Laysan (Lenz). Carpilodes tristis Dana. Carpilodes tristis Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 82, and synonymy. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 2 females, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Carpilodes ruber A. Milne Edwards. Carpilodes ruber A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, I, 1865, 228, pi. xi, figs. 4, 4a, 4b. Honolulu (A. Milne Edwards); Pearl Harbor (Lenz). BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 843 Carpilodes coccineus, sp. nov. (PL viii, fig. 4.) Surface covered, except in the grooves, with crowded crisp granules visible to the naked eye. Carapace deeply lobulated everywhere. The groove defining the posterior lateral lobe continued to the cardiac region. As in C. pediger, the gastric region is divided into four longitudinal lobules and four small anterior lobules, while a shallow transverse furrow cuts off a narrow piece from the posterior extremity of the mesogastric lobule. 1L, 2L, 3L, 4L, 5L, and 6L (of Dana) are separated from one another, although 1L, 3L, and 4L are fused with the corresponding marginal lobes; there is no division between 1R and 2R, while 3R is separate. 2L and 4L have each a dimple on their antero-lateral portion. A broad transverse furrow behind the cardiac region and a narrow one above the posterior margin. Antero-lateral lobes well marked, the posterior one acutely conical and in young specimens the one next to the last also. Chelipeds nearly equal, granular like the carapace; two teeth at inner angle of wrist; outer surface of palm with an obscure ridge through the middle and a groove near the upper margin. Fingers slightly gaping. In the old male the gape is less, and the black color of the pollex runs well back on the palm inside and out, but the black of the dactylus does not cover the upper part of the base; tips of fingers light. Legs granular; carpal joints faintly bilobed. Color. — “ Deep dull crimson lake” all over except the fingers. Color persisting in alcohol. Dimensions. — Male type, length 13.9, width 23.4 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 73 fathoms, stations 3847 and 3848; Auau Channel, 28 to 65 fathoms, stations 3875 and 3876; Penguin Bank, 28 to 14 fathoms, station 4034, 1 male type (Cat. No. 29422); Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, April 25, 1860, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. There is also a male from Mauritius in the U. S. National Museum. This species comes nearest to C. pediger Alcock and C. cariosus Alcock. From the former it is distinguished by the coarser granulation, the two teeth on the wrist, the absence of the strong tooth from the base of the movable finger, and by the color; from the latter by the lack of nodules on the chelipeds and legs, by the presence of the small antero-lateral gastric lobule, and by the color. Carpilodes virgatus, sp. nov. (PI. viii, fig. 3.) Much like the preceding, C. coccineus , but flatter; granulation fine, invisible to the naked eye and occupying the grooves as well as the lobules; groove dividing the protogastric lobules not continued back to the mesogastric area; 2L wider; 2L and 4L not dimpled; antero-lateral lobes less conical, more obtusely pointed. Surface of chelipeds rougher, the granules on the hand arranged in a reticulating pattern with smooth intervals. Fingers moderately gaping; dark color of the pollex in the male extending back on the palm for two-thirds its length and height. Carpal and propodal joints of legs wider, the former more deeply bilobed than in C. coccineus. Color, bright scarlet, persisting in alcohol, with some small spots of buff which are larger and more confluent on the posterior portion. The legs have about six bands of buff, that on the middle of the merus-joint more or less incomplete or altogether wanting. Dimensions. — Male type, length 10.8, width 18.4 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; Auau Channel, 13 to 43 fathoms, stations 3871, 3873, and 3876 (type locality); vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128. Cat. No. of type, 29432. Carpilodes vaillantianus (A. Milne Edwards). Carpilodes vaillantianus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 85, and synonymy. Honolulu; reef in front of Honolulu; Laysan. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 female in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease, 2 males in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Color, yellow or greenish yellow; fingers light brown with white tips 844 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Carpilodes monticulosus A. Milne Edwards. Carpilodes monticulosus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 86. Honolulu; Laysan. Laysan (Lenz). Carpilodes supernodosus, sp. nov. (PI. vm, fig. 5.) Carapace everywhere lobulated, the lobules high and for the most part long and sausage-like, smooth to naked eye, separated by broad deep smooth depressions. Under the lens the surface of the lobules is covered with fine close depressed granulation and irregular pits, some of which are very large. Protogastric lobule U-shaped; in front of the inner branch only is there an epigastric lobule. The hepatic and branchial lobules extending inward from the lateral lobes are long, irregular, and are incompletely subdivided near their outer ends. 6L is . distinct and is sub- divided by a transverse furrow; cardiac region flat; two grooves behind it. Lateral projections thick, rounded, well-markecl lobes, the first of the four confluent with the orbital lobule and with the subhepatic lobule. Chelipeds equal, upper margin of arm denticulate; wrist and upper sur- face of palm covered with irregular nodules; three longitudinal ridges on outer face of palm, the uppermost formed by a double row of nodules, the second one by a single row, the lower one simply crenulated and prolonged on the finger. Color of index continued a little on the palm. Fingers gaping. Carpal and propodal joints of legs strongly nodulous. Dimensions. — Length of male 11.8, width 20.2 mm. Distribution. — Laysan, May, 1902, one male type (Cat. No. 29424); vicinity of Laysan, 10 to 19 fathoms, stations 3959 and 3960; vicinity of Modu.Manu, 27 to 31 fathoms, station 4171. Color. — A uniform yellowish brown or orange- red. This species is distinguished from all others by its high smooth nodules and broad interspaces. Liomera pubescens ( Milne Edwards) . Liomera pubescens A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, I, 1865, 223, pi. xii, figs. 6, 6a. Laysan; south coast of Molokai Island, station 3834. Color pink, with distant small white spots rimmed with deeper pink; hair yellow. Liomera prastexta, sp. nov. Not a typical Liomera, because possessed of a crest on the carapace and the carpal joints of the legs. Carapace of characteristic Liomera form, 1.8 times as broad as long, sparingly granulate; from each granule springs a tuft of long yellow hairs which nearly obscure the surface except along the fronto-orbital and antero-lateral borders which are bare and more finely and densely granulate. Front deflexed, with two lobes separated by a shallow emargination, from which a deep median furrow arises; lateral angles dentiform, fused with the orbital angles. Orbits transversely oblong, as in L. pubescens (Milne Edwards) ; the three outer fissures deeply marked. Antero-lateral border cristiform, cut into four lobes diminishing in size posteriorly, the first con- fluent with the orbital angle and twice as wide as the second; the third most prominent and twice as wide as the fourth. Lower surface of carapace granulate and in part hairy. Inner angle of basal antennal joint produced and applied along the inner side of the frontal tooth. Chelipeds equal, small, about l£ times as long as carapace. Upper distal portion of arm, entire outer surface of wrist and upper surface of palm granular and hairy. Upper margin of arm acute, Fig. 7 .—Liomera prsetexta, station 3872. o, Dorsal view, x If. 6, Chela, X'2f. Fig. 6.— Carpilodes superno- dosus, chela of type, male, X 2f. BRACHYURA AND MAORURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 845 inner angle of wrist without a tooth, simply bluntly angular. Palms diminishing in width distally; a longitudinal row of granules just below the middle. Fingers long and slender, deeply grooved, narrowly gaping, terminal spoons shallow. Legs broad, fringed with long hair, especially on the upper margin ; posterior surface more or less granular and hairy. Merus joints with an acute upper edge with a row of sharp granules; carpus joints limbed above, the limb bare and continued on the following joint by a small lobe against which the carpal limb fits when the leg is straightened. Color. — Orange brown in alcohol. Dimensions. — Female, type, length 10.5, width 18.6 mm.; male (station 3875), length 6.7, width 11.7 mm. Distribution. — Auau Channel, 28 to 65 fathoms, stations 3872 (type locality), 3875, 3876. Cat. No. of type, 29507. The limbed carapace and carpopodites as well as the slender chelae seoara+e this species from other species of Liomera. Atergatis ocyroe (Herbst). Atergatis floridus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 98, and synonymy. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 4 males, 2 females, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Platypodia semigranosa (Heller). Lophactxa semigranosa de Man, Abhand. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., Frankfurt a. M., XXY, 1902, 582, pi. xxi, fig. 19. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 73 fathoms, stations 3847 and 3848; Auau Chan- nel, 21 to 65 fathoms, stations 3872, 3874, 3875, and 3876; vicinity of Laysan Island, 10 to 19 fathoms, station 3960; Penguin Bank, 27 to 29 fathoms, stations 4031 and 4033; northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 50 to 62 fathoms, station 4055; vicinity of Modu Manu, 30 to 71 fathoms, stations 4149, 4159, and 4164. In the main points these specimens agree with de Man’s description and figure. The tubercles on the palm are, however, fewer and larger, including those on the crest, which are usually five or six in number. The large protuberance on the basal half of the index is broader and less protuberant, and resolvable usually into three smaller teeth not deeply separated. The 23 specimens examined agree in these particulars. The carapace of small specimens and also the propodites of the ambulatories are very much smoother than in the adult. Platypodia granulosa (Riippell). Lophactxa granulosa Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 101, 1898. Hawaiian Islands (Randall); Honolulu Reefs (Miers). Platypodia eydouxii (A. 'Milne Edwards). Lophactxa eydouxii A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, I, 1865, 248, pi. xvi, fig. 2. Atergatis limbatus Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1877, No. 7, 105. Honolulu; Honolulu Reef; Pearl Harbor Hilo, H. W. Henshaw, “under stones, high-water mark.” Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets, U. S. Navy. Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (A. Milne Edwards; Streets, as A. limbatus). Laysan (Lenz). This species is very close to P. granulosa (Riippell). The carapace is a little narrower, but more oblong transversely, being relatively wider at the hepatic regions. The lobulation is much less strong, especially noticeable on the protogastric lobes; in P. granulosa these lobes are deeply divided; in large specimens of P. eydouxii there is a shallow longitudinal groove extending entirely across the lobes, but in small specimens the groove is incomplete posteriorly. The crest on the ambulatory legs is wider in P. eydouxii, occupying more than one-third the width of the leg; in P. granulosa less than a third. Among the immature specimens collected by A. Garrett is one with a little deeper lobulation that approaches P. granulosa. 846 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Platypodia actoeoides (A. Milne Edwards). Lopliozozymus actoeoides A. Milne Edwards, Bull. Soc. Entom. France (4), VII, 1867, 273. Lophactcea actoeoides A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IX, 1873, 189, pi. vn, fig. 7. Laysan (Lenz). Zosimus aeneus (Linnaeus). Zozymus xneus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 104, and synonymy. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 1 male in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Lophozozymus incisus (Milne Edwards). Lopliozozymus incisus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 107, and synonymy. Laysan (Lenz). Lophozozymus dodone (Herbst). (PI. viii, figs. 2, 2a.) Lophozozymus dodone Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soci Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 108, and synonymy. Honolulu; Honolulu Reef; Waialua, Oahu; vicinity of Laysan, 10 to 19 fathoms, station 3960; Hilo, H. W. Henshaw. Fig. 8.— Lophozozymus in- tonsus, larger chela of male, x f. Lophozozymus intonsus (Randall). Native name, Kumimi (Owen). (PI. viii, fig. 8.) Xantho eudora Owen (not Herbst), Crustacea, in Zool. Capt. Beechey’s Voyage to the Pacific in H. M. S. Blossom, 1825 to 1828, p. 77, 1839. Xantho intonsus Randall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 113. Carapace perfectly smooth and polished. Gastric region well delimited and partially subdivided. Two deep grooves run in from the ultimate and the penultimate sinuses of the antero-lateral margin and are united without attaining the gastric region. Front with two well marked and prominent median lobes; a small but distinct outer lobe is fused with the orbital angle. Surface of the antero- lateral crest concave except of the last tooth. The four teeth are separated by closed fissures; first and second teeth shallow and rounded, the first advanced beyond the orbital angle, but in the same plane; third tooth dentiform, its outer or posterior margin longitudinal and 2\ times as long as its anterior margin; fourth tooth narrow, acute, and bluntly ridged, the ridge continued inward on the carapace. Chelipeds subequal; upper edge of krm thin, scarcely crested, fringed with long yellow hair and ough with coarse granules, which extend a little way down the outer surface. Surface of wrist and hand covered with very fine granules, forming a reticulated pattern. A very stout blunt tooth at inner angle of wrist; below it a smaller similar tooth, with tubercles and coarse granules at its base. A low blunt crest on upper margin of hand; below it on outer surface four smooth blunt longitudinal crests, of which the two superior are the broader. Fingers long, prehensile teeth very low and fitting close together; color of pollex extending far back on the palm in the male, on the lower margin even to the middle. Margins of legs clothed with long yellow hair, scantiest on the lower border of the merus and carpus joints. Upper margin sharp but not cristate, that of the merus granulated, as is also its lower margin. Dimensions. — Male, length 31.8, width 49.5 mm.; female, length 26.2, width 42 mm.; female type, length 32.2, width 49.8 (tip of left posterior tooth broken off). Distribution. — Kailua, August 1-12, 1901, 1 male, 1 female. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 male, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Randall), 1 female, type in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Oahu (Owen). BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 847 Near L. pictor (Fabricius) =L. octodentatus (Milne Edwards), in which the anterior of the lateral teeth is below the level of the outer orbital fissure, the posterior tooth is broader, the hands are not externally carinate, and the legs are conspicuously carinate. Xantho lacunosus, sp. nov. (PL vm, fig. 6.) In form and areolation this species bears a striking resemblance to X. impressus (Lamarck).® Surface everywhere deeply pitted; on the palms the pits elongate, running transversely between irregular longitudinal ridges. Carapace a little narrower than in X. impressus, and front less deflexed, so that in dorsal view the true margin of the lobes is visible. Movable finger more strongly deflexed; meropodites of legs with a distinct though blunt superior crest, marked off by a groove. Sixth segment of abdomen of male broader, seventh more broadly rounded. Otherwise as in the related species. Dimensions.— A smaller species than X. impressus. Length of adult male, type, 18.4, width 30.5 mm. Length of egg-bearing female 18.8, width 31.5 mm. Distribution. — Auau Channel, 32 to 65 fathoms, stations 3872, 3875, and 3876 (type locality). Cat. No. of type, 29588. Xantho bidentatus A. Milne Edwards. Xantho bidentatus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LX VII, 1898, 114. Hawaiian Islands (A. Milne Edwards, Miers). Xantho crassimanus A. Milne Edwards. Xantho (Leptodius) crassimanus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 120. Reef in front of Honolulu; Waialua, Oahu. In the young the four teeth of the front are slightly developed. The surface of the carapace of both young and middle sized is everywhere conspicuously pitted. Leptodius exaratus (Milne Edwards). Xantho ( Leptodius ) exaratus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 118, and synonymy. Honolulu; Pearl Harbor; Hilo, H. W. Henshaw. Hawaii (Stimpson). Leptodius sanguineus (Milne Edwards) . Xantho ( Leptodius ) sanguineus Alcock, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 119, and synonymy. Honolulu; Honolulu Reef; Waialua, Oahu; Hilo; Puako Bay and Kealakekua Bay, Hawaii; Napili Harbor, Maui, station 3881; Necker Island; Waikiki Beach, Waianse; Kailua. One specimen at Honolulu was taken from mouth of Gymnothorax laysana. “Under stones, high-water mark” Henshaw. Hawaiian Islands ( Randall, as Lagostoma nodosa; Streets). Oahu, Maui and Hilo (Dana); Hilo, 1 female, U. S. Expl. Exped., in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Kannakakai, Molokai (Lenz). Both forms described by Dana under the names Chlorodius sanguineus and C. nodosus occur here. Leptodius molokaiensis, sp. nov. (PI. ix, fig. 1.) Closely allied to L. exaratus (Milne Edwards), but a much rougher species. The anterior two- thirds of the carapace in large part rugose, the rugosities composed of sharp granules. Lateral teeth very prominent, acuminate, sides concave and granulate; no supplementary tooth behind the fifth tooth. Lobes of front so deeply hollowed that a small distinct lobe is formed at the outer end. a Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 115. F. C. Bi 1903, Pt. 3—6 Fig. 9. — Xantho lacunosus, type, male, a, Chela, x If. 6, Abdomen, x lg. 848 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Fig. 10. — Leptodius molo- kaiensis, larger chela of type male, x 2§. Chelipeds very rough; wrist nodulous and granulous, a few spinules at inner angle; granules of the hand very uneven and arranged in irregular transverse series, the ridges of the fingers marked by coarse granules. Fingers shorter than in L. exaratus, the dactylus strongly hooked and reaching beyond the pollex. Tips of fingers broadly hollowed, a subterminal tuft of hair. Index with a large tooth at its middle, and a smaller one on the proximal side of the first; dac- tylus with two or three teeth on basal half. Color of index curving mod- erately back on palm. Merus joints of legs armed with a row of short spines above and sharp granules below on the proximal two-thirds. Last three joints granulous, their margins sharply spinulous. Dimensions. — Male, length 10, width 14.7 mm.; female, length 7.9, width 11 mm. Type locality. — South coast of Molokai, 43 to 66 fathoms, station 3850; 1 male, 1 egg-bearing female (Cat. No. 29492). Stimpson, in his unpublished report on the Crustacea of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, describes and figures many forms which he considers varieties of Leptodius exaratus. Our species approaches some of these in the form of the carapace, but is much rougher; none of his species have the meropodites armed with spines. Leptodius nudipes (Dana). (PI. ix, fig. 3.) Xantho ( Leptodius ) nudipes Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 121, and synonymy. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 2 males, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Carapace deeply areolate. The posterior accessory denticle of the last antero-lateral tooth has the appearance of being on the postero-lateral margin. An oblique groove runs to the middle of the postero-lateral margin. Front deeply four-lobed, a distinct median V. The proximal half of the anterior margin of the merus of the ambulatory legs is hairy, as are both margins of the inner surface of the arm of the cheliped. Length of male 11, width 16.5 mm. Leptodius gracilis (Dana). (PI. ix, fig. 2.) Chlorodius gracilis Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 210, 1852; pi. xi, fig. 13, 1855. Oahu, H. Mann, 4 males, 2 females, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Leptodius waialuanus, sp. nov. (PI. viii, fig. 9.) Also of the exaratus group, but approaching nearer X. sanguineus. Carapace narrower than in any of the allied species. Supplementary tooth wanting, although there is a short granulated ridge, and its comple- mentary groove, leading out to the point where the supplementary tooth exists in L. sanguineus. Carapace rather convex, almost smooth posteriorly, irregularly pitted, very finely granulated. Antero-lateral teeth angular, hooked forward, not much projecting, the fifth retreating. Front advanced, median emargination minute, lobes slightly concave, but not subdivided. Inner orbital angles very broad, orbits correspondingly narrow. Cheliped (the left only is present) much as in L. sanguineus, but fingers shorter; three superior crests of movable finger each with a lobe at base. Length of female 10, width 13.8 mm. Waialua, Oahu, 1902, 1 female (Cat. No. 29506). Fig. 11. — Leptodius waia- luanus, chela of type fe- male, x 2$. BRACHYITRA AND MA CRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 849 Xanthodius biunguis, sp. nov. (PI. viii, fig. 10.) Nearest to X. cristatus (Borradaile).0 Upper surface thinly coated with coarse tubular hairs, which only partly disguise the markings on the carapace. Gastric region and its subdivisions plainly marked ; branchio-hepatic area indistinctly subdivided. Carapace granu- late all over. Front bent down, lobes convex, granulate, outer angles well marked and separated by a rectangular notch from the much thickened and granulate orbital rim. No superior orbital notches; inferior notch very small, terminating a deep fissure. Four low side teeth, or lobes, with granulated edge, the first fused with the orbital tooth. Inner lower angle of orbit prominent, but less advanced than the superior angle. A low, blunt ridge on the endostome reaches the front edge of the mouth. Chelipeds unequal, granulate all over except on inner face of arm and lower face of palm; upper and inner margins of arm hairy; inner tooth of wrist blunt; granules of palm large, con- tinued on base of fingers. Fingers grooved, gaping, broadly hoofed at tips, a large tooth at middle of larger pollex, another at base of dactylus. Legs obscurely granulate, long-hairy above; dactyls two- tipped; a curved spine a little stouter than the horny nail is situated just behind or below the latter. Length of female type 5.4, width 7.8, fronto-orbital width 5.5 mm. Distribution. — Honolulu coral reef, July 22, 1901 (type locality), Cat; No. 25335; Honolulu, 1891; Kailua, August, 1901. Medaeus ornatus Dana. Fig. 12. — Xanthodius biunguis, a, Dorsal view of type female, x 2f. 6, Chela of male, Kailua, x 3§. (PI. ix, fig. 5.) Medxus ornatus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 182, 1852; pi. ix, fig. 1, 1855. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 73 fathoms, stations 3847, 3848, 3850; Auau Channel, 13 to 43 fathoms, stations 3871, 3872, 3874, 3876. Lahaina, Maui (Dana); Hawaiian Islands (Miers). The largest male (station 3872) measures 13.8- mm. long, 20.9 broad. In the adult males the fingers of the larger chela are truncate at the tip, the point being turned abruptly inward; the truncate surface is slightly hollowed out. The black color of the immovable finger extends well back on the palm in both chelae of the male, reaching below nearly to the wrist. Medaeus simplex A. Milne Edwards. (PI. ix, fig. 10.) Wedseus simplex A. Milne Edwards, Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, IV, 1873, 79 [3]. Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw, two specimens, male and female, the latter ovigerous, both larger than the type, the male measuring 13.4 by 20.2 mm., the female 11.2 by 17 mm. Cycloxanthops angustus, sp. nov. (PI. ix, fig. 6.) A narrow species, carapace three-fourths as long as wide; gastric region very convex from side to side, antero-lateral limb concave, edges of teeth upturned. Surface deeply areolated posteriorly as well as anteriorly, 2M, 3M, and 5L being especially well marked. Posterior margin beaded, in front of it a transverse ridge. Surface coarsely and unevenly granulate, short-pubescent. : Fauna and Geog. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, 252, 1902. / 850 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Front three-tenths width of carapace. Margin little convex, two-edged, lower edge closely granu- late, upper edge with about eight larger granules, intervening transverse sulcus hairy; median notch shallow, outer angle a prominent blunt tooth, separated by an almost rectangular notch from the inner orbital. angle, which is narrower, more spiniform, and more upcurved. A lobe on upper margin of orbit; outer angle narrow, acute; below it a deep narrow sinus. i'our teeth on antero-lateral margin (besides the orbital), separated by broad sinuses from which furrows run inward on the carapace; margins armed with large acute granules, tip of each tooth near its middle, last tooth smallest. Basal antennal joint narrow, anterior margin oblique, joining by its inner angle the sharp lower edge of the front and separated by a narrow slit from the sharp-pointed inner angle of the orbit. Lower surface of the carapace hairy and sparingly granulate. Chelipeds very unequal in both sexes. Surface granulate, arm serrulate above; surface of wrist and upper half of larger hand deeply rugose; carpal tooth narrow, blunt; smaller hand coarsely granulate, especially along upper margin, except on upper half of inner surface, which is deeply grooved. Both hands with a superior longitudinal groove and a tuberculiform tooth at articulation with carpus. Fingers long, grooved, fitting tight together; very large basal tooth on dactylus of larger chela. Color of thumb very slightly continued on palm. Legs very rough with granulation. Merus joints armed above with cylindrical blunt spines; largest on last pair. Carpal and propodal joints of all the legs and meral joints of last pair deeply grooved across and lengthwise. Legs and prox- imal half of chelipeds hairy. Color. — That of iron rust. Dimensions. — Female type, length 8.8, width 11.6, fronto-orbital width 6.9 mm. Male, station 3847, length 7.8, width 10.9, fronto-orbital width 6.3 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 66 fathoms, stations 3847, 3850 (type locality); Auau Channel, 21 to 28 fathoms, station 3874. Cat. No. of type, 29453. This species is altogether different from any other described species of Cycloxanthops, but approaches nearest to C. vittatus (Stimpson), which is wider, smoother, and has more antero-lateral teeth. -Cycloxanthops angustus, type fe- male, x 2§. a, Left chela. 6, Right chela. Pelceus armatus Eydoux & Souleyet. Pelceus armatus Eydoux & Souleyet, Yoy. Bonite, Zool., I, pt. 2, p. 226; atlas, pi. i, figs. 10-15, 1842 (PeUe arme on plate). Hawaiian Islands (Eydoux and Souleyet). Etisus dentatus (Herbst). _ Etisus dentatus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 129, and synonymy. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 1 female in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Etisus splendidus, sp. nov. (Pis. in and x.) Surface as in E. dentatus (Herbst). Antero-lateral border cut into 9 to 13 (exclusive of external orbital angle) procurved teeth, very uneven as to size and place, but about 5 of them larger than the others. Front more advanced than in -E. dentatus, the two lobes with slightly concave margins; median sinus not closed, but forming a buttonhole — that is, closed in ffont, narrowly open behind. Orbits larger; inner angle narrower, and separated by a deeper, rounder sinus from the front than in E. den- tatus. The space between the two upper fissures of the orbit does not form a tooth; the two inferior teeth are more widely separated than in E. dentatus. The lobe of the basal antennal joint extends farther out, filling the whole of the orbital fissure. Chelipeds in the fully developed male normally very strong and equal, as in the male from Ebon; in the type male from Honolulu market represented in plate x, the right cheliped is probably BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 851 abnormally reduced and resembles the chelipeds of the female. The latter are much smaller and either equal or nearly so. Larger arm of type male with three spines above and a good deal of hair proxi- mally; anterior end with a few tubercles. Smaller arm with one spine above. In the female there are many spines and spinules on the upper border, not in a single row, and on the distal margin a row of spines. Wrist with two strong spines at inner angle, one below the other; in the male a few low tubercles on the surface, the larger one behind the articulation with the hand; in the female these tubercles are much more pronounced. Two rows of four or five protuberances each on upper surface of palms, tubercles in male, blunt spines in female. In the male, the fingers of the larger chela are relatively longer than those of the smaller. They are similar to those of E. dentatus, but a little wider and the gape correspondingly narrower. In color they are bluish black, edges of spoons white. Fingers of female still shorter and rougher, the two superior ridges of the dactylus armed each with 3 or 4 tubercles on their basal half; color, light brown, which, in the female from Honolulu, extends along the lower surface of the palm for two-thirds of its length, but in the female collected by Mr. Mann extends not at all on the palm. The legs are much as in E. dentatus. The penult segment of the male abdomen is distinctly broader than long; in E. dentatus as long as broad. Color, brilliant red. Dimensions. — Type male, length 93.5, width 145 mm. ; male, Ebon, length 93.5, width 153 mm. ; female, Honolulu, length 77, width 112.7 mm. Distribution.— Honolulu, 1 female; Honolulu market,' 1901, 1 male; 1902, 1 male type (Cat. No. 29464). Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 1 female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Ebon, Marshall Islands, Rev. B. G. Snow, received April 14, 1877, 1 male, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. This species has a remarkable resemblance to E. dentatus, from which it is separated by the characters given above. Etisus laevimanus Randall. Etisus Ixvimanus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 131, and synonymy. Honolulu; Honolulu Reef and market, 1 male about 55 mm. wide has the carapace almost concealed by shells, and shells are also attached to the arms and legs. Pearl Harbor, Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett and Dr. W. II. Jones, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; W. H. Pease, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Hawaiian Islands (Randall, Dana, Streets); one male from Oahu or Maui collected by the United States Exploring Expedition, specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; two males, types, T. Nuttall, collector, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Honolulu Reefs (Miers). Pearl Harbor (Lenz). Etisodes electra (Herbst). (PI. xx, fig. 7.) Etisodes electra Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 133. Honolulu Reef; Honolulu; Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Miers). Hawaiian specimens have been compared with a photograph of the type of Cancer metis Herbst, which they closely resemble. The type is a male ^b” 9.4 mm. They also agree with the unpublished figure of Stimpson’s Chlorodius dentifrons. Galene hawaiiensis Dana. Galene Hawaiiensis Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 232, 1852; pi. xiii, figs. 5a-b, 1855 ( Hawaiensis on plate). Hawaiian Islands (Dana). 852 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Actsea tomentosa (Milne Edwards). Actsea tomentosa Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 140. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 2 males, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Actsea affinis (Dana) . Actseodes affinis Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 197, 1852; pi. xi, fig. 3, 1855. Actseodes tomentosus Miers, Challenger Kept., Zool., xvn, 135, 1886 (part). Hilo, H. W. Henshaw; Puako Bay, Hawaii; Honolulu; Honolulu Reef; Waialua and Waikiki Beach, Oahu; Laysan. Hawaiian Islands (Miers, as Adseodes tomentosus ). Actsea hirsutissima (Ruppell). Adsea hirsutissima Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 141, and synonymy. Puako Bay, Hawaii; Penguin Bank, 28 to 14 fathoms, station 4034; vicinity of Modu Manu, 26 to 33 fathoms, station 4148. Actsea rufopunctata (Milne Edwards). Adsea rufopundata Alcock,' Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 142, and synonymy. South coast of Molokai, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847 ; Auau Channel, 28 to 43 fathoms, stations 3872 and 3876; Penguin Bank, 28 to 14 fathoms, station 4034; vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128. Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease, 1 male, 1 female, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Color note on male, station 4034: “Dull brownish-green, nodules red.” Actsea garretti, sp. nov. (PI. ix, fig. 8.) Carapace less than two-thirds as long as wide, ovoid, strongly lobulated, lobules about 27, exclusive of those about front and orbits, densely and finely granulated, separated by smooth grooves filled with long hair, light-colored (in alcohol). Dorsal surfaces of carpal and propodal joints of chelipeds and legs lobulated like the carapace, and furnished with similar hairs. Front deflexed so that its margin is not visible in a dorsal view; margin sinuous, with shallow median emargination. Upper margin of orbit- tumid, crossed by two furrows and separated by a fissure from the lower margin. Antero-lateral margin cut into four lobules, and about same length as postero-lateral. Outer angle of basal antennal joint not quite reaching tip of inner lower angle of orbit. Outer and lower surfaces of hands coarsely granulate, the granules arranged in three or four lines on outer surface. Fingers in side view acutely pointed, slightly hollowed at tips. Dimensions. — Largest specimen, female, Hawaiian Islands, length 8.9, width 13.8 mm.; type male, length 7.3, width 11.2 mm. Distribution. — Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 ovigerous female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Kingsmill Islands, A. Garrett, 1 male type, U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 30524; 1 male, 1 female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Society Islands, A. Garrett, 1 male, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Mauritius, 1 male, in United States National Museum. This species is very near A. rufopundata; the carapace is wider, the grooves are filled with long hair, the lateral margin is split up into 4 instead of 5 lobules. Actaea speciosa (Dana). Adsea speciosa Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 143, and synonymy. Honolulu; French Frigate Shoal, 15 to 16 fathoms, station 3969. Hawaii, among madtepores, 3 fathoms (Stimp'son); Laysan (Lenz). BRACHfURA AND MAORURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 853 Actsea variolosa Borradaile. Actsea variolosa Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive & Laccadive Arch., I, pt. 3, 256, text fig. 54, 1902. Auau Channel, 43 to 32 fathoms, station 3872; Necker Island Shoal, 16 to 171 fathoms, station 3975; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 21 fathoms, station 4168. Length of male, station 3872, 8.6 mm., width 12.1 mm. These specimens agree with Borradaile’s description, except that the carapace is a little wider. The black color of the immovable fingers extends back on the palm to about the middle of the propodal joint. Actaea nodulosa White. (PI. ix, fig. 4.) Actxa nodulosa Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXYII, 1898, 148. Distribution. — Auau channel, 32 to 43 fathoms, stations 3872 to 3873; Penguin Bank, 14 to 29 fathoms, stations 4031 (type locality), 4032 to 4034; northeast coast of Hawaii, 50 to 63 fathoms, station 4063; Aleunihana channel, 49 to 176 fathoms, station 4066; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 33 fathoms, stations 4148 and 4158. Honolulu reefs (Miers). In the series collected are several specimens larger than before noted; the largest male is 12 mm. long and 20 wide, the largest female 12.8 by 21.5 mm. The greater part of the tubercles of the surface are berry-like, covered with granules, either squa- miform or acorn-shaped. Chelipeds unequal in the male only; arms high as long, upper margin with two very irregular lobes, on which the granules are sharp; wrist with a moderate tubercle at inner angle and a smaller one below it. Tubercles of palm arranged more or less longitudinally, those of the 3 or 4 uppermost rows very prominent. Fingers very deeply grooved, their basal half roughened, tips acute, when closed leaving a very narrow interspace at base. Dark color of index in male only running far back on palm, almost to proximal end. On the legs the tubercles of the upper surface are elongated into cylindrical spines. Dactyls and lower surface and distal end of propodi tomentose. Color. — “Coral red and pink mottled.” The very prominent conical lateral lobes give this species a Xantho- like aspect. Actsea hawaiiensis, sp. nov. (PI. ix, fig. 9.) Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 male type, in U. S. National Museum (Cat. No. 30523), 2, male and female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. A narrow species, somewhat Pilumnus-\ihe, convex, not lobulated, posterior two-fifths scarcely areolated. Regions deeply separated from each other. Surface covered with scaly granules or tuber- cles, larger on branchial and hepatic regions; sparsely hairy, hairs yellow in alcoholic specimens. Protogastric and branchial regions partially subdivided by shallow grooves. Front moderately deflexed, with deep V-shaped emargination, lobes very oblique. Orbits with two Vs above and one below outer angles. Antero-external angle of basal antennal joint not nearly reaching tip of lower angle of orbit. Antero-lateral margin dentate and resolvable into four teeth besides the orbital; edges granulated. Some of these teeth may be subdivided into 2 or 3, except the last, which is narrow, simple, and most upturned. Postero-lateral border equal to chord of antero-lateral border minus posterior tooth. Wrists and hands coarsely granulate and sparsely hairy, like the carapace; granules somewhat in rows. Fingers elongate, pointed, gaping at base, light brown in alcohol, largest tooth at middle of pollex; dactyls granulate above at base. Color of pollex running far back on palm, in male only, where on lower margin it reaches middle of palm. Ambulatory legs fringed with hair above; carpal and propodal joints coarsely granulate, the former with a longitudinal groove above. Dimensions. — Type male, length (to tip of frontal lobes) 13.5, width 18.9 mm.; largest male, 19.5 by 26.6 mm. ; female, 19.5 by 26.6 mm. This species has somewhat the shape of A. lata Borradaile, but its sides are more strongly dentate, front more deeply emarginate, fingers longer. 854 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Actaea (?) integerrima (Dana). Adxodes ? integerrimus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 201, 1852; pi. xi, fig. 7, 1855. Oahu or Maui (Dana). Banareia villosa, sp. nov. (PI. ix, fig. 15.) Entire surface, except the lobes of the front and orbits, the antennal region and epistome, the dis- tal half of the fingers, and the inner face of chelipeds and legs, clothed with long tubular hairs, which conceal the surface, except for about thirteen large, red, regularly placed granules on the carapace and three antero-lateral lobes partially visible. Carapace three-fourths as long as wide, very convex fore and aft, slightly so from side to side, covered with granules of irregular size, visible when hair is removed; regions well indicated; a high cluster of granules on the hepatic region. Front deeply four-lobed; orbital margin lobed between sinuses. Antero-lateral margin with three thick and narrow granulated lobes (besides the orbital); last interspace much greater than the subequal first and second. Postero-lateral margins converging at slightly more than a right angle. Antennae as in B. armata; basal joint broad, subrectangular, touching the front with the outer half of its distal margin. Epistome cut by a deep rounded notch on either side. Chelipeds equal, granulate on outer surface and on upper margin of arm, which has also a large subterminal notch; granules of hand arranged in part serially. Some of the larger and higher granules visible in the midst of the shaggy coating. Fingers bladelike. Dactylus longer than pollex, but folding behind it when closed ; a few low prehensile teeth at base. Granules of legs visible only on removal of hair. Horny tips of dactyls very slender. Dimensions. — Female type, length 7.2, width 9.2 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Laysan Island, 57 to 130 fathoms, stations 3935, female type (Cat. No. 29411), and 3936, 1 male, soft-shell. This species differs from the type species of the genus, B. armata A. Milne Edwards, and from B. inconspicua Miers in its shaggier coat, narrower carapace, naked front. The characteristic covering and subdorsal position of the last two pairs of legs when flexed give this crab a Dromia- like aspect. Daira perlata (Herbst). Daira perlata Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 155. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, 4 females, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Xanthias lamarckii (Milne Edwards). Xanthodes lamarckii Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 157, and synonymy. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 2, male and female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Fig. 14. — Banareia villosa, type female, x 2§. BRACHYURA AND MACEUEA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 855 • Xan.th.ias flavescens, sp. nov. (PI. ix, fig. 11.) Atypical Xanthias, of the form of X. lamarckii. Surface finely granular except on the postero- medial region. Orbital region marked off by a groove, gastric region and its three subdivisions well delimited, a well-marked groove extending from the third lateral sinus inward to the gastric region. Outer angle of front not very pronounced, sepa- rated from the supraorbital margin. Groove leading from the orbit faint. Antero-lateral border divided into four somewhat dentiform lobes (exclusive of orbital angle), the first two very low and preceded by rounded sinuses, the third more dentiform, but very obtusangular, the fifth very small and retreating. Chelipeds very unequal in the male, stout, gran- ulated; wrist also nodular; granules of palm arranged more or less in transverse series; larger chela very heavy, half as high as length of carapace; fingers of both chelae stout, grooved, not gaping; the dark-brown color of the index extending halfway back on the palm and also two- thirds its height, inside and out. Legs finely granular, nearly naked; merus joints minutely serrulate above; next two joints nodular. A small species, an adult male measuring 4.6 mm. long, 7.2 wide, fronto-orbital width 4.7 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Laysan Island, 79 to 130 fathoms, station 3936 (type locality); Aleun-i- hana channel, 176 to 49 fathoms, station 4066. Cat. No. of type, 29584. The adult females are only 5.7 and 4.3 mm. wide, respectively. The lateral teeth are more pro- nounced than in the male, and the chelipeds are very unequal, though less so than in the male. Color. — The specimens are almost white in alcohol, chelipeds and legs banded with yellow, cara- pace with a few longitudinal stripes of the same color. One can separate this from X. lamarckii by the smoother carapace, nonacuminate lateral teeth and uneven chelipeds. Xanthias notatus (Dana). Xanthodes notatus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LX VII, 1898, 158. Honolulu; Waikiki Beach; Laysan. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Miers). Xanthias minutus (Rathbun). (PI. ix, fig. 14.) Xanthodes minutus Rathbun, Proc. U. S. National Museum, XVI, 1893, 238. Surface smooth, except for the areolations, and shining. Deep grooves separate the fronto-orbital region, the epigastric, protogastric, and mesogastric areas, ' extend inward from the last two lateral sinuses and cut off the second of the marginal lobules. Hepatic and protogastric lobules faintly divided anteriorly. Front divided into two convex lobes and having a submarginal groove; three distinct grooves in the orbital border. Antero-lateral border cut into four rounded lobes including the orbital. The basal antennal joint runs up a little way along- side the dentiform prolongation from the front, but does not nearly reach the tip of the lower inner angle of the orbit. Chelipeds subequal; upper border of arm ending in sharp tooth, a subter- minal notch; wrists nodose, inner angle bilobed; hands marked by a few longitudinal ridges, the upper of which is somewhat nodose, surface covered with fine reticulating granules. Fingers pointed, not gaping, index grooved, dactylus with lines of punctse; color of index extending back on the palm. Fig. 16.— Xanthias minutus, station 4169, chela, x 2f . 856 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Legs unarmed; last two joints sparsely hairy; otherwise the crab is devoid of hair. Dimensions. — Length of male 9.2, width 14, fronto-orbital width 10.5 mm. Color, a very dark claret; legs with a few transverse bands of a lighter color. This species was founded on a very small specimen, in which the characters are much less pro- nounced than in the full-grown. Distribution. — Kaiwi channel, 14 fathoms, station 3469 (type locality); Aleunihana channel, 176 to 49 fathoms, station 4066; vicinity of Modu Manu, 21 to 26 fathoms, stations 4147, 4169. Xanthias canaliculatus, sp. nov. (PI. ix, fig. 12.) Surface smooth and shining, irregularly and sparingly punctate. A groove marks off the orbital region and the first two antero-lateral lobes. Gastric region partially limited laterally; only the ante- rior end of the mesogastric indicated. A short groove running in from the penult sinus of the lateral margin halfway to the gastric region; a still shorter groove running in from the last sinus. Epigastric lobes and outer half of protogastric lobes emphasized by grooves in front of them. Front one-third width of carapace, deflexed, so that the true edge is scarcely visible from above, with a submarginal groove; bilobed, outer corner pronounced but obtusangular, fused with orbital angle. Orbital margin smooth, three outer furrows shallow; inner lower lobe rounded. Antero-lateral teeth four, the first two shallow lobes, the first not separated from the orbital angle; the third and fourth dentiform, blunt, smoothly ridged. Basal antennal joint with its inner angle just touching the front; outer angle not nearly reaching the tip of the orbital tooth. Chelipeds equal, short, smooth, and punctate. Arm broader than long, above hairy and granulate; subterminal groove of wrist very, deep; a conical obtuse tooth at inner angle and below it a much smaller acute one. On outer face of palm three very deep longitudinal grooves forming corresponding smooth eleva- tions. Fingers (of female) narrow, rather long, fitting close together, dark brown. Legs smooth outside, very hairy above, last two joints hairy below,' merus joints with upper margin sharply granular. Dimensions.— Female, length 7.9, width 12.9 mm., fronto-orbital width 7.8 mm. Type locality. — Honolulu, 1901, 1 female (Gat. No. 25343). This species in its areolation, front and lateral teeth suggests the typical species of Lophozozymus, L. pictor, but the absence of crests and the great breadth across the front and orbits removes our species from that genus. The deeply fluted hands are its most striking characteristic. Micropanope sexlobata, sp. nov. (PL ix, fig. 13.) Carapace about two-thirds as long as broad, slightly convex. Regions well marked, the gastric and its three subdivisions, the cardiac and the intestinal; a groove runs inward from the penult lateral sinus to the gastric region; 1R and 2R are confluent, 3R is distinct; 4L is cut off from 5L, but the latter less completely from 6L; 1M bounded posteriorly by a faint groove. The grooves, besides being deeply impressed, are emphasized by a short pubescence. Surface covered with rather distant sharp granules, finer on the postero-medial portion. Transverse granular ridges traverse the anterior border of the epigastric lobes, the outer half of the protogastric region, and the hepatic region. Front a little more than one-third as wide as carapace, its anterior portion abruptly deflexed, so that in a strictly dorsal view the lower or true margin is not wholly visible; upper margin truncate, a median U sinus, edge ornamented; the oblique surface of the turned-down front is concave and of very slight depth; its lower or anterior margin, viewed obliquely from above, has a median U sinus; each lobe thus formed is subdivided into three, a narrow submedian lobe, a broad, rounded inter- mediate lobe, and a small outer triangular lobe which is bent down and just meets with its tip the basal antennal joint. A notch and groove separate the inner orbital angle. Fig. 17.— Xanthias canaliculatus, chela of type female, x 2|. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 857 Two triangular notches in the upper margin of the orbit and a larger one below the outer angle; inner suborbital tooth broad and blunt, less prominent than upper angle. Of the five normal antero-lateral teeth, the orbital is small and inconspicuous, the second is repre- sented only by a granule which projects sharply beyond the other marginal granules; third and fourth teeth of good size, with a sharp point turned forward; fifth tooth very small, indicated rather by the notch and groove in front of it. Chelipeds very unequal in both sexes, arm short, granulous outside, upper border spinulous; wrist and outer surface of smaller palm, upper half of larger palm coarsely granulous; inner tooth of wrist tri- angular, sharp; behind and below it a much smaller tooth; the infero-distal half of the larger palm, though smooth to the naked eye, covered with very minute reticulating granules. Fingers of larger chela gaping moderately, a large tooth at base of dactyl. Legs long and slender, moderately hairy; me- ropodites armed above with short spinules or sharp granules which are also found on the ridges of the two following joints. Dimensions. — Male (station 4066), length 5.4, width 8 mm width 8.5 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Laysan Island, 57 to 163 fathoms, stations 3935, 3936, 3939; Aleunihana channel, 176 to 49 fathoms, station 4066 (type locality). Cat. No. of type, 29529. This species approaches nearest M. truncalifrons Rathbun of the West Indies, but the latter is more coarsely granulated, less distinctly areolated posteriorly and the front less evidently six-lobed. Fig. 18.—Micropanope sexlobata. a, Dorsal view of type female, x 2§. 6, Larger chela of type male, x 3f. c, Front view of front, x 4. Female (station 4066), length 5.6, Chlorodiella niger (Forskal). Eurueppelia sp., Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli (1), III., 1889, 102. Euruppelia sp., Cano, op. cit., 209. Chlorodius niger Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 160, and synonymy. South coast of Molokai, station 3834; Honolulu; reef in front of Honolulu; Laysan; weather coast of Hawaii, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Stimpson). Honolulu (Cano). Chlorodiella laevissima (Dana). Chlorodius Isevissima Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 161. Honolulu; Waikiki Beach; south coast of Molokai, 23 to 73 fathoms, stations 3847 to 3849; Auau channel, 13 to 43 fathoms, stations 3871 to 3874, 3876; vicinity of Laysan, 20 to 30 fathoms, station 3955; Penguin Bank, 28 to 14 fathoms, station 4034; northeast coast of Hawaii, 24 to 83 fathoms, station 4061 ; vicinity of Kauai, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128; vicinity of Modu Manu, 24 to 40 fathoms, station 4163. Hawaiian Islands (Dana). The line is not sharply drawn between this species and the preceding. Judging from specimens which have been preserved an equal length of time in alcohol, C. Isevissima has an orange-reddish color, while C. niger is brownish. Adult C. niger has the carapace finely granulate under the lens. Adult C. Isevissima has the central part of the dorsum smooth; young specimens of both are much smoother. Neither is the arching of the fingers, mentioned by Dana and Alcock, to be relied on. Phymodius ungulatus (Milne Edwards). Phymodius ungulatus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 162, and synonymy. Honolulu; reef in front of Honolulu. Hawaiian Islands (Streets). While this species, so far as I have examined specimens, appears to be distinct from P. obscurus, yet the chelipeds are not just as described by Alcock, being smoother than in P. obscurus. See Borradaile, Fauna and Geography Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, 259, 1902. 858 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Phymodius obscurus (Lucas). Chlorodius obscurus Lucas, in Jacquinot and Lucas, Yoy. au Pole Sud, Zool., Ill, Crust., p. 26, 1853; atlas, pi. in, fig. 4, 1852 (?). . Phymodius monticulosus (Dana), Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LX VII, 1898, 163, and synonymy. Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw; south coast of Molokai, station 3834; Honolulu; Honolulu Reef; Oahu, Galathea Expedition, received from Copenhagen Museum ; Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets. If this species is kept separate from P. ungulatus, the name given by Lucas should take precedence of that given by Dana, as the figure at least of the former antedates Dana’s work. (See Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 207.) Phymodius nitidus (Dana). ; l Pilodius nitidus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 218, 1852; pi. xii, fig. 7, 1855. Honolulu; Waikiki Beach; south coast of Molokai, station 3834. Phymodius laysani, sp. nov. (PI. xn, fig. 8.) Regions of carapace well defined and subdivided by deep grooves, the lobules corresponding very nearly with those in P. sculptus (A. Milne Edwards)-. 1L is, however, separated from the first antero- lateral lobe, 2L and 3L are confluent, 1R is not cut off from the marginal lobe. Surface crisply granulate. { Outer angles of front not separable from the inner angles of the orbit. Orbital fissures very faint. Antero-lateral border cut into four lobes. Basal antennal joint touching the front by its inner distal angle, its outer angle prolonged into the gap between front and orbit. Chelipeds of male equal, short; some hairs on ischium, merus and carpus; arni granulous outside, sharply so above; wrist granulous- and nodulous, a blunt tooth inside; hands with granulated nodules above gradually diminishing below to large granules and then to fine granules; granules continued at least half length of fingers; the latter stout, with thick, blunt points, very slightly hollowed. Legs finely granulous, sharply so on upper margins, which are thickly fringed with long yellow bristles. Dimensions. — Male type, length 5.8, width 8.3, fronto-orbital width 5.3 mm. Type locality . — Laysan, May, 1902; 1 male (Cat. No. 29530). This species, while it has the general appearance of a Phymodius, especially of P. sculptus, in its naked carapace and chelae and bristly legs, differs from that genus, as pre- viously known, in the granulation of the surface, in the union of the frontal and orbital angles, in the equal cheli- peds, and indistinct spooning of the fingers. Chlorodopsis areolata (Milne Edwards). Chlorodius areolatus Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I, 400, 1834. Etisodes cselatus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., 1, 188, 1852; pi. ix, fig. 4, 1855. Chlorodopsis areolatus A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IX, 1873, 231, pi. vm, fig. 8. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. I think that A. Milne Edwards is correct in his surmise (op. cit., p. 235) that E. cselatus Dana is the same as Chlorodius areolatus of the elder Milne Edwards, and should be retained in Chlorodopsis rather than in Etisodes. The Hawaiian specimen measures 11 by 17.8 mm., fronto-orbital width 11.6 mm. Its antennal flagellum is excluded from the orbit more by the wide contact of upper and lower angles of orbit than by the extension' of the basal joint into the hiatus, differing in this regard from the figures both of Dana and A. Milne Edwards. Fig. 19. — Phymodius laysani, type male, a, Dor- sal view, X 2§. 6, Chela, x 3£. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 859 Chlorodopsis scabricula (Dana). Pilodius scabriculus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 220, 1852; pi. xii, fig. 9, 1855. Honolulu, 1891, 1 immature male. The regions are faintly areolate, minutely scabrous, grooves smooth, lateral projections spines (except the orbital), spine E much smaller hut similar to the others. A row of four lobules parallel to the margin; a similar lobule at 2L. Lobes of front sinuous, entire to the naked eye, minutely granulous under the lens,, outer angle well marked, but not spiniform nor very prominent. The outer projection of. the basal antennal joint reaches as far as the end of the suborbital tooth, but does not exclude the flagellum from the orbital gap. The tubercles of the wrist and upper surface of palm are large, conical, acute. Upper margin of legs spinulous. Dana says “tooth E nearly obsolete, hand and carpus very minutely tuberculate.” In spite of these discrepancies I place the specimen under C. scabricula until the species shall have been better worked out. Our specimen agrees very well with A. Milne Edwards’s description and figure of C. spinipes, but it is not the C. spinipes of Heller and de Man, in which the orbit has a spine below the outer sinus, nor C. spinipes Alcock (Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 169, ubi syn.), in which the outer angle of the front is spine-like and the carapace coarsely granular. Chlorodopsis aberrans, sp. nov. Carapace about three-fifths as long as broad, posterior third not subdivided. Regions and sub- regions fairly well marked; protogastric lobes lightly and incompletely subdivided. A groove running inward from the penult lateral sinus to the gastric region, otherwise the branchio-hepatic region is undivided. Surface covered with sharp tubercles, irregular in size, as a rule diminishing from in front backward and becoming granules on the postero-medial region. Surface sparingly hairy. Frontal lobes broad, rounded, granulated, separated by a U-shaped median sinus; a small lobe at outer an- gle, distinct from the less advanced orbital angle. Orbital margin spinulous; outer emargination of good size. Antero-lateral projections four, the first a narrow granulated lobe below the level of the orbital angle; the second, third, and fourth, stout spines with granu- lated borders. Lower surface of carapace much like the upper. Outer angle of basal antennal joint prolonged a little into the orbital hiatus, but not excluding the flagel- Fig. 20— Chlorodopsis aberrans, type male, a, Dorsal lum from the orbit, nor nearly reaching summit of view, x 3J. b. Chela, x 3J. inner lower tooth of orbit. Chelipeds in a male a little unequal; exposed surfaces covered with conical sharp-pointed tubercles which on upper margin of arm, hand, and inner angle of wrist become elongate and spiniform and more or less curved.. Tubercles of hand continued halfway along the deeply grooved fingers, which shut tight, their acute tips overlapping. Dark color of thumb in male continued a little way back on palm. Legs finely granulate, sparingly hairy, margin spinulous. Dimensions. — Male, length 4.7, width 8 mm. One specimen only, a male, was taken in the vicinity of Modu Manu, 23 to 26 fathoms, station 4146 (Cat. No. 29434). This species, although not a typical Chlorodopsis by reason of the sharp fingers, nevertheless has much in common with C. woodmasoni Alcock, which is more deeply areolated and not so sharply granular. 860 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. The orbito-antennal area varies in the species assigned to this genus. In C. melanochirus A- Milne- Edwards, the upper and lower angles of the orbit are approximate, the intervening space being evenly filled by the prolongation of the antennal joint; at the same time the flagellum is distinctly excluded from the orbit. In C. pilumnoides (White) the upper and lower angles of the orbit are a little farther apart, and the basal antennal joint extends its outer angle into the hiatus, but without filling it or reaching the summit of the lower orbital tooth, or excluding the flagellum. In our species the antenna is much as in C. pilumnoides, but the orbital angles are farther apart. Pilodius flavus Rathbun. Pilodius flavus Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1893, 239. Carapace two-thirds _as long as wide, rather convex. With the aspect of a Pilumnus. A coating of long yellow hairs does not hide the areolation of the carapace, which is evident to the naked eye. Regions well marked. Protogastric lobes partially sub- divided by a short longitudinal furrow. Orbital groove distinct. 1M separate, also 1L (very small), 2L, 3L, 4L, 5L, and 6L; a groove between 2R and 3R. ' Regions sparingly dotted with irregular rough granules; inter- spaces smooth. • Fronto-ofbital width three-fourths, front three-eighths, of width of cara- pace. Frontal lobes of middle pair rounded, granulated, separated by a small U-shaped median sinus; outer lobes bluntly triangular, bent down and separated from the blunt inner angle of orbit by a rectangular notch and a groove. Margin of orbit granu- lated; two V notches above, a deep open external fissure. Five antero-lateral spines, includ- ing the orbital, which is the smallest; Fig. 21.— Pilodius flavus, station 4148, male, a, Dorsal view, x 2. 6, each has one or more accessory spines Larger chela, x 2f. or spinules; those accompanying the third and fourth spines may be almost as long as the primaries. Parallel to the margin is a row of three sharp conical tubercles, opposite each of the last three marginal spines. Postero-lateral margins converging so that if prolonged they would meet at slightly more than a right angle. Lower surface of carapace granulated and hairy. Basal antennal joint broadly touching the lobe of front; outer angle moderately prolonged and reaching end of inner orbital angle; next joint stand- ing in orbital hiatus. Ohelipeds in male very unequal, in female slightly so. Spines on upper border of arm (three to five), outer surface of wrist (two at inner angle), on upper outer surface of palm in rows (where they are more conical), and basal half of dactylus; granules on surfaces and other margins of arm and on middle outer surface of palm, one row continued on thumb. Infero-external surface of palm in larger chela of male smooth and naked ; in smaller chela of male and both chelae of female the spines and hairs cover the whole outer face of palm. Fingers gaping, with spoon tips, prehensile teeth large and irregular. Color line of index slanting obliquely downward across the palm equally in both sexes; tips of fingers white. Legs spinous; largest spines on the upper margin of carpal and propodal joints, and of the meral joint of the last pair, and also at the distal end of the merus of the other pairs. Color. — Orange yellow. Dimensions. — Male, station 4148, length 8.8, width 12.8, fronto-orbital width 9.4 mm.; female, station 4162, length 8.8, width 13, fronto-orbital width 9.5 mm. BEACH YUBA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 861 Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 14 fathoms, station 3469 (type locality); vicinity of Laysan Island, 20 to 30 fathoms, station 3954; French Frigate Shoal, 14J to 1 1\ fathoms, stations 3968, 3970; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 160 fathoms, stations 4147, 4148, 4150, 4158, 4159, 4162. I believe this species is distinguished from P. pubescens Dana, de Man, « by the rougher carapace, broader front, absence of large spines or teeth from the fore margin of arm (one granule only near the proximal end is enlarged). Menippe convexa Rathbun. (PI. xi, fig. 4.) Menippe convexa Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1893, 239. Carapace very convex in both directions, smooth, punctate. Anterior end of mesogastric region indicated; epigastric lobes elevated. Front a little more than one-fourth width of carapace; lobes very oblique, median sinus V-shaped; outer angle a tuberculiform lobe, separated by a groove from the upper margin of orbit. Antero-lateral border bluntly rimmed; of the four lobes the first two are very obtusely angled, the last two subacutely so, all near their anterior margin; the first is half as long as the second, second and third subequal; from the fourth a ridge runs inward on the carapace. Chelipeds in female massive, very unequal; arm and wrist almost smooth, coarsely punctate; on the hand there is a flattened granulation visible to the naked eye. Inner angle of wrist tuberculiform. A large tooth near base of pollex of larger chela. Dimensions. — Female, length to the tips of frontal lobes 15.5, width 21, width of front 5.8 mm. Known only from the type specimen, a female taken at Honolulu, collector unknown; specimen in bad state of preservation. Pseudozius caystrus (Adams and White). Pseudozius caystrus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 181. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Pseudozius inornatus Dana. (PI. xi, fig. 1.) Pseudozius inornatus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 234, 1852; pi. xm, figs. 7a-7c, 1855. Kailua, Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Dans% In the male the index finger is only twice as long as its breadth at base. Length 13.5, width 23.9, width of front, exclusive of orbital angles, 5.3 mm. Pseudozius triunguiculatus Borradaile. Pseudozius triunguiculatus Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive & Laccadive Arch., I, 242, text fig. 44, 1902. South coast of Molokai, 8 fathoms, station 3834, one ovigerous female lacking the larger cheliped. Length 3.8, width 5.2 mm. Platyozius lsevis Borradaile. (PL xi, fig. 7. ) Pseudozius ( Platyozius ) lsevis Borradaile, Fauna & Geogr. Maidive & Laccadive Arch., I, 243, text fig. 45, 1902. Auau Channel, 28 to 43 fathoms, station 3876; Penguin Bank, 28 to 14 fathoms, station 4034; northeast coast of Hawaii, 50 to 63 fathoms, stations 4055 and 4063; vicinity of Modu Manu, 27 to 31 fathoms, station 4171. Several specimens are larger than the type, the largest, a female, measuring 10.4 by 13.2 mm. The fronto-orbital region is definitely depressed below the postfrontal surface. Front with a ridge i Abh. Senck. naturf. Ges. Frankfurt a. M., XXV, 619, 1902. BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 862 above, behind, and parallel to the margin. The posterior of the lateral teeth is more dentiform than in the young. The anterior border of the merus of the maxillipeds is not notched, as in typical Pseudozius. Ozius hawaiiensis Rathbun. Ozius hawaiiensis Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1902, 77. Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw. Lydia « annulipes (Milne Edwards). Ozius {Euruppellia) annulipes Alcock, J oun Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 188, and synonymy,. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. . Pilumnus vespertilio (Fabricius). Pilumnus vespertilio Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 192. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Pilumnus alcocki Borradaile. Pilumnus alcocki Borradaile, Fauna & Geogr. Maidive & Laccadive Arch., I, 248, text fig. 48, 1902. Penguin Bank, 28 to 14 fathoms, station 4034; vicinity of Modu Manu, 33 to 71 fathoms, station 4149. According to a note by the collector, the color is red; in the alcoholic specimens the hairs are red. The fringe of long hair across the front and the eye peduncles is a most conspicuous feature. Pilumnus nuttingi, sp. nov. (PI. xi, fig. 8.) Carapace subcircular, four-fifths as long wide. Hairs for the most part short, not disguising the areolation. Regions, as well as three subdivisions of gastric re- gion, plainly marked. Surface almost smooth. Front cut by a median V into two shallow submedian lobes un- armed; outer lobes not well sepa- rated from the small inner angle of the orbit. Three cuts in orbit shallow; margin unarmed, except for short spinule at outer angle. Antero-lateral about two-th irds as long as postero-lateral margin, cut into three teeth each tipped -with a forward-projecting spine. Postero-lateral margins converg- ing at an angle of about 55 degrees. Basal joint of antenna not quite reaching the front; a deep notch between this joint and acute inner angle of orbit. Lower surface of carapace partly granular. Chelipeds very unequal in both sexes. Arm with subterminal tooth above; wrist sparingly granu- late, sharply angled inwardly; hand stout, covered with acute granules, diminishing inferiorly, arranged mostly in rows; hairs absent from lower distal portion of larger palm. Granules on basal third of dactylus; fingers crossing when closed; prehensile teeth larger in pollex than in dactylus. Fig. 22 .—Pilumnus nuttingi, type female, a, Dorsal view, x 31. b, Larger chela, X 4f. a Lydia Gistel, Naturg. Thierreichs, p. ix, 1848, was substituted for Eudora de Haan, 1833, preoccupied, and takes precedence of Euruppellia Miers, 1884. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 863 Legs unarmed, thinly clothed with long and short hairs. Dimensions. — Female type, length 5.5, width 7 mm.; male, station 3848, length 4.5, width 6 mm. Distribution.— South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 73 fathoms; stations 3847, 3848; Penguin Bank, 27 to 29 fathoms, station 4032; vicinity of Modu Manu, 24 to 160 fathoms, stations 4150, 4160 (type locality), 4163. Cat. No. of type, 29551. This species is distinguished by its narrow form, and relative lack of armature, the four antero- lateral spines being the only sharp projections. Named for Prof. C. C. Nutting, who accompanied the Albatross to the Hawaiian Islands in 1902. Pilumnus acutifrons, sp. nov. Carapace narrow, seven-sided, smooth, slightly areolated, convex, with scattered tufts of hair. Frontal lobes deflexed, margin very oblique, subtruncate, finely granulate, separated by a large V, inner angles sharp, outer angles ill-defined and separated by a shallow furrow but no notch from the inconspicuous orbital angle. Upper orbital notches slight, a spine at outer angle; two spines on lower margin besides the one at the tip of the triangular inner lobe. Antero-lateral margin with three spines, two of which are larger than the one at the orbit and have broad bases and long slender tips, the last small and bifid at tip. Chelipeds very unequal in male, spinous; spines on upper margin of arm very irregular, the larger and more distal spines compound; lower margins and upper distal end of outer surface spinulous; wrist armed with about fourteen large curved spines, of which the one at the inner angle is the longer. The large hand is heavy and spinous only on the upper and proxi- mal portion of the outer face, remainder smooth, spines in rows and diminishing from above down- ward; small hand spinous on the whole outer face. Fingers stout, grooved in small chela, almost smooth in large one, dactyls spinulous proximally, fingers when closed leaving only a very narrow slit at base. Legs slender, armed above with long, rather distant spines, and below with spinules. Chelipeds and legs sparingly clothed with long hair. Dimensions. — Male type, length 3, width 3.8 mm. Tt/pe locality. — French Frigate Shoal, 17 to 17£ fathoms, station 3970; 1 male (Cat. No. 29543). This species has some resemblance to P. tahitensis de Man in the oblique lobes of the front and the scattered tufts of hair, but in our species the lobes are more oblique, the orbits and chelipeds are more spinous, the chelae of different shape. Pilumnus andersoni de Man. Fig. 23. — Pilumnus acutifrons, type male, a, Dorsal view, x 6§. 6, Larger chela, x 5§. Pilumnus andersoni de Man, Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., XXII, 1887, 59, pi. iii, figs. 5, 6. Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 194. Borradaile, Fauna & Geogr. Maidive & Laccadive Arch., I, 245, 1902. Vicinity of Laysan, 10 to 19 fathoms, station 3960, 2 females, much smaller than the types, the larger measuring only 6.2 mm. in width. They agree very well with de Man’s description, except that the outer orbital angle is sharper, in fact a spine, smaller, however, than the other antero-lateral spines. F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3—7 864 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Pilumnus tseniola, sp. nov. (PI. xi, fig. 3.) Carapace very wide, about five-sevenths as long as wide; slightly convex transversely, more con- vex in the opposite direction, the anterior half being strongly declivous; in shape oval-oblong, the postero-lateral margins being not far from parallel; regions scarcely indicated; surface smooth, punc- tate, pubescent and thinly clothed with long fine hair. Fronto-orbital width four-fifths width of carapace. Margin of front not visible in dorsal view; lobes convex, most produced in their inner half; outer angle small and inconspicuous, as is also the inner angle of the orbit. Orbit very oblique, margin granulate, without fissures, a slender sharp spine at outer angle; inner lower angle very obtuse, not nearly so advanced as the upper angle. Antero-lateral margin convex, only half as long as postero-lateral and armed with two very small slender spines ad- ditional and similar to the orbital and quite independent of the general outline of the carapace. Antennules stout, transversely folded, basal joint inflated. Antennse with basal joint slender, not quite reaching end of lower angle of orbit; second joint loose in orbital hia- tus; flagellum long, reaching farther back than posterior lateral spine. Endostomial ridges well defined, reaching the anterior boundary of the buccal cavern. Outer maxillipeds small, not filling the buccal cavity. Chelipeds equal in the female (the male lacks a right cheliped), short; arm granulate outside, a sharp-pointed tooth above near distal end, behind it the margin slightly roughened; wrist granulate, a long spine at inner angle, with a shorter one below it; palm higher than its superior length, upper margin very convex, outer surface granulate. Chelipeds and legs clothed with long hairs, which only partially obscure the surface. Hairs and granules con- tinued part way on the fingers. Prehensile teeth of pollex larger than those of dactylus. When the fingers are closed the tips cross and there is a very slight hiatus at base. Legs long and slender; a slender spine at distal end of upper margin of meral and carpal joints; a ionger spine at distal third of the same margin of the merus of each pair except the last. Abdomen of male with seven separate segments. Dimensions.— Female type, length 5.8, width 7.7, fronto-orbital width 6.4 mm. ; male, station 3876, length 5.6, width 7.1, fronto-orbital width 6 mm. Distribution. — Auau channel, 28 to 43 fathoms, station 3876; Penguin bank, 28 to 14 fathoms, station 4034 (type locality). Cat. No. of t-ype, 29554. In regard to the antennae and maxillipeds this species approaches Platy pilumnus, but the endosto- mial ridge clearly reaches the anterior margin of the buccal cavern. The type species of that genus, P. gracilipes Alcock, also differs notably in its flat carapace. Our species in its shape approaches P. rolumanus Borradaile, which possesses larger anterodateral spines and more elongate chelse. The two specimens agree in characteristic color pattern, being ornamented in the anterior half, both above and below, by light bands bordered on each side with a narrow stripe of dark brown. Pilumnus ovalis A. Milne Edwards. Pilumnus ovalis A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (4), VII, 1867, 280. Hawaiian Islands (A. Milne Edwards). BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 865 Actumnus obesus Dana. (PI. xi, fig. 2.) Actumnus obesus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 244, 1852; pi. xiv, fig. 3, 1855. In most respects our specimens agree with Dana’s description and figures. Dana says, “Antero- lateral margin arcuate, almost entire, very faintly four-lobed, lobes minutely denticulate.” In his figure 3a no lobes are indicated. His type was considerably larger than the specimens in hand, which show plainly the 3 marginal lobes separated by narrow incisions. The point of each lobe or tooth is at its anterior end, and is marked by a little longer granule or spinule; the teeth project beyond the general marginal line only by the length of this spinule. The areolations are a little more plainly marked than in Dana’s figure. Length of male, station 3849, 9.6, width 12.8 mm. South coast of Molokai, 43 to 73 fathoms, stations 3849 and 3850. Lahaina, Maui, dredged (Dana). Eriphia sebana (Shaw). Cancer sebanus Shaw, in Shaw & Nodder, Nat. Misc., XV, 1803, pi. 591. Eriphia Ixvimana Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LX VII, 1898, 214, and synonymy. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Grapsillus cymodoce (Herbst). (PI. xi, fig. 6.) Trapezia cymodoce Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 219. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Grapsillus ferrugineus (Latreille). Trapezia cymodoce? Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, 1895, 22. Trapezia ferruginea Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 220. Hawaiian Islands, H. Mann and A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; U. S. Exploring Expedition, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, as T. cymodoce; Randall, as T. cymodoce)-, 2 males, 3 females, J. K. Town- send, collector, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Honolulu (Cano, as T. cymodoce a). Grapsillus ferrugineus intermedius (Miers) . Trapezia maculata Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 1877, 106 (not synonymy). Trapezia ferruginea var. intermedia Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 220. Hilo, H. W. Henshaw; Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets; Honolulu; Honolulu Reef; Waikiki Beach; Laysan; south coast of Molokai, 8 to 24 fathoms, stations 3834 and 3847; vicinity of Laysan, 10 to 30 fathoms, stations 3955, 3959, and 3962; French Frigate Shoal, 14J to 16) fathoms, station 3968; Pen- guin Bank, 27 to 29 fathoms, stations 4031 and 4032; vicinity of Modu Manu, 26 fathoms, station 4147. Honolulu reefs (Miers, Alcock). This subspecies or variety, as also areolatus (noted by Alcock), has a very fine scurf-like pubescence on the upper surface of the chelipeds. This must be borne in mind in using Alcock’s key to the Indian species of Trapezia. Grapsillus maculatus MacLeay. Trapezia maculata Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 221. Not T. maculata Streets. Kaiwi Channel, 14 fathoms, station 3469; south coast of Molokai, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; vicinity of Laysan, 10 to 19 fathoms, stations 3959 and 3960; French Frigate Shoal, 14J to 17 fathoms, stations 3968 and 3971; vicinity of Kauai, 18 to 41 fathoms, station 4023; Penguin Bank, 14 to 29 fathoms, stations 4031, 4032, and 4034. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Eydoux and Souleyet, as T. tigrina). Hawaii (Stimpson). Laysan, on coral stalk (Lenzj. ' “ T. ferrugginea mentioned by Cano on pages 90 and 102, is not noticed in his annotated list on page 211. 866 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Grapsillus rufopunctatus (Herbst). (PI. xi, fig. 5.) Trapezia rufopunctata Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 222. Hawaiian Islands, 1901; Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets; Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Compara- tive Zoology. Honolulu reefs, 18 fathoms (Miers, as T. rufopunctata var. guttata, p. xxxi, and T. rufopunctata var., p. 168). Honolulu (Cano). Hawaiian Islands (A. Milne Edwards, as T. acutifrons). Grapsillus rufopunctatus flavopunctatus (Eydoux & Souleyet). Trapezia flavo-punctata Eydoux & Souleyet, Voyage Bonite, Zool., I, pt. 2, p. 230, pi. ii, fig. 3, 1842. Hawaiian Islands (Eydoux and Souleyet; A. Milne Edwards, as T. latifrons). Laysan (Lenz, as T. latifrons) . Grapsillus digitalis (Latreille). Trapezia digitalis Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 222. Waikiki Beach; Honolulu; Honolulu reef. Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet. Domecia hispida Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1897, 230. Honolulu; vicinity of Laysan, 10 to 19 fathoms, stations 3960 and 3962; vicinity of Kauai, 18 to 41 fathoms, station 4023; Penguin Bank, 27 to 29 fathoms, station 4032. Hawaiian Islands (Eydoux and Souleyet). Laysan (Lenz). Lybia tesselata (Latreille). Melia tessellata Richters, Beitr. Meeresf. Mauritius u. d. Seychellen, p. 150, pi. xvi, figs. 19-22, 1880. Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, 250, text fig. 49, 1902. Lybia tesselata Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XVII, 1904, 102. Vicinity of Laysan, 20 to 30 fathoms, station 3955, 1 female; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 30 fathoms, station 4158, 1 female. Note by the collector of female, station 4158: “This crab held the little sea anemones one in each claw and presented them in a boxing attitude whenever teased or approached by another crab.” The anemone is a species of Bunodeopsis, according to Dr. J. E. Duerden. The color markings on the carapaces of these specimens (preserved in formalin) are not in the form of polygons, but except for 6 irregular white patches (2 anterior and 4 posterior) the surface is covered with a labyrinth of fine lines inclosing finer and more broken lines. Lybia caestifera (Alcock). Melia csestifer Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVII, 1898, 231; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. VII, pi. xxxviii, fig. 4, 1899. South coast of Molokai, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847, one female, 3.5 mm. long by 4.9 wide. I think that this is probably L. csestifera, although the carapace is a little wider than in the type. There are no color lines visible. Otherwise it agrees very well with the description and figure. Polydectus* cupulifer (Latreille). Pilumnus cupulifer Latreille, Encyc. Meth., Hist. Nat., Entom., X, 1825, 124. lie de France. Polydectus cupulifera Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 146, 1837. Pilumnus cupulifera Milne Edwards, Cuvier’s Regne Anim., disciples ed., atlas, pi. xiv, fig. 4 (figure inaccurate). a Polydectus Rafinesque, Analyse de la Nature, p. 142, 1815, a genus of mollusks, noted in Scudder’s “ Nomenclator,” is a nomen nudum. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 867 Polydeclus villosus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 227, 1852; pi. xm, figs. 3 a-e, 1855. Raraka Island, Paumotu Group. Polydectus cupulifer Richters, Beitr. Meeresf. Mauritius u. d. Seychellen, p. 149, pi. xv, figs. 17-20, pi. xvi, figs. 1-8, 1880. Fouquets, Mauritius. Record of specimens. — Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw, 2 males, 3 females. “They occur under stones in 2 or 3 feet of water in a little inlet where the tide continually flows and ebbs. They are by no means rare there, though one has to turn over a number of big stones or coral blocks to find one crab.” Vicinity of Laysan, 10 fathoms, station 3959, 1 male. Three of the specimens hold an actinian in each hand; two specimens, the smallest of all, have an actinian in one hand, not in the other; the sixth specimen lacks the right cheliped altogether, but the left grasps an actinian. These anemones are variable in size. A crab of good size, about 15 mm. in width (devoid of hair) has in one hand an anemone about 10 mm. in diameter, in the other one not more than 6 mm. in diameter. The anemones are firmly grasped by the chelae, the sharp pre- hensile spines digging into the flesh; usually the fingers are spread so as to seize opposite sides of the anemone, but in the case of the large one above mentioned the fingers of the crab are flexed and nip into a small bit of the anemone. Compare Richters’ s description and figures. Family P0RTUNID£. Carcinides maenas (Linmeus). Hawaiian Islands, 1 male, in U. S. National Museum, recorded by Streets. (See Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 1877, 109; and Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 14.) Parathranites hexagonum, sp. nov. (PI. xii, fig. 3.) Carapace broad-hexagonal. Length about four-fifths of width exclusive of spines. Surface strongly areolated, granulated, the granules coarser on the elevated portions; seven high conical tubercles, one on each protogastric area, one posterior mesogastric and in same line one at inner branchial angle, two cardiac side by side. Of smaller tubercles there is one posterior cardiac and three posterior branchial, which form a longitudinal curve with the protogastric and anterior branchial tubercles. Front four-toothed, teeth subtriangular, blunt, median pair a little more ad- vanced, median sinus V form, lateral sinuses U form. No tooth at inner angle of orbit. Upper margin of orbit with two open fissures. Antero-lateral projections, 6; first or orbital narrow, blunt, resembling those of the median frontal pair, and separated by a shallow sinus from the second, which is low and very blunt. Next three regularly dentiform, the third sub- acutely pointed, the fourth with acuminate tip, fifth with even more slender tip. Sixth projection a spine about twice as long as preceding tooth. Extremities of posterior margin armed with a long upcurved spine. A blunt tooth at lower inner angle of orbit, more advanced than the front; outer sinus a large V. Orbit about two-thirds as wide as the front. Ante rinse and maxillipeds much as in P. orientalis (Miers). Chelipeds one and two-thirds as long as carapace. A subdistal spinule on anterior border of ischium. A strong spine at middle of same border of merus and a spine near distal end of outer border. Spine at inner angle of wrist half as long as palm; a smaller spine at outer angle, and on outer surface five or six blunt spinules. Upper surface of hand with two strong costae and three spines, of which the inner distal is strongest, distal spine of outer border subterminal. Two indistinct ridges along the inner and the outer surface of the hand. Fingers as long as palm. Of the first three pairs of legs only the last remain; they are one and two-thirds as long as carapace. Natatory legs unarmed, merus slender. Second and third segments of abdomen of male strongly carinated; sixth much broader than long, sides slightly converging. Fig. 25.— Parathra- nites hexagonum , abdomen of type male, x 2jf. 868 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Dimensions. — Male, length 11.8, extreme width 21.5, width to base of lateral spines 15.3, fronto- orbital width 8.7 mm. Type locality. — South coast of Molokai Island, 92 to 212 fathoms, station 3838; 1 male, immature (Cat. No. 29674). A young and much-mutilated specimen was taken at station 3982, vicinity of Kauai Island, 233 to 40 fathoms, in which the frontal teeth of t^e median pair are considerably more advanced than those of the lateral pair and are separated from each other by a very narrow fissure. P. hexagonum can be told at once from the type species, P. orientalis, by the broader, more hex- agonal carapace, additional side tooth, and longer side spine. Parathranites latibrachium, sp. nov. In shape resembles P. hexagonum. Length about three-fourths of width exclusive of spines. Surface with a number of prominent tubercles, lower than in P. hexagonum; of these one is proto- gastric, two side by side on posterior mesogastric, two cardiac behind the preceding, and two forming an obliquely longitudinal line at inner angle of branchial region. A smaller tubercle is anterior mesogastric, and one posterior cardiac. All the elevated portions granu- lated. Front more advanced than in P. hexagonum, four- toothed, median pair blunt, triangular, about as wide as median sinus, more advanced than lateral pair, which are broad-triangular, subacute, and set off by a U -shaped sinus. Antero-lateral projections six, the first or orbital blunt, the others becoming slenderer and sharper ex- cept the last, which is a long stout spine. Posterior margin ending in a short upcurved spine. Lobe at lower inner angle of orbit not nearly so advanced as the front; outer emargination of moderate Fig. 26 .—Parathranites latibrachium , male type, a, size. Basal joint of antenna with a narro# outer lobe Dorsal view, x 2|. 6, Abdomen, x 4|. which runs into the orbital hiatus. First joint of palpus of outer maxilliped with its inner margin remarkably expanded, forming a vertical lamina. Epistome better defined and more deeply notched than in P. hexagonum. Three spines on inner border of arm, one very small at outer distal end. A long spine half as long as palm at inner angle of wrist and a strong spine at outer angle. Three spines on hand, the inner strong and subdistal, the outer subdistal small, the one above the wrist curved, three additional costse on outside and two on inside of hand. Natatory legs unarmed, merus very little longer than wide. Second and third segments of male abdomen carinated, sixth much longer than wide, sides converging. Dimensions. — Male, length 6, extreme width 10.8, width to base of lateral spines 8.4, fronto-orbital width 6 mm. Type locality. — Vicinity of Modu Mann or Bird Island, 20 to 30 fathoms, station 4158; 1 male (Cat. j No. 29676). By the broad merus of the last pair of feet and the lobe on the basal antennal joint, this species is most notably separated from the other Parathranites. Lissocarcinus orbicularis Dana. Lissocarcinus orbicularis Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 20. Ortmann, Bronn’s Thier-Reichs, V, 1900, IIAbth., 1239. Honolulu Reef, May 8, 1902, 1 female; Puako Bay, July 12, 1902, 1 male from a holothurian. BKACHYURA AND MACRURA OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 869 Lissocarcinus lsevis Miers. Lissocarcinus Ixvis Miers, Challenger Kept., Brachyura, 205, pi. xvir, fig. 3, 1886. Alcock, Jour. Aaiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 21. Northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 77 to 75 fathoms, station 4057, 1 male. The two truncate lobes of the front have a sinus a little deeper than in Miers’s figure, while the inner angle of the orbit is not so projecting, more rectangular. Surface under the lens finely granular. On the branchial region one can trace a transverse crest running to the last side tooth, which is more slender than figured, while the other teeth are more dentiform. Dimensions. — Male, length 6, width 7.3 mm. Lupocyclus quinquedentatus, sp. nov. (PI. xii, fig. 7.) Carapace three-fourths as long as wide; hirsute, except on transverse granulated ridges. Ridge connecting teeth of posterior pair interrupted either side of gastric region; in front of it, two gastric ridges, the posterior con- tinuous, the anterior widely interrupted at the middle; behind it a cardiac ridge and on each side three short branchial ridges, the second one of which is interrupted near its inner end. A short post-cardiac ridge; also clusters of granules near the second, third, and fourth antero-lateral teeth, and four clusters more or less distinct on the frontal region. Front advanced, six-toothed including orbital angle; teeth triangular, acute, middle pair stoutest and most advanced and' separated by the most acute sinus; submedian pair smallest, may be a little more or less advanced than the outer pair. Two supra-orbital fissures. Fiv.e subequal antero-lateral teeth, sharp-pointed, including the orbital, which is the stoutest, while the last is the most spiniform. A rudimentary tooth in each of the first three sinuses. A curved line joins the posterior and postero-lateral margins. Outer suborbital fissure V-shaped; inner angle spiniform, much less ad- vanced than upper angle. Outer lobe of basal antennal joint narrow, occupy- ing only half the width of the orbital hiatus. Chelipeds nearly two and one-half times as long as carapace in male, two and one-sixth times in female; merus very stout with three (occasionally four) large spines on inner margin and a small one at distal end of each margin. Small spine at distal inner end of ischium. Wrist with an inner and two outer subdistal spines. Hand subcylindrical, with three large spines — i. e , the customary one near the wrist, and two at the middle on each side of upper surface; in addition there is on the smaller chela only a small spine on outer distal end, overlapping the dactylus. Fingers slender, longer than palm. Merus of the natatory feet twice as long as broad, armed with two spines on posterior border, one larger subdistal, one smaller distal. Greater part of posterior margin of propodus armed with small stout denticles. Midrib of dactylus terminating in a spine. Surface of chelipeds and legs traversed by longitudinal grooves, interspaces for the most part crossed by transverse granulated rugae. Abdomen of male broad except for terminal segment, the penult being more than twice as wide as iong. Dimensions. — Male, station 4034, length to median sinus 26.5, width 36.2, fronto-orbital width 22.6; female, station 3876, length to median sinus 27.8, width 37.6, fronto-orbital width 23.9. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; Auau Channel, 28 to 43 fathoms, station 3876; Penguin Bank, south coast of Oahu, 14 to 28 fathoms, stations 4031, 4034 (type locality); northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 24 to 83 fathoms, stations 4054, 4061; vicinity of Modu Manu, 31 to 56 fathoms, stations 4160, 4164. Cat. No. of type, 29669. Color. — According to a note by the collector, the type male is “translucent yellowish, heavily mottled with vermilion. Dorsum of carapace nearly clear red, ventral side whitish.” This species differs from L. rotundatus Adams & White in the greater prominence of the inner orbital angles, fewer lateral teeth and arm spines, and more numerous lines on the carapace. Fig. 28. — Lupocyclus quin- quedentatus, abdomen of type male, x If. Fig. 27.— Lissocarcinus lsevis, station 4057, abdo- men of male' x 6§. 870 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Goniocaphyra insequalis, sp. nov. (PI. xii, fig. 9.) Bears a strong resemblance to the type species of the genus G. truncatifrons de Man, of which there is a female specimen from Samoa in the U. S. National Museum. Carapace narrower; anterior and antero-lateral regions finely and evenly granulate, the coarse antero-lateral granules of the older species being absent. Side teeth similar in number and position; no denticle between first and second, the suborbital re- gion being very finely granulate. In front view the orbits diminish in height outwardly. Chelipeds much more unequal in the male than in the related species, the smaller one twice as long as the carapace is wide, the larger one about two and a quarter times as long. The borders of the inner surface of the arm are coarsely granulous, and are devoid of the spines of truncatifrons. The smaller chela of the male is similar to that in the last-named species, but the larger chela is very heavy, the fingers very short, being less than two-thirds as long as the palm. Male, length 7, width 10.6 mm. -South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; Auau Channel, 13 to Fig. 29. —Goniocaphyra insequalis, station 3876, abdomen of male, | If- Dimensions. - Distribution. 43 fathoms, stations 3871 (type locality), 3872, 3873, 3874, 3876; vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128. Abundant at stations 3847 and 3876. Cat. No. of type, 29657. Carupa lseviuscula Heller. Carupa lseviuscula Heller, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, 520; Reise Novara, Crust., 27, pi. hi, fig. 2, 1865. Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 26. Honolulu, 1 male, 1 female. Laysan (Lenz). Portunus sanguinolentus (Herbst). Cancer sanguinolentus Herbst, Naturg. d. Krabben u. Krebse, I, 161, pi. vm, figs. 56, 57, 1783. Neptunus sanguinolentus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 32. Honolulu; Pearl Harbor; Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets; Heeia; Hilo; Hilo Bay, H. W. Henshaw; south coast of Oahu, surface, station 3813; Kaunakaki Harbor, Molokai, station 3844; north coast of Molokai, surface, stations 3889 and 3905; Pailolo Channel, 30 to 52 fathoms, station 3861; Auau Channel, 14 fathoms, station 3870; south coast of Oahu, surface, station 3921; Hawaiian Islands, U. S. Exploring Expedition, 1 male, 1 female; Maui, lee coast of Oahu and weather coast of Hawaii, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Randall, Dana, Streets), 4 males, 2 females, J. K. Townsend, collector, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Hawaii (Miers). Haunakackai, Molokai (Lenz). This may be the “Neptunus diacanthus” recorded by Cano from Honolulu. Note on this species at Hilo, by H. W. Henshaw, July 26, 1898: “The common bay crab, num- oers of which are brought in every time the fishermen draw their nets. They look much like our Chesapeake crab, and the Kanakas catch them in the same manner — circular net, baited with a bit of meat or fish — as the crabs are caught along the Eastern Shore.” Portunus pubescens (Dana). (PI. xiv, fig. 1. ) Dupa pubescens Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 274, 1852; pi. xvi, fig. 9, 1855. Achelous pubescens A. Milne Edwards, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, X, 1861, 342. Honolulu; Honolulu market; Maui, R. C. McGregor; Kauai, A. Garrett, in Museum of Compara- tive Zoology. Maui (Dana). BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 871 Portunus (Achelous) argentatus (A. Milne Edwards). Neptunus argentatus A. Milne Edwards, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, X, 1861, 332 and 339, pi. xxxi, fig. 4. Honolulu (Cano). Two young specimens, each about 3 mm. long, from the surface on north coast of Molokai Island, station 3889, belong to the argentatus group, but are too small to be determined with certainty. Portunus (Achelous) granulatus (A. Milne Edwards). (PI. xii, fig. 2. ) Lupea granulala A. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I, 1834, 454. Neptunus ( Achelous ) granulatus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXYIII, 1899, 45. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, surface and 43 to 66 fathoms, stations 3846, 3850; Auau Channel, 21 to 28 fathoms, station 3874; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 31 fathoms, stations 4158, 4159; Hilo, 1901; Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology, determined by W. Faxon. Laysan (Lenz). Portunus (Achelous) orbicularis (Richters). (PL xii, fig. 4.) Achelous orbicularis Richters in Mobius, Meeresf. Maurit., 153, pi. xvi, figs. 14, 15, 1880. Neptunus ( Achelous ) orbicularis Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 47. Vicinity of Laysan Island, 16 fathoms, station 3962. Portunus (Xiphonectes) longispinosus (Dana). (PI. xii, fig. 6.) Xiphonectes longispinosus Doflein, Abh. math.-phys. Cl. k. baver. Akad. Wiss., Miinchen, XXI, 1902, 659, pi. v, fig. 7. Portunus ( Xiphonectes ) longispinosus Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXXIX, Dec., 1902, 130, and synonymy. Honolulu Reef; Hilo; weather coast of Kauai, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Dana). Portunus (Xiphonectes) macrophthalmus sp. nov. (PI. xii, fig. 5.), Allied to P. (X) longispinosus. Fronto-orbital width less; median pair of frontal teeth narrower, submedian pair more triangular; orbits narrower and more deeply cut. Antero-lateral spines fewer (four or five), excluding the orbital and the long lateral spine; in P. longispinosus they are usually six (occasionally seven), divisible into two sets, the two anterior separated by a wider space from the four posterior. Outer tooth of orbit narrow', acutely pointed; inner suborbital lobe triangular; merus of last pair of legsunarmed; crest of third segment of male abdomen very prominent, notched in the middle; penult segment longer than broad, much constricted. Dimensions. — Male, station 4160, length 11.9, entire width 27.5, fronto- orbital width 10.4; female, station 3986, length 4.7, entire width 9.7, fronto- orbital width 4.9 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; vicinity of Kauai Island, 362 to 55 fathoms, station 3986; vicinity of Modu Manu, 31 to 39 fath- oms, station 4160 (type locality) . Cat. No. of type, 29688. Fig. 31. — Portunus ( Xipho- nectes) macrophthalmus, abdomen of type male, X-3J. Fig. 30. — Portunus ( Xipho- nectes) longispinosus, Honolulu Reef, abdo- men of male, x 2g. 872 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Charybdis japonica (A. Milne Edwards). (PI. xm, fig. 2.) Portunus ( Charybdis ) 6-dentatusde Haan, Fauna Japon., Crust., 41, pi. xxi, fig. 1, 1835. Not Cancer sexdentatus Herbst. Goniosoma japonicum A. Milne Edwards, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, X, 1861, 373. Charybdis japonica Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1902, 27. Honolulu, U. S. S. Tuscarora, 2 females. Honolulu, collector unknown, 1 male, 1 female. This species is, I think, the one described and figured by de Man (Jour. Linn. Soc. London, XXII, 1888, 80, pi. v, fig. 2) as Goniosoma affine Dana, but it differs from the true Charybdis affinis of Dana in the following characters: C. affinis is wider across front and orbits; front less advanced and less arcuate; side teeth a little concave on their outer slope, making them appear narrower. In affinis the merus of swimming feet is nearly as broad as long, while in japonica it is one and a half times as long as broad. Penult segment of male abdomen with sides more convex in affinis, so that the segment is widest at its middle, while in japonica it is widest at proximal end. There are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology specimens of C. affinis from Singapore and Penang, collected by Capt. W. H. A. Putnam. The Charybdis affinis of Alcock (Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 56) must be a different species, as it has a transverse ridge on the cardiac region, contradictory to the descriptions by Dana and de Man. The species grows to be quite as large as C. cruciata; and it may be noted that one of the conspic- uous differences between these two lies in the merus of the last pair of legs, which in C. cruciata is shorter or three-fourths as broad as long (not three-fourths as long as broad) and in C. japonica two- thirds as broad as long. Charybdis erythrodactyla (Lamarck, 1818). (PI. IV.) Thalamita pulchra Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 117, pi. iv. Goniosoma erythrodactylum A. Milne Edwards, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, X, 1861, 369, and synonymy. Puako Bay, Hawaii; Honolulu; Honolulu market; Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Compar- ative Zoology; Waiawa, Kauai, Valdemar Knudsen; Kauai, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Randall), 2 females, types of T. pulchra, Nuttall and Townsend, in Philadel- phia Academy of Natural Sciences; length of larger, measured to tips of frontal teeth, 161.5, width 188.8 mm. Honolulu (Lenz). Charybdis orientalis Dana. (PI. XIII, fig. 1.) Charybdis orientalis Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1852, 85; Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 285, 1852; pi. xvii, fig. 10, 1855. Not C. ( Goni- osoma;) orientalis Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 63. Carapace about two-thirds as long as broad; four series of transverse granular ridges, the posterior of which connects the last pair of side teeth; surface pilose except on the ridges and margins and two bare spots on the cardiac region. Front cut into 6 truncated teeth, not including the inner orbital angles. Antero-lateral borders with 5 large teeth, the last not larger than the others; a small denticle at outer base of first tooth. Posterior border arcuate and curving into the postero-lateral borders; below the marginal rim at either end of posterior border there is a smooth lobule. Major diameter of orbit less than one-fourth width of inter-orbital space, the lobe at lower inner angle dentiform, obtusangular, the lobe below the outer angle distinct, not dentiform. Arm with 3 spines on the anterior border and one on the posterior border; wrist with a strong spine at the inner angle, 3 small spines on the outer side; 5 large spines on upper surface of hand. Fig. 32. — Charybdis ori- entalis, Honolulu, abdomen of male, X l BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OP1 HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 873 Upper surface of arm, wrist, and hand covered with large granules. Four longitudinal granulated crests on outside of hand below the spines and 2 on the inside; intermediate spaces filled by short transverse granulated costae, which also ornament the outside of the arm. Hands swollen. Fingers with deep pilose grooves separating high smooth ridges. Merus of fifth pair of legs only one and a half times as long as its width at middle, armed with a long distal spine on posterior border. The hind margin of the propodus is armed with a few scattering short, blunt spinules. Penult segment of abdomen of male a little wider than long, sides subparallel except at distal end. Dimensions. — Male, length from base of median notch 51.3, entire length 53.2, width 74 mm. Distribution. — Honolulu, 1 male. Specimens from the Philippine Islands (including the type) and the Society Islands in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Honolulu (Lenz). Thalamonyx gracilipes A. Milne Edwards. Thalamonyx gracilipes A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IX, 1873, 169, pi. iv, fig. 3. Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 71. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; Auau Channel, 21 to 43 fathoms, stations 3872, 3874. Thalamita coeruleipes Jacquinot. Thalamita coeruleipes Jacquinot, in Jacquinot & Lucas, Voyage au Pole Sud, Zoo!., Ill, Crust., p. 53, 1853; atlas, pi. v, fig. 6, 1852 (?). Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; determined by W. Faxon. The postero-lateral angles of the carapace are marked by a rimmed lobe outside the usual postero- lateral ridge. Posterior margin of propodus of natatory legs armed with six or seven spines increasing distally. Thalamita picta Stimpson. Thalamita picta Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., X, 1858, 39. Waikiki Beach; Honolulu; Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Thalamita sima Milne Edwards. Thalamita sima Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 81. Hawaiian Islands (Cano). Thalamita integra Dana. Thalamita integra Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXVIII, 1899, 85. Hilo; Honolulu Reef; Honolulu, U. S. S. Tuscarora and Dr. W. H. Jones; Pearl Harbor; Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets. Honolulu, 16 to 20 fathoms (Miers); Honolulu (Alcock); Honolulu market, also Hawaii (Miers); Oahu (Lenz); Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Streets). Thalamita edwardsi Borradaile. Thalamita edwardsi Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, 579; Fauna and Geog. Maidive and Laccadive Islands, I, 1902, 202. In the Hawaiian collections are found three forms which come within the admete group. The first or smoothest ( T. edwardsi Borradaile) is tolerably abundant on the coral reefs, though much less so than T. integra. The cardiac region is devoid of a crest, and there are only faint traces of its continuation on the branchial regions; fourth lateral tooth rudimentary, minute, often not discernible. Of the crests on the hand the two uppermost are granulous and each armed with two spines, those of one series- alternating with those of the other, the distal extremities armed with a blunt tooth; third crest obsolete; fourth strong and smooth in the young or in the old, obsolete except toward extremities of palm; fifth well developed, smooth; space between first and second crests finely granulous, also halfway to third crest (if such were developed) . 874 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. The second form is rather rare on the reefs, and is characterized by a distinct crest on the cardiao region and in the same line a short and distinct crest on each branchial region; fourth lateral tooth well developed, but smaller than the others. The five crests of the hand are well developed and granulous, the granules diminishing in size from the third to the fifth crest; the terminal projections of the two upper crests may be acute or spinous; space between first and third crests coarsely granulous, which granulation may extend to the fourth crest. The third form inhabits deeper water and occurs in considerable numbers at some stations. All the crests are as strong as or even stronger than in form 2 ; the fourth tooth is rudimentary as in edwardsi; five crests of hand all well developed and granulous, the space as far down as the fourth crest coarsely granulous, some granulation just above the fifth crest, two spines in first row, three in second; lower surface of hand granulous, also a portion of inner surface. Distribution of T. edwardsi. — Honolulu, U. S. S. Tuscarora, Dr. W. H. Jones and IJ. S. Fish Commission; Honolulu Reef; Waikiki Beach; Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets; Hanalei, Kauai, reef; Hilo; Maui, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Streets, as T. admete). The only variation from the typical edwardsi is noted in a female from Honolulu (Cat. No. 25379) in which the fourth tooth is better developed, and the hands tend toward the roughness of form No. 3. .There are in the National Museum no specimens from elsewhere than the Hawaiian Islands. The second form I have called T. admete (Herbst), because it seems to me that the specific name admete should be applied to a form in which the fourth side tooth is well developed. Herbst’s type of Cancer admete is not extant (cf. Hilgendorf, Monats. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, 799), therefore one must rely on his description and figure. Thalamita admete (Herbst). Cancer Admete Herbst, Hatur. d. Krabben u. Krebse, III, pt. 3, p. 40, pi. lvii, fig. 1, 1803. Herbst shows in his figure a fourth tooth of good size and moreover says “der vierte Zahn ist aber weit kleiner, als die ubrigen, mehr dornenartig, und hat das Ansehen, als sey er als ein junger zwischen den beyden grosseren hervorgewachsen.” Distribution. — Laysan, May 1902; Waiawa, Kanai Island, V. Knudsen, 1887. Specimens of the same are in the National Museum from Anamba Islands in the China Sea, Samoa, and Lord Howe Island. The description of T. savignyi A. Milne Edwards applies very well to these specimens except that the inner face of the hand is not granulous. While I may be mistaken in naming this form, I think that it is more nearly correct than the application of “ admete” made by Alcock (1899) and Borradaile (1902). Thalamita auauensis, sp. nov. (PI. xii, fig. 1.) The third form of the admete group described above is not found in Borradaile’s key (loc. cit. 1902), hence a new name is proposed. A different specific designation seems to be warranted Jor each form of the Hawaiian series and no striking intergradations are to be seen in the collection in the National Museum from other locali- ties, which, however, is very limited. Named for Auau Channel where this crab is the most plentiful. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 73 fathoms, stations 3847, 3849, 3850; Auau Channel, 13 to 43 fathoms, stations 3871, 3872, 3873, 3876 (type locality); northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 24 to 83 fathoms, station ,4061; vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128; vicinity of Modu Manu, 26 to 183 fathoms, stations 3978, 4147, 4149, 4161, 4164. Cat. No. of type, 29602. Thalamita spinifera Borradaile. Thalamita exetastica var. spinifera Borradaile, Fauna and Geog. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, 203, 1902. The specimens agree with Borradaile’s description in having the chelipeds covered to a large extent with rounded granulations instead of squamee and the lower side almost smooth (that is, smooth BRACHYTJRA AND MACRITRA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 875 to the naked eye, but really microscopically squamose); and the propodite of the swimming foot armed posteriorly with spinules. It may be added that the subspecies is much larger and wider than typical ex etastica, the largest male (station 3876) measuring 19 mm. long by 27.1 wide, the largest female (station 3850) measuring 17.2 by 25.2 mm. The characters of the eighty specimens examined agree except that in those of medium size there is some variation in the size of the secondary tooth at the base of the first tooth, it being sometimes rudimentary, sometimes plainly developed; in large specimens it is a slender spine of good size. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 238 to 52 fathoms, station 3811; south coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 212 fathoms, stations 3838, 3847 to 3850; Auau Channel, 13 to 65 fathoms, stations 3871 to 3876; vicinity of Kauai Island, 24 to 233 fathoms, stations 3982, 3987, 4002, 4024, 4128; northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 24 to 113 fathoms, stations 4057, 4061, 4062, 4063. Thalamita alcocki de Man. Thalamita alcocki de Man, Abh. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. Frankfurt a. M., XXV, 1902, 646. Vicinity of Modu Manu or Bird Island, 26 to 33 fathoms, station 4148, one ovigerous female, 7.7 mm. long, 11.6 wide, fronto-orbital width 9.6 mm. Thalamita kukenthali de Man. Thalamita kukenthali de Man, Abh. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. Frankfurt a. M., XXV, 1902, 650. Aleunihana Channel, 176 to 49 fathoms, station 4066; one male, 8 mm. long, 11.4 wide, fronto- orbital width 10 mm. In this specimen the cardiac crest can scarcely be made out. This and the preceding species differ from T. exet.astica macrodonta Borradaile ( Fauna and Geog. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, 203, 1902) in having spines on the hinder edge of the last propodite. Podophthalmus vigil (Fabricius). Podophthalmus vigil Miers, Challenger Rept. , Zool., XVII, 207, 1886, and synonymy. Honolulu, Pearl Harbor; lee coast of Oahu, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; Heeia; Mauna Loa, beach; Hilo. Hawaiian Islands (Gibbes, Randall), 4 males, Nuttall and Townsend, collectors, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Honolulu Reefs (Miers). Honolulu (Lenz). Family CANCRID7E. Kraussia integra (de Haan). (PI. xiv, fig. 3.) Kraussia integra Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LX VIII, 1899, 97, and synonymy. Distribution. — Vicinity of Laysan Island, 20 to 30 fathoms, station 3955, 1 female with eggs; north- east coast of Hawaii Island, 50 to 63 fathoms, station 4063, 1 juv. Kraussia rugulosa (Krauss). Kraussia rugulosa Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 302, 1852; pi. xix, fig. 1 a-f, 1855. De Man, Arch. f. Natur., LIII, 1887, 1, p. 343, pi. xiv, fig. 2. Island of Maui (Dana). Kraussia hendersoni Rathbun. (PL xiv, fig. 2.) Kraussia nitida Henderson; Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2), V, 1893, 379, pi. xxxvii, fig. 9. Kraussia hendersoni Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXXIX, 1902, 133. I have not seen K. rugulosa, but to judge from the figures given by Dana and de Man (loc. cit. ), the carapace is more orbicular, narrower through the hepatic region, the fingers are longer and quite ■ otherwise in shape, and there are three or four antero-lateral teeth evident behind the orbital tooth. 876 BULLETIN OP THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. One egg-laden female of K. hendersoni was taken at station 3876, Auau Channel, 28 to 43 fathoms. It differs from a Samoan example in having the submedian lobes of front as advanced as the lateral pair; the granules which make up the rugae of the palm and also those on the fingers are more elevated and are plainly visible to the naked eye. PLATEPISTOMA, gen. nov. Epistome broad (from side to side), its posterior margin well defined and not overlapped by the outer maxillipeds. Merus of latter as broad as long, its antero-external angle produced. Buccal cavity widening anteriorly. Carapace suborbicular, margins spinous. Eyestalks very stout, filling the orbits. Basal joint of antenna longer than wide, filling the orbital hiatus. In the well-defined buccal cavity in which the maxillipeds neatly fit, this genus is not a typical Cancrid, and approaches the Pilumnidse; the genus Telmessm is perhaps nearest of the Cancridae; in all other respects it has the characteristic appearance of the family. In the form of the carapace it has much the aspect of Hypopeltarium; the basal joint of the antenna is not far removed from Atelecyclus. It is unfortunate that this new form should be represented in the collection by only a young specimen; but, although the adult may differ, it is obviously not possible to place the species in any known genus. Platepistoma macrophthalmum, sp. nov. Carapace slightly wider than long, suborbicular with a fairly well-marked lateral angle, moder- ately convex in both directions; regions indicated, surface uneven, pubescent and covered with sharp granules, with longer spinules on the summits of the areolae. Frontappearingtridentate; the median tooth small, triangular, bent down to the interantennular septum; the lateral teeth are shallow lobes formed by upper mar- gin of antennulary fossettes. Orbits shallow, large, a little wider than high and completely filled by the eyes; upper margin spinulous and cut by two small V-shaped notches. Antero-lateral and postero-lateral margins subequal, the former convex and cut into five large, alternating with four small, spines, the spines broad at base and slender pointed. On the straight postero-lateral mar- gin there is a spine of medium size, next the lateral angle, followed by several spinules. Lower orbital margin with a small round sinus not far from its middle; inner angle tipped with a spinule, but slightly more advanced than outer angle. Basal segment of antennules large, suboblong, taper- ing distally. The same segment of antennae is long, reaching for half its length beyond the lower orbital angle and meeting the upper orbital angle, sides subparallel, concave inner margin forming external boundary of antennular cavity. Movable part of antennae half as long as carapace. Epistome short, posterior margin notched behind middle of antennules. The buccal cavity widens perceptibly anteriorly. Maxillipeds not at all pediform. Merus wider than ischium, wider than long, antero-external angle much produced laterally and rounded ; anterior margin transverse. Exognath surpassing in length the endognath. Chelipeds equal and of moderate size, much as in Telmessus; spinulous, spinules arranged in longi- tudinal series on the palm, and largest on upper surface. Fingers furrowed, dentate on inner edges and fitting together when closed. Legs of moderate size, merus and carpus joints minutely spinulous above, with a longer terminal spinule. Horny nail very long and slender, occupying nearly one-third of dactylus. The whole animal is covered with a pubescence, which must be removed in order to see the spinulation and granulation. Fig. 33. — Platepistoma macrophthalmum, type female. a, Dorsal view, x 3J. b, Antennal and buccal area, X 10. c, Chela, x 9f. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 877 Dimensions. — The single specimen, which is a young female, measures only 4.2 mm. long and 4.7 wide. Type locality. — North coast of Maui Island, 238 to 253 fathoms, station 4083, 1 female (Cat. No. 29791). Family INACHID£. Achasus affinis Miers. Achxus affinis Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 172. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 60 to 64 fathoms, station 3845; vicinity of Laysan Island, 163 to 59 fathoms, station 3939; northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 50 to 63 fathoms, station 4063; north coast of Maui Island, 56 to 59 fathoms, station 4072. Achaeopsis superciliaris Ortmann. Achseopsis superciliaris Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., VII, 1893, 36, pi. m, fig. 3. Distribution. — Vicinity of Laysan Island, 163 to 59 fathoms, station 3939; north coast of Maui Island, 57 to 58 fathoms, station 4076. The specimens which I have referred here are much smaller than that figured by Ortmann, the largest measuring 4.7 mm. in length. They are, however, adult, most of the females being laden with ova. The margin of the rostral lobes, as well as the supra-ocular margin, is spinulous. The spine above the posterior branchial margin represented by Ortmann is indicated only by a tubercle. Nev- ertheless, I think it very probable that they are the same species. Cyrtomaia smithi Rathbun. (PI. VI.) Cyrtomaia smithi Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1893, 229. A large species. Surface covered with rough granules, carapace finely pubescent anteriorly. Regions well marked. Three gastric spines, the posterior median the smallest; cardiac region divided by a shallow longitu- dinal depression into two swellings each tipped with a spine. Other spines are as follows: One small anterior branchial; a submarginal branchial row continued on the pterygostomian region; a promi- nent spine at outer angle of orbit and another on upper margin, a line of spinules between and in line with the upper orbital and the larger gastric spine; one or more median gastric spinules; a small marginal hepatic spine. Rostral spines short, conical, horizontal, interspace V-shaped; median sub- rostral spine equally strong. Spines of carapace diminishing in size with age. Basal joint of antennae with outer and anterior margin spinulous. Chelipeds in male three and three-fourths times as long as body, armed with spines and spinules; merus nearly as long as propodus, the longest spine on the innermost row. Palms enlarging distally, a row of strong spines on middle of inner and of outer face; protuberances of upper surface very coarse. Fingers irregularly toothed, narrowly gaping. Palms of female much more slender. First pair of legs four or five times as long as carapace, spines of last two joints extremely long and slender on the lower or posterior side, forming in flexion a formidable weapon. Other legs rapidly difninishing in length, strength, and armature, the last pair being two and a half times length of carapace and devoid of spines except one at tip of merus. In the old the penult pair is equally devoid of spines. In the young the last three pairs are very nearly of a length. Sternum armed with spines mostly slender. First and sixth segments of abdomen in both sexes with a distal median spine; second to fifth segments, inclusive, with two distal submedian spinules. Dimensions. — Male, station 3984, length to median sinus 61, to tip of rostrum 65, width 69.3, length of arm 105, of propodus 113, of dactylus 48.8, length of first ambulatory about 235 mm., greatest span 2 feet 4 inches. The largest specimen is a male, station 4083, which has a paper shell and is badly broken. Length of arm 140, of propodus 149, of dactylus 67, span 3 feet. Color. — Note by collector on male, station 3817: “Pale pink on sides and posterior portion of carapace, becoming salmon pink on anterior part of carapace and on two anterior pairs of legs; three posterior pairs lighter, almost white; eyes lustrous gray.” Note by collector, station 3984: “ Female, pale madder pink shading to yellow ocher on dorsum of legs. Abdomen white. Male, pale yellow ocher.” 878 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED . STATES FISH COMMISSION. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 298 to 447 fathoms, stations 3470 (type locality), 3473, 3474, 3475, 3476, and 4112; south coast of Oahu Island, 220 to 337 fathoms, stations 3817, 3911, 3916, and 3919; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 241 to 282 fathoms, stations 4116 and 4117 ; southwest coast of Oahu Fig. 34. — Cyrtomaia smithi, female type, reduced. Island, 352 to 357 fathoms, station 4123; south coast of Molokai Island, 222 to 498 fathoms, stations 3824 and 3839; north coast of Molokai Island, 328 to 414' fathoms, station 3892; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 684 fathoms, stations 3865, 3867, 3868, 3883, and 3884; northeast approach to Pailolo Channel, 272 to Fig. 35 .—Cyrtomaia smithi. a, Ventral view of female, Cat. No. 17518, x TV b, Side view of same, c, Abdomen of male, station 3984, x |. 286 fathoms, stations 4096 and 4097; vicinity of Modu Mann, 222 to 800 fathoms, stations 3979 and 4166; vicinity of Kauai Island,. 55 to 478 fathoms, stations 3984, 3986, 3998, 4022, 4028, 4130, 4131, and 4132; north coast of Maui Island, 238 to 267 fathoms, stations 4083 and 4084. BEACH YURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 879 Cyrtomaia lamellata, sp. nov. A small species. Resembles much the preceding. Carapace wider. Spines of carapace long, as in C. smithi of equal size, not as in C. smithi adult; thirteen long spines, three gastric, two cardiac, two branchial (one behind the other), one exorbital, one marginal hepatic; a row of short spines just below the epimeral suture and a short row subparallel and above it. Rostral spines very short; the median subrostral projection thin, laminar, upper surface longitudi- nally concave, tip broken off in all our specimens. Upper margin of orbit much thickened. Eye- stalks longer and slenderer than in the preceding. Basal antennal joint armed with three laminar branching spines; next two joints laminately expanded in three directions. Chelipeds and legs much as in young of C. smithi. Dimensions. — Male, station 4046, approximate length to median sinus 13, width 13.8 mm. Ovig- erous female, station 3838, length to median sinus 13.1, width 12.7 mm. Distribution.— -South coast of Molokai Island, 92 to 212 fathoms, station 3838 (type locality); west coast of Hawaii Island, 147 to 71 fathoms, station 4046; northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 83 to 113 fathoms, station 4062. Cat. No. of type, 29701. The presence of two branchial spines and absence of a supraorbital spine easily separates the spe- cies from C. smithi. Oncinopus aranea (de Haan). Oncinopus aranea Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 183, and synonymy. Odnopus aranea Borradaile, Failna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., II, 685, text fig. 123, 1903. Distribution.— Vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128; vicinity of Modu Manu, 33 to 71 fathoms, stations 4149 and 4164. Sphenocarcinus carbunculus, sp. nov. (PI. xiv, fig. 6.) Posterior two-tbirds of carapace covered with nine large raised, button-like protuberances, regularly disposed, three median, on the gastric, cardiac, and intestinal regions, and three on each branchial region, of which one is at the postero-lateral angle of the carapace; these buttons are a little convex above, constricted below, and of a crimson red color except near the edge, which is whitish. A sim- ilar protuberance is on the side of the hepatic region, its anterior end being hollowed out inwardly to form a postocular cup. On the gastric region are three tubercles arranged in a triangle base backward. F.C. B. 1903, Pt. 3— 8 880 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Rostrum divided nearly to its base; horns about one-fourth or one-fifth the length of the remainder of the carapace, slender, straight, moderately deflexed and divergent. Supraooular eave moderately swollen, its anterior end not prominent. Chelipeds of male a little stouter than legs and nearly as long as carapace; those of female no j stouter than legs, and a little shorter than carapace minus rostrum; surface smooth; fingers narrowly j gaping in both sexes. Ambulatory legs slender, unarmed except for a spinule at the end of the merus. The entire surface of the crab except the fingers is covered with a short dense coat of vesicular pubescence, which is thinner and more easily rubbed off from the top of the buttons. There are also i long slender hairs except- on the elevations. Dimensions. — Female, type, median length 12.3, including horns 14.7, width 10.4 mm.; male, j station 4081, median length 11.1, including horns 14, width 9 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 169 to 182 fathoms, station 3835 (type locality); west j coast of Hawaii Island, 198 to 147 fathoms, station 4045; north coast of Maui Island, 143 to 220 fathoms, stations 4079, 4080, and 4081; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 195 to 241 fathoms, station 4115. Cat. | No. of type, 29798. - This species in its horns and orbits approaches S. stimpsoni (Miers), from which the difference in J the excrescences will readily separate it, and should the genus Oxyple.urodon Miers be maintained ; apart from Sphenocarcinus, our species should belong to the former. The orbits are truly Pisine, there being a deepish sinus above, between the supraocular eave and the postorbital cup; the inferior sinus J is as deep as, but much narrower than, in S. stimpsoni (see Miers, Challenger Brachyura, pi. vi, I fig. 16). j Huenia proteus (de Haan). Huenia proteus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 195, and synonymy. Borradaile, i Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., II, 686, text fig. 124, pi. xlvii, figs. 1 and 2, 1903. j Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 73 to 43 fathoms, station 3849; Auau Channel, 43 to i 32 fathoms, station 3872; vicinity of Laysan Island, 10 to 30 fathoms, stations 3955 and 3959; French Frigate Shoal, 14J to 17£ fathoms, stations 3968, 3969, and 3970; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 183 j fathoms, stations 4146, 4158, 4161, and 4164. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, 1 female, in Museum of i Comparative Zoology. Simocarcinus simplex (Dana). Simocarcinus simplex Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 196,. and synonymy. Hilo, H. W. Henshaw; Honolulu Reef; Waikiki Beach; Laysan; Hawaiian Islands, W. H. Pease, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Oahu or Maui (Dana). Honolulu (Cano). A lobule is present at either extremity of the posterior border of the carapace. The tip of the rostrum sometimes shows signs of bifurcation. Echinoecus pentagonus Rathbun. Echinoecus pentagonus Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XVII, 1894, 66. Vicinity of Modu Manu, 26 fathoms, station 4147 ; 1 male. Male of same shape as female, anterior portion less deflexed; rostrum not emarginate; length 10.2, width 9.4 mm. Menaethius monoceros (Latreille). Mensethius monoceros Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 197, and synonymy. Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., II, 1903, 686. Fig. 37. — Echinoecus pentagonus , male, station 4147, x If. Distribution. — Vicinity of Laysan Island, 10 to 16 fathoms, stations 3959 and 3962; French Frigate Shoal, 14J to 16J fathoms, station 3968; vicinity of Modu Manu, 21 to 46 fathoms, stations 3978 and 4162; Honolulu, 1901; reef in front of Honolulu, 1901; east and west coasts of Maui, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Lahaina, Maui (Dana). BRACHYURA AND MAORURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 881 Acanthonyx simplex Dana. Accmthonyur simplex Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 126, 1852; pi. v, fig. 4 a-d, 1855. Hawaiian Islands (Dana). Halimus hilgendorfi. (de Man). Hyastenus hilgendorfii Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 209, and synonymy. Vicinity of Laysan Island, 16 fathoms, station 3962; one female bearing eggs. Total length, with horns, 14 mm. The marginal hepatic projection is larger than represented by de Man. The submarginal tuber- cles, said to be behind the one which lies above the base of the cheliped, are not developed. A young specimen is also in the collection without label of station., Halimus tenuicornis (Pocock). Halimus tenuicornis Rath bun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. , XXXIX, 1902, 133, and synonymy. Bor- radaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., II, 687, 1903. On the upper margin of the orbit, between the supraocular eave and postocular lobe, there is a small spine which is larger in smaller specimens. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; Auau Channel, 43 to 32 fathoms, station 3872; vicinity of Laysan Island, 10 to 163 fathoms, stations 3936, 3939, 3940, 3955, 3959, and 3962; French Frigate Shoal, 14) to 16) fathoms, station 3968; vicinity of Modu Manu, 32 to 46 fathoms, station 3978; vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 71 fathoms, stations 4146, 4149, 4158, 4159, and 4171. Halimus ovatus (Dana). Lahaina ovata Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 93, 1852; pi. n, fig. 1 a-f, 1855. Lahaina, Maui (Dana). Perinea tumida Dana. Perinea tumida Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 114, 1852; pi. iv, fig. 1 a-f, 1855. Distribution. — Kailua; Honolulu; Laysan. Lahaina, Maui (Dana).. Hawaii (Stimpson); one specimen labeled “Sandwich Islands, N. Pac. Expl. Exped.” in Museum of Comparative Zoology. The upper margin of the orbit is not so deeply hollowed out as in Dana's figure and the tubercle either side of the cardiac region is larger. Chlorinoides goldsborougiii, sp. nov. (PI. XIV, fig. 7.) Surface granulous; two median gastric spines, one intestinal, two cardiac side by side, two large branchial, one of which is much further in and a little behind the other; the outermost, which marks the postero-lateral angle, has a smaller spine in front of it; two flattened lobes on margins of hepatic and branchial regions. Rostral horns about one-third as long as post-frontal portion of carapace. Supra-ocular eave with a subtruncate tooth at anterior and posterior angles, the latter less advanced than postocular spine; intermediate spine long. Basal antennal joint with lateral margins very prominent, each terminating in a slender spine, otherwise unarmed. Chelipeds of male nearly one and one- half times total length of carapace, stout; crests of arm and wrist irregularly dentate, a spine at distal end of arm ; chelipeds of female very slender and only as long as postrostral portion of carapace. Legs decreasing rapidly in length, first pair in male as long as cheliped less half of fingers, in female exceeding cheliped; meral, carpal, and propodal joints spinulous above, the meral joints each with three spines at distal end. 882 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Dimensions. — Male, station 3859, length to median sinus 12.5, to tip of horns 16.4, width without i spines 9.3 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 134 to 130 fathoms, station 3854; Pailolo Channel, i 127 to 148 fathoms, stations 3856, 3859 (type locality), and 3886. Cat. No. of type, 29699. In the arrangement of the dorsal spines this species resembles C. spatulifer (Haswell), but in the j latter the spines of the posterior half are spatuliform, the supraocular eave is more projecting, the \ horns more spreading. Named for Mr. E. L. Goldsborough, one of the Fish Commission collectors on the Hawaiian |i expedition of 1901. With regard to Chlorinoides Haswell, 1880, vs. Acanthophrys A. Milne Edwards, 1865, both Alcock || (Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 241) and Miers (Challenger Brachyura, 52, 1886) have over- ' looked the fact that Miers himself designated the type of Acanthophrys (Jour. Linn. Soc. London, XIV, I, 1879, 657 ) as A. cristimanus A. Milne Edwards; the type therefore can not be changed and the important j point yet to be determined is, not whether C. tenuirostris Haswell (the type of Chlorinoides ) is conge- -j neric with A. aculeatus A. Milne Edwards, but whether it is congeneric with A. cristimanus A. Milne Edwards. If this proves to be the case, then the name Acanthophrys must take the place of Chlorinoides. I Schizophrys hilensis, sp. nov. A smaller species than S. aspera. Surface hairy except the chelipeds, which are nearly naked. j Carapace nongranulous, punctate; three gastric spinules in a narrow triangle, base forward; two j cardiac tubercles side by side ; a short intes- ; tinal spine; a branchial spinule on either j side of it; two longer spines on posterior [■ margin, either side of middle; five spines forming a marginal curve on each side, the | first hepatic. No accessory spines on rostrum; horns j straight, sharp, one-sixth as long as post- \ frontal portion of carapace. Supraocular eave thick, its posterior t f angle projecting as an acute tooth; post- ! ocular spine simple, broad at base; inter- mediate spine long. . Chelipeds smooth. Meral joints of legs ending in a sharp tubercle. Otherwise much as in S. aspera. Length of largest specimen, a female, j: on median line 17.3, length to tip of horns 19.8, width without spines 12.8 mm. Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw, 1 male, 4 females, types (Cat. No. 29794). West coast of Maui, A. Garrett, October 27, 1859, in Museum of j Comparative Zoology.. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett, April 25, 1860, in Museum of Comparative J Zoology. Ophthalmias a cervicornis (Herbst). Stenocenops cervicornis Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli (1), III, 1889, 102 and 177. Stenocionops cervicornis Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 248. Honolulu (Cano). Micippa philyra (Herbst). Micippa hirtipes Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 90, 1852; pi. i, fig. 4 a-e, 1855. Micippa philyra Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 249, and synonymy. Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Ophthalmias Kathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XI, 1897, 157. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 883 Micippa parca Alcock. Micippa mcirgaritifera var. parca Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 253; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Pt. VI, pi. xxxv, fig. 4, 1898. Micippa pgrca Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., II, 1903, 689. Distribution. — French Frigate Shoal, 14J to 171 fathoms, stations 3968, 3970, and 3971; vicinity of Modu Manu, 23 to 26 fathoms, station 4146. In our specimens the superior fissures of the orbit are more V-shaped than in the figure cited, the outer margin of the hepatic region more pronouncedly spinulous, the lower part of the front broader, being twice as wide as its height below the attachment of the basal joint of the antenna. Family PARTHENOPID^. Parthenope ( Platylambrus ) nummifera, sp. nov. (PI. xiv, fig. 4.) Surface pubescent. Widest part of carapace in line with the anterior margin of the cardiac region. A hollow at the posterior corners of the mesogastric region and another between hepatic and branchial regions. Surface covered, but not closely, with tubercles of variable size which are somewhat mush- roomlike, the stalks very short and thick, tops very finely and densely granulate; intermediate space more sparingly granulate; of these tubercles the largest are one median gastric, one median cardiac, a cluster on the anterior elevated portion of the branchial regions. Spines of surface granulated, blunt, not long, disposed as follows: One at rear end of the branchial region, one median at rear end of car- diac region; one marginal hepatic, a row of about six on the antero-lateral margin of the branchial region of which the posterior is the larger; between it and the dorsal branchial spine a row of two or three small but elevated tubercles; a spine on postero-lateral margin at end of broad depression which separates cardiac from elevated part of branchial region; from this spine a row of tubercles running along the depression. A row of small tubercles on posterior margin, the end one largest. Beak small, prominent, trifid; upper margin of antennulary cavities spinulous. Upper orbital border very thick, a large forward-projecting tubercle; edge crenulate. Chelipeds of male 3f , of female 2f times as long as carapace, covered with tubercles like those of the carapace, margins armed with very short stout spines or pointed tubercles, arms bluntly angular. In both sexes, the hands are notably unequal in stoutness, the fingers of the larger one widely gaping. Legs very slender, armed with small stout spines. Dimensions. — Male type, length 15.2, width 16.7, length of larger cheliped 55.5 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 51 to 238 fathoms, stations 3809 and 3811; south coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 212 fathoms, stations 3838, 3845, 3846, and 3847; north coast of Molokai Island, 66 to 96 fathoms, station 3906; vicinity of Kauai Island, 50 to 296 fathoms, stations 3987 and 3991; northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 63 to 113 fathoms, stations 4062 (type locality) and 4064; Aleunihana Channel, 49 to 176 fathoms, station 4066; vicinity of Modu Manu, 71 to 160 fathoms, station 4150. Cat. No. of type, 29826. Variations. — The single specimen from station 3811 is a well-marked variety. All the spines are sharper and more prominent than in the typical form, and in place of the larger tubercles on the carapace of the latter there are sharp-pointed spines, as one on summit of gastric, of cardiac and of branchial regions. In many examples the tubercles of the branchial elevation are more or less run together, forming large blister-like patches. Near P. (P.) echinata (Herbst)“ (pi. xv, fig. 8) of which a specimen from the Orissa coast has been kindly sent me by Major Alcock. Our species is smaller and narrower, genital region depressed, interspaces between elevations more granulated, chelipeds and legs longer, lower margin of distal end of larger cheliped convex. In P. echinata the median spine on the genital region is as elevated as the two on the gastric and cardiac regions. Also very nearly related toP. verrucosa (Studer) (Abh. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1882, 9, pi. i, fig. 2 a-b, 1883) which has fewer and larger tubercles on carapace and chelipeds, and less flattened and smoother legs. a See Lambrus ( Platylambrus ) echinatus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 264, and synonymy. 884 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Parthenope (Platylambrus) stellata, sp. nov. (PI. xv, figs. 1, 2, and 7.) Carapace subtriangular, one and a half times as broad as long. A shallow post-hepatic constric- tion. Surface of carapace and chelipeds covered everywhere with flattened stellar granules, varying in size and densely placed. Branchio-cardiac and branchio-hepatic depressions not very deep. Pro- tuberances surmounted by a tubercle disposed as follows: Three gastric in a triangle base forward, two median cardiac, the anterior much the more prominent, two branchial, the posterior on postero- lateral margin and both in line with one at end of posterior margin. Front narrow, tip tuberculiform. The outer angle of the antennulary fossette is a projecting tooth. A small, blunt spine near posterior end of hepatic margin. Thirteen or fourteen similar spines on antero-lateral margin of branchial region, the last of which forms the lateral angle; near it, on the transverse portion of the postero-lateral margin, two or three spines. Chelipeds massive, in the male three times as long as carapace; surface nodular; arm obscurely prismatic, margins armed with short, granulated spines, those of the posterior margin the larger, the row being continued proximally on the upper surface. One chela a little stouter than the other, marginal protuberances very nodular and irregular, the largest near middle of inner margin. Fingers of larger chela gaping. In the type the pollex of the smaller claw is entirely lacking, the propodus being truncate at the distal end, with the lower corner smoothly rounded. Legs very rough, with spinulous borders and surface sharply granulate; lower surface of all the legs and upper surface of merus of the first to third pairs relatively smooth. Distal two-thirds of propodus and basal half of dactylus clothed with long, coarse hair. Variations. — The above description applies to the type specimen only. A smaller male (station 4045) shows the tubercles and spines all sharp instead of blunt pointed, and lacks the hair near the ends of the legs. Five of the other six specimens are so different from the type as almost to be declared an inde- pendent species. They may be known as P. (P. ) stellata lacunosa. The branchio-cardiac depression is deep, and another depression runs along the outer side of the branchial region, adjacent to the marginal teeth. The elevated part of this region has a row of large pits through its middle, and similar lines of pits dividing the gastric region in three and roughening the chelipeds. The granules are in large part confluent and thus obliterated, especially on the higher parts of the carapace and the cheli- peds. The legs have smooth surfaces, thin cristate margins which are somewhat crenate or dentate in the merus and are destitute of long hair. Along with two of this variety from station 4100 is one which is intermediate between the typical and varietal form, the stellate granules being everywhere fairly well shown, and also the lines of pits. Still a third form seems worthy of a distinguishing name, P. (P.) stellata complanata. It differs from the type in the surface of carapace and chelipeds being smooth to the naked eye, though under the lens finely punctate and roughened; the elevations which in the other forms are crowned with a tubercle or spine are here low and smoothly rounded; the tubercle or spine at the inner third of the postero-lateral margin is represented by a triangular nodule; tubercle at each end of posterior margin large and round; antero-lateral teeth broader and more dentiform than in other forms; no teeth nor spines at outer end of postero-lateral margin, but a nodule on the dorsal surface at that point may represent them; marginal spines of chelipeds inclining to sharp; legs approaching the type in rough- ness; margins prominently spinate, without long hair. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 238 to 52 fathoms, station 3811 (type locality), 1 male (Cat. No. 29839); south coast of Molokai Island, 169 to 182 fathoms, station 3835, 1 female lacunosa; west coast of Hawaii Island, 198 to 147 fathoms, station 4045, 1 male lacunosa type (Cat. No. 29842), • 1 male .sharp-spined variety; Pailolo channel, 130 to 151 fathoms, station 4100, 2 male lacunosa, 1 male intermediate; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 154 to 195 fathoms, station 4114, 1 small female lacunosa; vicinity of Kauai Island, 257 to 312 fathoms, station 4132, 2 male complanata, type (Cat. No. 29845).-. This species can be told at once by its very broad form, stellate granulation, and in the variety by the lines of pits. The type specimen has several stalked barnacles attached and also a worm tube adherent to the Whole length of outer surface of right or larger cheliped. A much smaller individual from station 4045 representing the sharp-spined variety has also a barnacle on the carapace. BRACHYURA AND MAORURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 885 Parthenope ( Rhinolambrus ) lamelligera (White). (PI. xvii, fig. 1.) Lambrus lamelliger White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., 12, 1847 (nomen nudum); Proc. Zool. Soc. • London, XV, 1847, 58. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), V, 1880, 230; Challenger Rept., Zool., XVII, 1886, 93 {?L. rumphii Bleeker). Lambrus lamellifrons Adams & White, Voy. Samarang, Crust., 26, pi. v, fig. 1, 1848. Carapace with rostrum a little longer than broad, its surface covered, though not closely, with granulated tubercles and cylindrical blunt spines. Five median spines, one gastric, three cardiac, one posterior marginal; two side by side on gastric in front of median; one large branchial spine forming the middle one of a longitudinal Curve of three; on antefo-lateral margin of branchial region a row of about eight small spines. Hepatic region prominent, with one noticeably long spine. Orbital region prominent, carapace distinctly constricted behind it. A spine on dorsal surface of each supraocular eave; Rostrum strongly deflexed, narrow, armed with two or three small spines on each side. Chelipeds in adult female from two to two and two-fifths times as long as carapace; covered with sharp and gfanulated tubercles, and on the margins rough triangular spines. Anterior or inner margin of arm with about five long spines and at the distal end three or four smaller ones; above a row of about eight very uneven spines and on the outer margin two or three large ones. On inner margin of hand about-six large spines, on outer margin five to seven large ones, and two or more on upper surface. Spines of lower margin of cheliped small, but fairly uniform and very jagged. Legs almost smooth, armed only with a few rough tubercles; transversely banded in two colors. There are only two large specimens (females) in the collection; the largest, which is laden with eggs, has the prominent spines much less developed — that is, lower, blunter, and more tuberculiform than in the specimen slightly smaller. The largest male is 14 mm. long, and its chelipeds are just as long in proportion to the carapace as in the adult female. Small specimens are much smoother than large ones, one the same size as that shown by Adams and White (loc. cit. ) agreeing very well with the figure. Dimensions. — Female, station 3861, length 51.2, width 49.5 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 66 fathoms, stations 3847 and 3850; Pailolo Channel, 30 to 52 fathoms, station 3861; Auau Channel, 13 to 43 fathoms, stations 3871, 3874, and 3876; vicinity of Kauai Island, 237 to 164 fathoms, station 3984; vicinity of Modu Manu, 23 to 56 fathoms, stations 4146 and 4164. This species seems not to differ much from P. (R. ) longispina Miers. (See Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 266.) The rostrum, however, is narrower and armed along the sides and there is only a single spine on the posterior border in the middle line. Parthenope (Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus (Adams & White). Lambrus ( Aulacolambrus ) hoplonotus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 273, and synonymy. East coast of Maui, A. Garrett, 1 dried specimen, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Parthenope (Aulacolambrus) whitei (A. Milne Edwards). (PI. xv, fig. 5.) Lambrus ( Aulacolambrus ) whitei Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 274. South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; 1 male. This specimen differs from the figure given by Adams and White (Voy. Samarang, Crust., pi. v, fig. 3) in the following particulars: The median spines are much lower; the tubercles and granules of the carapace are more numerous; the large lateral spine extends further sideways; on its posterior base are two teeth; the submedian pair of spines on the posterior margin are very much smaller. 886 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Parthenope ( Parthenolambrus ) calappoides (Adams & White). (PI. xv, fig. 6.) Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) calappoides Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 275, and synonymy. Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., II, 1903, 690. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 43, to 66 fathoms, stations 3845, 3846, and 3850; Auau Channel, 28 to 43 fathoms, station 3876; vicinity of Kauai Island, 40 to 233 fathoms, stations 3982, 3987, and 4002; northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 24 to 83 fathoms, station 4061; vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128; vicinity of Modu Manu, 26 to 56 fathoms, stations 4148 and 4164. This species, as Alcock has said, is very variable. In most specimens the regions are not carinated nor sharply raised; in some, however, notably those from, stations 3982 and 4164, there is a very high nodule on the gastric and on the cardiac region, the branchial region has a rather strong carina, with a tubercle at its middle, the hepatic region is narrowed and thickened and in consequence widely separated from the branchial region, the supraocular lobes are extremely high. Between this form and the typical are gradations, even in individuals from a single station, as 4061. Another remarkable variety is represented by an ovigerous female from station 4148. This form varies in a different way from the typical, and were it not for the extraordinary diversity which I have found in other species of Parthenope , e. g. , P. stellata and P. nummifera, I should describe it as a distinct species. All the margins of the carapace are more spreading, the front is less vertical, the posterior margin forms a more produced lobe, the antero-lateral border is more limb-like, the lateral angles are strongly upcurved. A long gastric and cardiac spine. Surface of carapace and chelipeds crisply gran- ular and margins of the latter sharply dentate. On the proximal half of upper margin of palm a very thin lamellar lobe with crenated edge. In other specimens this lobe is either absent altogether, as in the typical form, or represented by a thick blunt nodule, as in the nodular variety from station 3982 described above. Daldorfia horrida (Linnaeus). (PI. xiv, fig. 5.) Parthenope horrida Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, 1895, 279, and synonymy. Distribution. — Auau Channel, 21 to 43 fathoms, stations 3872 and 3874; Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Hen- shaw; Oahu, H. Mann, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Hawaiian Islands (Randall); one large male, J. K. Townsend, collector, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Laysan Island (Lenz). In the two larger specimens the teeth of the legs are triangular except on upper margins of merus joints, where, in the male from station 3874, they are scythe-shaped, the point of each scythe touching or overlapping the convexity of the next, so as to leave orbicular interspaces; in the male from Hilo, the “scythes” have two points in opposite directions and the base of the sinuses is denticulate. The sternal hollow in the largest and smallest male is subtriangular with corners rounded; in the male from station 3874, it is transverse oblong with a shallow median parti- tion. There is also a line of smaller cavities on either side of the male abdomen. Harrovia truneata, sp. nov. (PI. xiv, fig. 8.) Carapace hexagonal, a little broader than long; elevated portions finely granulate, depressions smooth. Three gastric elevations corresponding to the regional subdivisions; a transverse curved fold or elevation running across the cardiac and part way across the branchial region; smaller and lower nodules on the anterior branchial and hepatic areas. Front slightly deflexed, truncate, divided into two feebly concave and oblique lobes by a small notch, and separated by a faint-groove from the inconspicuous orbital angle; edge double, granulate. Two teeth of moderate size, at lateral angle; at posterior base of the last one a much smaller tooth; a notch at middle of postero-lateral margin which is thick and coarsely granulate. A single line of granules on posterior margin. Fig. 39. — Daldorfia hor- rida, Hilo, first ambula- tory leg, x lg. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 887 Endostome with longitudinal ridges. Inflected portion of carapace and margin of maxilliped furnished with club-shaped setse. Only one cheliped, the right, present, shorter and more cancroid than in other species; length about one and a half times that of carapace; surface granular; a broad tooth on upper and lower margins of arm near distal end; a triangular tooth at inner angle of wrist, outer face rough. Palm as high as its superior length, ridged longitudi- nally inside and out, there being four ridges outside, between upper and lower margins. Fingers stout, grooved, fitting close together. Legs compressed, with sharp, cristiform borders; two teeth on upper border of carpal, .one on same border of propodal joints; last three joints hairy below. The single specimen, a male, is immature. Dimensions. — Male, length 5.5, width 6.5 mm. Type locality. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 233 to 40 fathoms, station 3982, 1 male (Cat. No. 29804). This species is distinguished*by the absence of a supraorbital tooth, the short chelipeds and dentate carpal and propodal joints of legs. Family CALAPPID^. Calappa calappa (Linnaeus). Calappa fornicata Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXV, 1896, 142, and synonymy. Honolulu; Honolulu market; Oahu, H. Mann, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Calappa hepatica (Linnaeus). Native name, Papaki (Owen). Calappa hepatica Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXV, 1896, 142, and synonymy. Honolulu; Honolulu reef; Honolulu market; Hilo. Hawaiian Islands (Randall, Eydoux & Souleyet, Dana, Streets); 5 specimens collected by T. Nuttall and J. K. Townsend, in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Oahu (Owen). Honolulu reefs (Miers) . Pearl Harbor and Laysan (Lenz). Calappa g-allus (Herbst). Calappa gallus Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXV, 1896, 146, and synonymy. Hilo, in little tidal pool, and Keaukaha, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw; Kauai, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; northeast coast of Hawaii, 24 to 83 fathoms, station 4061; south coast of Molokai, 43 to 66 fathoms, station 3850; vicinity of Modu Manu, 30 to 31 fathoms, station 4159. Maui (Dana). Note on color of male, station 4061: “Carapace and chelipeds mottled yellowish, reddish, anc1 grayish brown; under surface mottled yellow and white; legs yellow.” Sea green (Henshaw). Mursia hawaiiensis Rathbun. (PI. xviii, figs. 3 and 4.) Mursia hawaiiensis Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, 1893, 252. Distribution. — Lat. 21° 12' N., long. 157° 49/ W., 295 fathoms, station 3472 (type locality); south coast of Oahu Island, 53 to 264 fathoms, stations 3810, 3813, and 3919; vicinity of Kauai Island, 164 to 399 fathoms, stations 3984, 4021, and 4130; west coast of Hawaii Island, 233 to 198 fathoms, station 4044; north coast of Maui Island, 178 to 220 fathoms, stations 4080 and 4081; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 154 to 282 fathoms, stations 4114, 4115, 4116, 4120, and 4121; southwest coast of Oahu Island, 192 to 352 fathoms, station 4122. This species was based on a single male in which the chelipeds are very unequal ; a series of speci- mens shows that the right claw is abnormally reduced; in the normal individual the chelipeds are subequal in size, and similar except as to the fingers. Several examples larger than the type were secured in 1902; the largest, a male, station 4080, measures 40.1 mm. long and 55.2 mm. wide to tip" of spines. Fig. 40 —Harrovia truncota, chela of type male, x 4|. 888 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Two young, 11 ram. long and less, have proportionally much longer spines, each spine of the carapace being about one-fifth as long as the width of the carapace measured in front of the spine; the arm spine is stouter and as long as or longer than that of the carapace. The two teeth of the posterior margin are longer than in the adult, and the tubercles of the dorsal surface much stronger. Mursia spinimanus, sp. nov. (PI. xvi, fig. 1.) Closely related to M. bicristimana Alcock (conf. Deep-Sea Brachyura Investigator, 23, pi. m, fig. 3). It differs as follows: The posterior margin is armed with three, instead of two, blunt denticles. The crest of the arm is three-spined, the .innermost very small, the outermost longer than in M. bicristimana, and three-fourths as long astthe spine of the carapace, in the young fully as long as the latter. Lower margin of hand armed with slender spines directed more obliquely than in M. curtispina Miers (Challenger Kept., pi. xxiv, fig. 2). The inner surface has a band of felt-like hair above the lower margin. Thumb longer than in M. bicristimana, exceeding its greatest width. The three lobes of the carina of the second abdominal segment are more nearly equal, the median only slightly wider than the lateral. In the tridentate posterior margin, spinose inferior margin of hand, and elongate thumb, this species approaches M. curtispina, from which it is at once separated by the wider carapace, broader movable finger, and dif- ferent shape of teeth on upper margin of palm. Dimensions. — Male type, length 36 mm., width measured just in front of spines 46.1 mm., width between tips of spines 65.7 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 52 to 238 fathoms, stations 3810 and 3811; south coast of Molokai Island, 92 to 212 fathoms, stations 3838 and 3855; Pailolo Channel, 123 to 141 fathoms, stations 3856 (type locality) and 4104. Cat. No. of type, 29922. I agree with Maj. Alcock that Platymera should be united with Mursia. Cycloes granulosa de Haan. Cycloes granulosa de Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 71, pi. xix, fig. 3, 1837. Cryptosoma granulosum Alcock, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXV, 1896, 152. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 43 to 73 fathoms, stations 3846, 3849, and 3850; vicinity of Kauai Island, 50 to 55 fathoms, station 3987. Family LEUCOSIID^E. Tlos latus Borradaile. Tlos latus Borradaile; Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, pt. 4, 437, text fig.. 115, 1903. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; Auau Channel,- 32 to 37 fathoms, station 3873. These specimens are a little smaller than the type; the immature female shows-the unevenness of the surface more distinctly than the mature female. Length of the latter 3.7 mm., width 5.6 mm. Fig. 41. — Mursia spinimanus,- station 3856, lower view of orbit and antenna of male, x 2|. BRACHTURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 889 Tlos ang-ulatus, sp. nov. (PI. xvi, fig. 5.) Near T. latus Borradaile, but larger and with more angular outline; granulation close and fine over the main part of the carapace, much coarser on the borders. The branchial humps are higher, the pterygostomian and intestinal humps more prominent, while the carapace is pronouncedly wider at the anterior of the lateral angles than at the posterior. The hand from the outside is broader at base and the immovable finger slenderer. Dimensions. — Length of type female 7.8 mm., width 11.5 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 50 to 55 fathoms, station 8987 (type locality); Aleunihana Channel, 49 to 176 fathoms, station 4066. Cat. No. of type, 29854. Ebalia tuberculosa (A. Milne Edwards). Persephona tuberculosa A. Milne Edwards, Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, IY, 1873, 86 [10]. Ebalia tuberculosa Miers, Challenger Rept., Zool., XVII, 305 and 306, pi. xxv, fig. 1, 1886. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 211 to 53 fathoms, station 3810; south coast of Molokai Island, 92 to 212 fathoms, stations 3835, 3838 and 3855; Pailolo Channel, 30 to 52 fathoms, station 3861; west coast of Hawaii Island, 198 to 147 fathoms, station 4045. The largest specimens taken are about the size of the type; but most of them are smaller, averaging about 4 mm. Numerous examples were obtained by means of the tangles at stations 3835 and 4045. Ebalia jordani, sp. nov. (PI. xv, fig. 3.) Carapace suborbicular, a little longer than broad in the male, a little broader than long in the female. Surface of body and legs finely and closely granulate. Regions distinctly separated by grooves. A median ridge from the front to the intestinal region; a conspicuous gastric tubercule either side of the middle. A large hump marks the inner portion of each branchial region ; on its summit three minor swellings can be made out. Two cardiac tubercles, the anterior the higher. Intestinal region much swollen and also partially divided into an anterior and a posterior swelling. Posterior margin prominent, bilobed. A small pterygostomian tubercle visible on antero-lateral margin. Behind hepatic region a broad but distinct emargination. Sometimes a small tubercle on margin at widest point. Front feebly bilobed, lobes trun- cate, outer angles rounded. Palm swollen, about same length as dactylus. Terminal segment of male abdomen oblong-linear, a sharp tooth just behind it. Named for Dr. D. S. Jordan, leader of the Hawaiian ex- pedition, 1901. Dimensions. — Length of male type 11.4 mm., width 11.2 mm., length of female (station 3857), 13 mm., width 13.8 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 211 to 53 fathoms, station 3810; south coast of Molokai Island, 130 to 127 fathoms, station 3855 (type locality) ; Pailolo Channel, 30 to 128 fathoms, stations 3856, 3857, and 3861. Cat. No. of type, 29865. Nucia speciosa Dana. Nucia speciosa Dana, Crust. U. S. Exped., I, 397, 1852; pi. xxv, fig. 5, 1855. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; vicinity of Laysan Island, 163 to 59 fathoms, station 3939. Fig. 42. — Tlos angulatus, type female, a, Dorsal view, X If. 6, Chela, x 2|. 890 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Length of ovigerous female 4.3 mm., width 5.2 mm. These specimens are much smaller than the type and the tubercles much less prominent, especially those of postero-lateral margin. Hawaiian Islands, A. Garrett,, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; determined by W. Faxon. Hawaiian Islands (Dana) . Randallia distincta Rathbun. (PI. xvi, figs. 2 and 3.) Randallia distincta Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. , XVI, 1893, 257. A large number of specimens were taken by the Albatross in 1902, but most of them were immature. The few large specimens show somewhat different characters from those possessed by the type, an immature female. Carapace of adult slightly longer than broad in male; slightly broader than long in female. Granules in male more elevated, but scarcely larger posteriorly than anteriorly; in female larger posteriorly than anteriorly. An ill-defined line of somewhat larger granules marks the lateral margin along- the anterior half of the branchial region, but there are no projecting tubercules, as seen in the half-grown individuals. Posterior margin trun- cate, without the teeth which exist in the young; no spine on intestinal region; only a low tubercle. Pterygostomian region with rounded margin without tubercle. Chelipeds in male two and a third times as long as carapace; in female slightly more than twice as long as carapace. Abdomen of male narrow-triangular, granulous at base, a broad tubercle at end of penultimate segment, and two lower tubercles at end of the antepenultimate. Terminal segment almost linear. Terminal segment in female triangular with concave sides. Dimensions. — Male, station 4044, length 43, width 41.5 mm.; female, station 4079, length 39.6, width 40 mm. The smallest specimen with a tubercle on the intestinal region is ah immature female, station 4115, 29.5 mm. long, while the largest specimen with a spine is also a female, station 4082, 32.2 mm. long. Both present two low blunt posterior teeth, and rudimentary tubercles on the branchial margin. In none of the examples of intermediate size is the intestinal spine partially developed; when present at all it is a strong recurved spine. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 183 to 295 fathoms, stations 3813, 3818, and 3920; north- west coast of Oahu Island, 195 to 282 fathoms, stations 4115, 4116, 4117; southwest coast of Oahu Island, 192 to 352 fathoms, station 4122; south coast of Molokai Island, 238 to 266 fathoms, stations 3836 and 3839; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 284 fathoms, stations 3865 and 3883; vicinity of Kauai Island, 235 to 228 fathoms, station 3998; west coast of Hawaii Island, 233 to 198 fathoms, station 4044; north coast of Maui Island, 143 to 238 fathoms, stations 4079 and 4082. Randallia gilberti, sp. nov. (PI. xvi, fig. 4.) Carapace about as broad as long; surface granulous, granules irregular, smallest on the lobules and on the fronto-orbital region. Anterior half of carapace lobulate. Median carina interrupted by two lobules; on either side five other lobules, three of which are gastric, forming a triangle, and two hepatic. Visible angle of pterygostomian region broadly triangular; marginal sinus between hepatic and branchial regions slight; a few low tubercles on the antero-lateral portion of the latter. Intestinal region swollen, rising to a point in the middle, unarmed. Posterior margin with two lobes separated by a broad sinus. Front with broad shallow emargination. Fig. 45.— Randallia gilberti. a, Type female, X If. 5, Abdomen of male, station 4062, x 4. c, Chela of type female, x 4§. Fig. ii.— Randallia distincta, station 4079, x f. a, Abdo- men of female. 6, Abdomen of male. BRACHYLTRA AND MACRURA OP HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 891 Chelipeds and legs granulate all over. Chelipeds less than twice as long as carapace; palm longet than fingers. Legs slender. Spine at end of penult segment of male abdomen relatively long and slender. Dimensions. — Length of female type 8.8 mm., width 9.1 mm. ; length of male, station 3855, 6 mm., width 5.8 mm. Named for Dr. Charles H. Gilbert of the Hawaiian Expedition, 1902. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 130 to 127 fathoms, station 3855; north coast of Molokai Island, 66 to 96 fathoms, station 3906; vicinity of Laysan Island, 163 to 59 fathoms, station 3939 (type locality); northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 83 to 113 fathoms, station 4062; Aleunihana Channel, 176 to 49 fathoms, station 4066. Cat. No. of type, 29869. Persephona brevimana (Alcock). Myra brevimana Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXV, 1896, 206; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pi. xxix, fig. 8, 1897. Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, 438, 1903. Distribution. — Northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 77 to 75 fathoms, station 4057; north coast of Maui Island, 52 to 56 fathoms, station 4071; vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128. Length of largest specimen 14.5 mm. Family DORIPPID^. Ethusa mascarone hawaiiensis, subsp. nov. (PI. xv, fig. 4.) This form is very near typical E. mascarone, yet differs from it in quite another direction than does the americana form. The submedian pair of frontal teeth are triangular, not acuminate, and are separated from each other by an emargination which is nearly rectangu- lar at base; the outer pair are small, slender, acuminate; and situated midway on the outer slope of the inner pair. Distance between tips of teeth on one side only about one-third distance between tips of median pair. The outer orbital tooth is smaller than in typical mascarone and is directed slightly outward. There are two lobules side by side on the cardiac region; the propodi of the last two legs are more slender than in the species; the antennary flagellum bears a few hairs. In the. only male, which is immature, the fingers of the large chela are longer and slenderer than in the male of the'European form. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu, 211 to 53 fathoms, station 3810; west coast of Hawaii Island, 198 to 147 fathoms, station 4045; Pailolo Channel, 143 to 122 fathoms, station 4101 (type locality). Cat. No. of type, 29930. Etlausina gracilipes ( Miers). Ethusa ( Etlmsina ) gracilipes Alcock, Deep-Sea Brach. Investigator, p. 34, 1899, and synonymy. Distribution. — Pailolo Channel, 284 to 290 fathoms, station 3867; south coast of Oahu, 308 to 322 fathoms, station 3909; vicinity of Kauai Island, 257 to 478 fathoms, stations 4028 and 4132. These specimens have the spine at the antero-lateral angle of the carapace short, as in Miers’s variety robusta, but not so strongly bent outward- 4045, x 9f. 892 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Family HAPALOCARClNIDAt. Hapalocarcinus marsupialis Stimpson. Hapalocarcinus marsupialis Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 1859, 412. Caiman, Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2), VIII, 1900, 43, pi. Ill, tigs. 29-40, and synonymy. Borradaile, Fauna and Geogr. Maidive and Laccadive Arch., I, 271, 1902. Distribution. — Hilo, Hawaii, 1 fathom (Stimpson); Hawaiian Islands (Verrill); Kailua, August, 1901, one female, without indication of habit. Forms galls on certain species of branching coral (see Caiman) . There is no reference to this species in the manuscript of Stimpson’ s unpublished report of the Crustacea of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, but among the illustrations there is a figure of the dorsal aspect of the animal enlarged twice. With reference to the discrepancies in Stimpson’ s description pointed out by Caiman (op. cit., p. 44), it may be said that “antennae” should be read for “ antennules, ” as the latter are represented of good size in Stimpson’s figure. The general appearance of the figure is the same as that of our specimen; the front is truncated and a little concave, and there is no median tooth as represented by Caiman. The female from Kailua has the abdomen filled with eggs; the pouch is much more expanded than shown by Caiman (op. cit., fig. 30), being about twice as wide as the carapace, and at the same time extending forward to the middle of the latter. Length of carapace 4, width 3.8, width of egg-pouch 7 mm. MACRURA. Family CALLIANASSIDA). Callianassa articulata, sp. nov. Belongs to the group with three long frontal spines and a short telson. Median rostral spine reaching end of eyes. Lateral spine just outside the eye, much shorter than the median, and articulated at its base. Telson much broader than long, concave behind, un- even, sparingly setose. Ophthalmopods not reaching end of first antennular segment, cornea large, hemispherical, occupying more than half length of stalk and reaching to end of it. Third antennular segment one and a half times as long as second; outer flagellum much thicker and a little shorter than inner one and as long as peduncle. Antepenult segment of antennal peduncle armed above with a distal terminal spine; last two .joints sub- equal; flagellum twice as long as carapace. Ischium and merus of outer maxilliped nearly twice as wide as propodus; ischium with an inferior comb of spinules; one spinule on anterior margin of merus. First pair of chelipeds smooth, very unequal in width, of nearly same length ; ischium and merus spined on lower margin. Wrist of larger cheliped more than twice as high as long, a small tooth at lower distal angle. Carpus, propodus-, and dactylus margined above and below, and beset along the margins, and on distal portion of palm, as well as on the fingers, with tufts of a few hairs. Palm very little longer than high. Fingers shorter than palm, broad, not gaping, a low tooth near middle of prehensile edge of each, tips crossing. Carpus of smaller cheliped longer' than that of larger, but still higher than long; palm also longer; fingers not dentate. Dimensions. — Length of carapace, ovigerous female, type, 6.4 mm., of abdomen 16 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Modu Manu, 23 to 33 fathoms, stations 4146 and 4148 (type locality), 1 female at each. Cat. No. of type, 30532. The lateral movable spine of the anterior margin and the large cornea distinguish this species. Fig. 47 —Callianassa articulata, station 4148. a, Left cheliped, x 3J. 6, Right cheliped, x 3£. c, Anterior portion, x 3$. d, Third maxilliped, x 8. e, Tail-fan, x 4§. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 898 Callianassa, sp. One specimen of a Callianassa was taken on Honolulu Reef, 1902. It is too fragmentary for determination, as it lacks the last four abdominal somites and the right cheliped of the first pair, which was probably the larger. The front has three obtuse teeth and resembles that of C. amboinensis de Man (Arch. f. Natur., LIII, pt. 1, 1887, p. 480, pi. xx, fig. 4), but in that species the third joint of the antennula is three times as long as the second, while in our specimen it is only twice the second. The left cheliped is smooth and unarmed, merus and carpus of equal length, carpus a little longer than broad and a little longer than the palm; fingers slender and subequal to palm, furnished with tufts of hair, tips crossing. Family AXIID£. Axius pailoloensis, sp. nov. Carapace a little longer than first five segments of abdomen; gran- ulate and pubescent. Rostrum long-pointed, reaching to end of second antennular segment; terminal spine upturned, two pairs of side spines. Gastric region with five carinse, more or less serrated; median carina two-toothed near its middle; submedian carina not reaching to orbit or to cervical suture, irregularly serrate; between its anterior end and the median carina are two denticles; outer carina a continuation of rostral borders and extending halfway back on gastric region, armed with two spines, the anterior of which, just behind the orbit, is the largest of the dorsal spines. Abdomen somewhat pubescent; pleura bluntly angular on the posterior half. Telson a little longer than wide, posterior margin convex; in front of this margin on either side are inserted two slender spines; two minute spinules on either side of the dorsal surface. Eyes reaching to middle of rostrum, cornea terminal, almost black in alcohol. Second and third antennular segments subequal ; flagella equal, longer than carapace. Acicular spine of antenna reaching middle of penult segment of peduncle; stylocerite not attaining end of that segment; peduncle exceeding that of antennula by length of last segment; flagellum as long as body. Outer maxillipeds extended reach beyond antennal peduncle, by length of last segment and half of the penulti- mate. Lower margin of ischium and merus armed with spinules, with two larger spines on the merus. Chelipeds equal, stout, upper margin spinulous; the part beyond the body long-hairy ; a few long spines on lowrer border of ischium and merus; carpus higher than long, an infero-distal spinule, a spinule near upper distal angle. Pro- podus convex and margined below; two spines at distal end of palm, one between bases of fingers, one near upper mar- gin. Palm a little longer than high; horizontal length of fingers equal to height of palm. Fingers irregularly toothed, narrowly gaping at base, tips crossing. Merus of second and third pairs of feet spinulous below; propodus of second to fifth pairs slender. Appendages of sixth segment of abdomen armed with a row of four spines on outer margin ; a row of four similar spines on carina of inner appendage. Both branches, as well as telson, fringed with long hair. Dimensions. — Female, length of carapace 11.7, of abdomen 17 mm. One specimen only was dredged in Pailolo channel, in 138 to 140 fathoms, station 3859 (Cat. No. 30533). The chelipeds of this species strongly resemble those of Calastacus felix Anderson, as does also the anterior part of the carapace. Fig. 49. — Axius pailoloensis, type, a, Right cheli- ped, x If. b, Anterior portion, x 44. c, Tail- fan, x 3J. Fig. 48. — Callianassa, sp., Honolulu Reef, a, Left cheliped, x 3i. 6, Outer maxilliped, x 4. 894 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Axius spinosisslmus, sp. nov. Differs from the preceding, A. pailoloensis, as follows: There is a row of spines along the posterior border of the cervical suture; three spines each side of rostrum; the five gastric carinse extend the full length of that region and bear numerous spines. In addition there are a hepatic spine and an antennal spine. Abdomen marked with short longitudinal impressed lines. Instead of minute spinules there are four spines on middle of telson. Eyes longer, reaching nearly to end of rostrum. Lower margin of maxillipeds and thoracic legs more spinose. Besides a series of long spines on ischium and merus of maxilliped, there is a spine on the carpus. Only the left of the first pair of chelipeds is present. It is very slender, only twice as wide as those of second pair; distal half pubescent; margins spinous, except of fingers and lower edge of wrist; palm and fingers subequal in length, palm more than twice as long as wide; fingers denticulate, not gaping. Lower margin of ischium and merus of second to fifth pairs of feet spinous; third to fifth pairs very slender. A spine on lower surface of coxal joint of first to fourth pairs. Dimensions. — Length of carapace 7.5, of abdomen 11 mm. One specimen from south coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847 ''Cat. No. 30534). Axius rudis, sp. nov. A much less spiny species than the two preceding. The carapace granulate but nearly naked. Rostrum very slender, reaching to end of first antennular segment, armed with three or four spines and spinules on each side, diminishing anteriorly, basal spine large. Five dorsal carinse, median unarmed, submedian three- spined, outer carina, a continuation of outer margin of rostrum, unarmed. Median carina longest, outer carina reaching only to middle of gastric region. First abdominal pleuron narrow, falcate; second to fifth truncate; sixth bluntly angular, with a spinule at the angle, which is obsolete in the large specimen; four dorsal spines on telson; lateral margins spinulous. Eye half as long as rostrum, cornea large, hemispherical, oblique. Second and third segments of antennae equal, flagella subequal and as long as the carapace and first three abdominal somites. Scaphocerite rather short, reaching only about one- third length of penult segment of antennal stalk; stylocerite reaching nearly to end of that segment, which is twice as long as last segment; flagellum twice as long as body. First pair of chelipeds unequal, resembling much those of FlG- 6L— Axius rudis, type, a, Left cheliped, _. . . i T i • , , , X 3 b, Anterior portion, x 4f. c, Tail- Eiconaxms coronatus I ry bom. « Ischium and merus of larger fan x 4„ one spined on lower margin, merus with three spines on distal half of upper margin; carpus cup-shaped, no longer than high; palm about one and a half times as long as high, narrowed a little at proximal end, a denticulated marginal line above, ending in a slender spine; a similar line on part of lower margin continued on the pollex; outer and inner surfaces covered except near the wrist with scaly granules, on a background of very minute granules visible only with a strong lens. Fingers two-thirds as long as palm, sparingly toothed, a large tooth near base of dactylus; gaping, hairy, tips crossing. Smaller cheliped similar, but much narrower and a little shorter than the larger. Second pair of legs with long spines on lower margin of merus. “Ark. f. Zool., Stockholm, I, 1904, 384, pi. xx, figs. 7-10. Fib. 50. — Axius spinosissimus, type. (a) Left cheliped, x 4. 6, Anterior portion, x 5f. BRACHYURA AND MAORURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 895 Outer margin of appendages of sixth. abdominal somite, as well as the dorsal carina of the inner branch, armed with spines. Dimensions.— Female type, length of carapace 8, of abdomen 12 mm. South coast of Molokai Island, 92 to 212 fathoms, station 3838 (type locality), -1 ovigerous female; vicinity of Kauai Island, 233 to 40 fathoms, station 3982, 2 small males. Cat. No. of type, 30535. Fig. 52. — Eiconaxius asper, station 3992, right cheliped, x 2f . Axius serratifrons A. Milne Edwards. Aida serratifrons A. Milne Edwards, Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, IV, 1873, 87 [11]. Hawaiian Islands (A. Milne Edwards). Eiconaxius asper, sp. nov. Near E. acutifrons Bate, E. crista-galli (Faxon) and E. caribbseus (Faxon). It resembles the first and differs from the second in the presence of a larger basal tooth on dactylus of larger hand and a more prominent tooth not far from middle of pollex. Resembles E. crista-galli and differs from E. acutifrons in having edges of rostrum distinctly den- ticulate, and median carina denticulate; in the abdominal pleura less sharply pointed; in the entire upper border of the hands, and the presence of a strong tubercle on the anterior border of the larger hand between the bases of the fingers. The outer and inner surfaces of the manus of both chelipeds are granulate, sparingly, and unevenly, but rather coarsely so, and the palms are higher in proportion to their length than in either of the related species. E. caribbseus has also an elongate palm and a more rounded rostrum. Distribution. — V icinity of Kauai Island, 418 to 528 fathoms, stations 3992 (type locality) and 3997. Found in sponge cavities. Cat. No. of type, 30536. Color. — Lemon-yellow. Paraxius tridens, sp. nov. Carapace smooth, sloping abruptly down behind the front; a short median carina on the slope. Rostrum triangular, short, barely reaching end of eyes, a tuberculiform tooth either side. The three projections of the ros- trum are much sharper in the male, and the lateral teeth form short carinae. Abdomen smooth, with scattered hairs; pleura of first segment little developed, of sec- ond to fifth segments truncate, of sixth broadly rounded; sides of telson converging, four- spined, tip rounded. Eye-stalks short, stout; cornese large, black. Three joints of antennular peduncle sub- x 4f. equal, flagella half as long as carapace. Antennal peduncle twice as long as the an- tennular, unarmed; penult segment twice as long as last segment; flagellum as long as body. Outer maxillipeds stout, exceeding the rostrum by their last three joints; lower margin hairy, two spines on merus. First pair of chelipeds unequal in width, smooth, unarmed; merus of larger one about one-third longer than high; carpus higher than long; palm one and a half times longer than high, tapering very slightly toward the fingers, rimmed above and below, fringed with long fine hairs; fingers stout, blunt-pointed, not gaping. Narrower cheliped similar; carpus just as long as high; palm twice as long as high; fingers slenderer. F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3 — 9 896 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Propodus and carpus of second pair of feet subequal and three-fifths as long as merus; fingers as long as palm, tips dark-colored. Last three pairs subchelate, the propodus being widened at the extremity by an infero-distal spine or tooth, against which the dactylus folds. First somite of pleon provided with appendages in female only. Outer branch of swimming-fan with outer margin armed with two or three spinules; no transverse carina near distal end. Inner branch with a terminal spine on outer margin and on longitudinal carina. Dimensions. — Female, length of carapace 10, of abdomen 14.6 mm. Distribution. — French Frigate Shoal, 17 to 17J fathoms, station 3970; vicinity of Modu Manu, 20 to 33 fathoms, stations 4147, 4148 (type locality) , 4158, and 4162. Cat. No. of type, 30537. Family SCYLLARIDjE. Scyllarus martensi Pfeffer. (PI. xvm, fig. 2.) Scyllarus arctus de Haan (second var. ), Fauna Japon., 154, pi. xxxvm, fig. 2, 1841. Not S. arctus (L. ). Arctus arctus de Haan, op. cit. , 238, 1849 (part). Scyllarus martensi Pfeffer, Verh. Naturw. Vereins Hamburg-Altona, V, 1880, p. 48 (1881). Arctus martensi Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., VI, 1891, 44; X, 1897, 272. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 43 to 66 fathoms, station 3850; Auau Channel, 43 to 32 fathoms, station 3872; vicinity of Kauai Island, 230 to 53 fathoms, station 4002; Japan (de Haan); Kagoshima (Ortmann). In the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences is the abdomen 80 mm. long of a dried specimen of Scyllarus, labeled “Sandwich Islands, T. Nuttall.” This is not mentioned in Randall’s list (1840). It has the size and sculpture of the European S. arctus ( L. ), and the locality label is probably an error. Scyllarides squammosus (Milne Edwards). Scyllarus squammosus Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 284, 1837. Mauritius. Scillarus latus Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 137. Not Scyllarus latus Latreille, 1803. Scyllarus sieboldi de Haan, Fauna Japon., 152, pi. xxxvi and xxxvii, fig. 1, 1841. Nagasaki. Scyllarus haanii de Siebold, MS., de Haan, Fauna Japon., 152, pi. xxxvm,- fig. 1, 1841. Scyllarus luridus Stimpson, MS. label in Museum of Comparative Zoology. The Hawaiian specimens resemble most nearly de Haan’s figure of S. sieboldi; S. haanii has the elevations of the surface more prominent, and is probably only a variety. Honolulu; Honolulu market; Honolulu Reef, Dr. W. H. Jones; northeast coast of Hawaii, 29 to 26 fathoms, station 4053. Hawaiian Islands (Randall), one specimen in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences (vide Ortmann, 1897). Honolulu (Lenz). Parribacus antarcticus (Lund). Scyllarus antarcticus Lund, Skrivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet, Copenhagen, II, 1793, 2, p. 22. . Parribacus antarcticus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 517, 1852; pi. xxxii, fig. 6, 1855: Ibacus antarcticus Dana, op. cit., p. 517. Hilo; Honolulu; Honolulu market; Oahu, H. Mann, 1864, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; lee coast of Oahu, A. Garrett, in Museum of Comparative Zoology; Waiawa, Kauai, V. Knudsen. Hawaiian Islands (Randall, Stimpson); 2 specimens (one female, one juv. ) collected by Nuttall and Townsend are still in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Honolulu (Lenz). BRACHYURA AND MA CRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 897 Parribacus papyraceus, sp. nov. (PL xviii, fig. 5.) A small species closely related to P. antarcticus. Carapace with sides convex, widest at tip of fourth tooth (counting from the front). Regions of carapace distinctly separated by smooth grooves. Tubercles raised, spaced, larger and more scanty in the middle and anterior portion. Median ridge armed with a tubercle on the rostral tooth, a second just in front of the posterior line of the orbits, a row of three on the gastric region, a row of six on the cardiac region. Dentation of margin of carapace and antennae as in P. antarcticus. Sternum of male with a median spine, between the intervals separating second and third and third and fourth pairs of feet; two spines side by side between feet of last pair; also a spine at base of each foot close to the articulation. On coxa of last pair is a long curved spine directed down and back, beside the outward-projecting spine which is present in P. antarcticus. The two specimens collected are not only of small size but of thin papyraceous texture, and may possibly be an immature stage of P. antarcticus or an allied species. Dimensions. — Male, station 3821; length of body 58.2, length of carapace 21.4, width of carapace 32.3 mm. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, surface, station 3821 (type locality), one male (Oat. No. 30265). Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw, one male. Family PALINURIDJE. Panulirus japonicus (de Siebold). (PI. v.) Palinurus japonicus de Siebold, Spicilegia Fauna1 Japonic*, 1824, p. 15. De Haan, Fauna Japon., Crust., p. 158, pis. xli and xlii, 1841. Palinurus longipes A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, IV, 1868, 87, pi. xxi (not P. ( Senex ) longipes Pfeffer, 1881). Senex femoristriga Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., VI, 1891, 23, and synonymy. Senex japonicus Ortmann, op. cit. , p. 25, and synonymy. Honolulu, 1901, 1 female; 1902, 1 male (red variety). Honolulu market, Aug. 15, 1902; 1 male (figured), 1 juv., north coast of Maui, 69-78 fathoms, station 4073, 1 large male. Laysan (Lenz); Hawaiian Islands (Pfeffer). I think that P. japonicus and P. longipes ( =femoristriga ) can scarcely be regarded as distinct. We have in the Hawaiian series specimens in which the violet and yellow predominate, as in plate iv, and others that are red all over, except for yellow spots, spines, and abdominal stripes. Some have the anterior part of the carapace as hairy as in Japanese specimens. There remains only the character of the greater or lesser development of the spinules on the antennal segment as a distinguishing feature between the form as it exists in Japan and in the Indo-Pacific. Panulirus penicillatus (Olivier). Astacus penicillatus Olivier, Enc. Meth., Hist. Nat., Insectes, VI, 343, 1791. Panulirus penicillatus Bate, Challenger Macrura, 82, pi. xn, fig. 2, 1888. Senex penicillatus Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., VI, 1891, 28. Honolulu, 1891, 2 specimens; 1901, 1 specimen; 1902, 1 male. Kailua, 1901, 1 female. Hilo, Hawaii, 19.01, 1 small female. Waiawa, Kauai, V. Knudsen, 1 specimen. Hawaiian Islands, Dr. W. H. Jones, U. S. N., 1 male, 1 female, in Museum of Comparative Zoology. Panulirus marginatus (Quoy and Gaimard). Palinurus marginatus Quoy and Gaimard, in Freycinet, Voyage autour du Monde, Zoologie, p. 537, 1824 (1825) , atlas, pi. 81. Diet. Class. d’Hist. Nat., atlas, pi. [63]. Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, p. 301 (footnote), 1837. This species has not been observed since Quoy and ■Gaimard. It seems to be related to Panulirus burgeri (de Haan), and P. dasypus (Latreille); according to the figure, there are four large spines and 898 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES EISH COMMISSION. no small spines on the antennal segment, and the abdominal furrows are uninterrupted. The original description is almost entirely of the color, and is here reproduced: “ Palinurus birostralus; pedibus cyaneis albo maculatis; segmentis abdominalibus violaceis flavo marginatis. - “Ce crustace a le corselet brun, couvert de petites asperites et d’aiguillons,.dont deux plus considerables sont diriges en devant; dans leur intervalle on en voit quatre plus petits. Les antennes, d’un rouge violace 4 leur base, sont aussi, dans cette partie, armies de fortes Opines; elles sont jaunatres et couvertes d’asp6rites dans le reste de leur longueur. Les antennules, bifurquees, tres longues et verdatres, ont des taches rougefttres aux articulations. “Les pattes sont bleu de del tachete de blanc et velues a leur extremity. Un beau violet borde de jaune colore les anneaux de la queue; le crochet qui les termine de chaque cote est rougeatre a la pointe. Les cinq plaques de la nageoire de la queue sont verd&tres, avec du jaune au milieu. Leur limbe est denticule et borde d’une bandelette noire avec un lisere blanc.” Family ERYONID^E. Polycheles phosphorus (Alcock). Pentacheles phosphorus Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIII, 1894, 240; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., Part II, pi. vm, fig. 2, 1894. Polycheles phosphorus Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., Calcutta, p. 168, 1901. The large series of specimens exhibits additional variations to those given by Alcock. The lateral marginal spines of the carapace may be more numerous; there are frequently seven in front of the first sinus, sometimes five between the sinus and the cervical groove, and behind the groove there may be as many as ten; there may be five median spines between the anterior spine and the cervical groove. The carpus and manus of the first pair of feet are usually finely spinulous above, while in one large specimen (station 3824) the merus is unarmed except for the terminal spine. Color note attached to male, station 3816: Dorsum pale opaque rose madder, darkest on abdomen; ridges of carapace opaque white; swimmerets, thoracic legs and mouth parts deeper madder yet still pink. Distribution. — Kaiwi channel, 298 to 470 fathoms, stations 3467, 3476, 4109, 4110, 4111, and 4112; south coast of Oahu Island, 228 to 337 fathoms, stations 3816, 3907, 3910, 3911, 3917, and 3920; south coast of Molokai Island, 222 to 498 fathoms, stations 3824, 3836, and 3839; Pailolo Channel, 277 to 684 fathoms, stations 3867, 3868, 3883, and 3884; north coast of Molokai Island, 328 to 809 fathoms, stations 3887 and 3892; vicinity of Modu Manu, 222 to 800 fathoms, stations 3979 and 4166; vicinity of Kauai Island, 55 to 703 fathoms, stations 3986, 3988, 3995, 3998, 4015, 4028, 4130, 4132, 4134, 4135, 4137, 4138, and 4187 ; between Honolulu and Kauai Island, 508 to 557 fathoms, station 4007 ; north coast of Maui Island, 253 to 283 fathoms, stations 4084 and 4085; northeast approach to Pailolo channel, 286 fathoms, station 4097; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 241 to 282 fathoms, stations 4116 and 4117. Polycheles snyderi, sp. nov. (PL xxiv, fig. 9.) Carapace elongate-quadrate, depressed, lateral borders parallel except toward the extremities, its ( length equaling the abdomen less half the telson. Frontal border concave, armed with two spines at li middle, one at each angle of orbit, and two or three between the outer orbital spine and the antero- lateral angle. Orbital notches deep, narrow-triangular; a spine at frontal end of eyestalk. Lateral j! borders armed with small spines, which are larger and fewer anteriorly ; they number 10-6 to 8-30. Upper surface covered with rough granules from which hairs arise. Median earina double, spinulous, similar carinse following both branches of the cervical groove. On either side of the branchial region a fine, oblique and sinuous line of spinules; an ill-defined line of larger spinules extending backward from the orbital sinus. The two longitudinal ridges of the side wall crenulate, the upper posteriorly obliterated. The first to fifth abdominal terga and also the base of the seventh are bluntly carinated in the middle line, the earina not projecting nor spined. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 899 Antennular scale a little larger than antennal scale, one-fifth as long as carapace, acute, upper margin spinose for its distal three-fifths, a single spine at outer distal angle. Antennal scale acute, tipped with a spinule, and reaching to end of antennular peduncle. External maxilliped barely reaching end of antennular peduncle, and furnished with an epipod. First thoracic leg a little longer than body; arm and palm with a distal spine above, wrist with a distal spine below. Upper and lower margin of arm and upper margin of palm spinulous. Propodus longer than merus, carpus longer than manus, digits one-third again as long as palm. Second and fifth pairs of legs diminish in length and stoutness, the second pair more than one- third the length of the first pair; last pair imperfectly chelate in male. Dimensions. — Male, length of carapace 35, entire length of abdomen 46.5, length of first pair of legs 85.2. A single specimen only was taken at station 4151, vicinity of Modu Manu, 800 to 313 fathoms. (Cat. No. 30322. ) In shape the species resembles P. phosphorus ( Alcock), but is at once distinguished by the uniform roughness of the carapace, the absence of true spines from the dorsal surface of cara- pace and abdomen and by the finer and more numerous spinules of the margin. Named for Mr. J. 0. Snyder, who accompanied the Fish Commission party in 1902. Polycheles granulatus Faxon. Fig. 54. — Polycheles granulatus, s t a - tion 4111, left an- tennal scale, X2|. Polycheles granulatus Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, 1893, 197; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, 1895, 123, pi. xxxji, fig. 1, pi. xxxiii, fig. 2, 2a. Pentacheles Beaumontii Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIII, 1894, 236; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. II, pi. viii, fig. 3; Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., Calcutta, p. 175, 1901. In Hawaiian specimens the number of lateral spinesis8tol0-3(or4) -15 (14orl6). On the gastric region there are from 3 to 5 larger median spines behind the front, of which 1, 2^ or more may be double. Most of the specimens are small; the largest, a male, station 4111, measures 111.6 mm. long, length of carapace 50.8. Color. — “Light opaque madder pink.” Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 385 to 550 fathoms, stations 3989, 4019, 4028, and 4138; north coast of Molokai Island, 552 to 809 fathoms, station 3887; between Honololu and Kauai Island, 508 to 557 fathoms, station 4007; Kaiwi channel, 460 to 470 fathoms, station 4111. Polycheles asper, sp. nov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 11.) Carapace nearly as long as exposed part of abdomen; strongly convex from side to side and also fore and aft; oval; surface covered with spinules and short hairs. Frontal margin concave, armed with two spines at the middle, one at inner angle of orbit; outer margin of orbital notch bordered with spines which are continued along the frontal margin halfway to lateral margin. Orbital notch narrow U-shaped; a large outward-pointing spine at extremity of eye. Lateral margins armed with spinules which diminish posteriorly and become almost obliterated. They number 15-8 or 10-28 or 29. Median carina double, armed with spinules larger than those of the general surface, and larger in front of than behind the cervical suture. Similar ridges of spinules follow the cervical suture along its posterior branch to the lateral margin and part way along the anterior branch; the longitudinal ridge of the branchial region is similar in position to that of P. granulatus. Longitudinal ridges of side wall finely granulate or denticulate, continuous. Abdomen tuberculate; first to fifth terga bluntly carinate, as is also the anterior end of the sixth and seventh; the seventh carina only has a short backward-pointing spine. Antennular scale subacute, not reaching beyond penult segment of peduncle, inner margin spined, a row of spinules at distal outer angle. Antennal scale suboval, reaching to distal third of last segment of peduncle. The outer maxilliped readies to middle of antennal scale, and is provided with an epipod. First pair of thoracic legs missing; second pair two-thirds as long as carapace. 900 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Dimensions.— Female, length of carapace 32.3, entire length of abdomen 38 mm. Type locality. — Vicinity of Niihau Island, 735 to 865 fathoms, station 4174; 1 female (Cat. No. 30323). This species has the form of P. granulatus Faxon, but the dorsal surface is much rougher, the carapace more convex, its side margins more finely and obscurely cut, abdominal carinse, except the . ! seventh, nonprojecting, antennal scale rounded at tip instead of pointed. Eryoneicus indicus hawaiiensis, subsp. nov. The differences between this specimen and E. indicus Alcock and Anderson «.seem scarcely worthy I of specific separation. On the posterior branch of the cervical ridge near its bifurcation there are two transversely placed spinules. 0n the left side the outer of these spinules is double. The longitudinal ' dorsal branchial ridge extends farther forward than in Alcock’ s figure, and is armed with numerous j ill-defined spinules, except the posterior, which is a good sized spine. On the lower of the two ridges below the lateral carina there are about twelve spines of fair size. The second to fourth abdominal j terga have each three median spines, of which the middle one is the largest; the fifth and seventh terga have two median spines. Color. — Light or bleached poppy red shading to pale madder pink on inside of chelae. Vicinity of Kauai Island, 577 to 480 fathoms, station 4005; one female 41 mm. long. (Cat. No. 1 30324. ) Family HOMARIDvE. Enoplometopus occidentalis (Randall). (PI. xvn, fig. 2.) Nephrops occidentalis Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 139. Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Ill, 1850, 195. Stimpson, Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, 1857, 495. Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., XIV, 1883, 131, pi. ii, fig. 1. Emoplometopus pictus A. Milne Edwards, Faune Carcinologique, in Maillard, Notes sur l’lle de la jj Reunion, p. 14, pi. xix, figs. 1, la, lb, 1°, 1862. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), V, 1880, j 380. De Man, Arch. f. Naturg., LIII, 1887, pt. 1, 488, pi. xxi, fig. 4. Ortmann, Jena. Denks., VIII, 1894, 21. Enoplometopus occidentalis Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., X, 1897, 274. (See Holmes, Occas. Papers ! Cal. Acad. Sci., VII, 1900, 167.) Honolulu market, 1902, 1 male. Maui (Kingsley), in Museum Boston Society Natural History. Hawaiian Islands (erroneously labeled “N. W. coast of North America”), T. Nuttall, one male type, | dried, in Museum of Philadelphia Academy. Notes on the type specimen. — Length of carapace to orbit (rostrum broken off), 42.2 min.; abdomen j about 99.5 mm. Six median spines behind orbit; anterior one broken off and was probably the ; smallest; posterior one behind cervical suture. Four spines in next row, and outside the anterior of . these and close to it, another spine. ' Posterior spine of the lateral row a little behind antepenult spine of the median row. No color marks remain. Telson a little longer than its basal width. Abdomi- jj nal segments with a few low squamose tubercles, from which hairs have arisen. Antennal scale more Jj elongate than represented in the figure by A. Milne Edwards, the postero-internal margin shorter. [j Left chela distinctly larger than right, 52.6 mm. long, 18 wide, dactyl 26 long; right chela 45.7 mm. long, -15.5 wide, dactyl 22.6 long. Arm and wrist substantially as shown by A. Milne Edwards; about ij eight or nine spines on upper surface of arm arranged in a double row; a single row of spines on each of the lower margins; in addition, two spines on distal margin of outer surface. Wrist irregularly i| spined around the distal margin; a few spines scattered on upper surface. Tubercles of palm larger through the middle of upper and lower surfaces, but all the tubercles smaller than in A. Milne Edwards’s figure. Upper surface of palm covered with fine short pubescence except for a narrow strip through the center which is almost bare; lower surface less pubescent. In size and general appearence our specimen agrees with A. Milne Edwards’s figure; it measures 13.8 mm. in length. Of the five median spines, one is behind the cervical suture; the posterior of the cCEryonicus indicus Alcock and Anderson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), III, 1899, 290. Alcock, Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. ix, pi. i, fig. 3, 1901; Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., Calcutta, 1901, 176. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 901 lateral dorsal row is opposite the antepenultimate of the middle row. The transverse row of large light-colored spots on the second to fifth abdominal segments contains six instead of five spots, there being two submedian, none median. Telson a little longer than its basal width. Right chela a little longer than left; its dactylus is a little shorter, that of the left chela a little longer, than its palm. Median rows of tubercles of palm small but distinct; other tubercles of upper and lower surface minute, set in a very short coat of pubescence. Family STENOPIILE. Stenopus hispidus (Olivier). Bandana Prawn. Stenopus hispidus Brooks and Herrick, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., Y, 1892, 326 and 339, pis. v-im. Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XX, 1900, (1901) 99, pi. ii, and synonymy. Young specimens about 20 mm. long, are slenderer than the adult, with relatively longer rostrum, about three-fifths as long as remainder of carapace and devoid of lateral spines. Abdomen strongly bent at the third segment, which has a prominent median tubercle near posterior end; sixth abdominal segment very elongate, three or four times as long as fifth. Distribution. — Honolulu; Honolulu Reef and market; Hilo, Hawaii, U. S. Fish Commission and H. W. Henshaw; Puako Bay, Hawaii, 1902; south coast of OahuHsland, station 3921, surface; between Honolulu and Kauai Island, station 3980, surface. Spongicola henshawi, sp. nov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 8.) Rostrum dorsally serrate with six spines besides one rudimentary, one spine below; over half as long as rest of carapace, reaching beyond antennular stalk. A spine below the orbit, and one on each side behind the base of the rostrum'. Anterior margin below the orbit armed with spinules; a little farther back and parallel, a row of three or four larger spinules. Telson with two longitudinal rows of four spines each dorsally, edges spinulous, not reaching end of swimmerets, which are serrulate on outer margin. Eyes light olive in alcohol; a few spinules border the corneal margin and arm the anterior and dorsal surface of the stalk. Outer margin of acicle finely serrate. Outer maxillipeds stout, setose; second pair of legs equal in female, about twice as long as first pair and stouter; both pairs smooth; third pair sparingly setose, unequal (in female), much stouter than second pair, only the larger one longer than the second leg. Ischium with distal spine. Arm spinulous, a spine near distal end on upper and on outer side; wrist not much longer than broad,- cup-shaped, distally spinulous above; hand broad, compressed, margins finely serrate, fingers bent down, narrow; a triangular tooth on the dactyl fits between one similar tooth and an obliquely truncate basal tooth on the thumb; fourth and fifth pairs very long, subequal; dactylus short, bifid; propodites posteriorly setose. Length of egg-laden female 26.2 mm. One specimen only from south coast of Molokai Island, 169 to 182 fathoms, station 3835. (Cat. No. 30538.) Named for Mr. H. W. Henshaw, formerly of Hilo, who has contributed much to our knowledge of the Hawaiian fauna. Near S. andamanica Alcock, a but differs in longer rostrum, posterior position of spine at base of rostrum, longer, slenderer fingers, shorter telson. Family PEN£ID£. Penaeus canaliculatus (Olivier). Palxmon canahculatus Olivier, Encyc. Meth., Hist. Nat., Insectes, VIII, 1811, 660. Penceus canaliculatus Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 146 (part). Penceus marginatus Randall, loc. cit. (part). Penaeus canaliculatus Kishinouye, Jour. Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo, VIII, 1900, 11, pi. i, pi. vii, figs. 1, 1A, IB, 1C, and synonymy. Hawaiian Islands, Nuttall and Townsend, 5 specimens, in Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. (See below under P. marginatus.) Desc, Cat, Indian Peep-Sea Crust. Dec, Macr. Anom., 148. 902 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Penaeus marginatus Randall. (PL xix, fig. 2. ) Penceus canaliculatus Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 146 (part). Penceus marginatus Randall, loc. cit. (part). Notes on the type specimens. — In the museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences are eight specimens labeled 1 ‘ Peneus canaliculatus Oliv. , Sandwich Islands, N uttall and Townsend. ’ ’ These were doubtfully named “ canaliculatus ” by Randall, therefore he suggested in print at the same time “ marginatus ” in case the species should prove to be new. The specimens are now in very bad con- dition, and have never been carefully examined. There are two species represented— five specimens of the true P. canaliculatus (Olivier), and three specimens which it seems proper to consider the types of P. marginatus Randall. All are half grown. In the specimens of the well-known P. canaliculatus, the median ridge of the carapace is deeply grooved. The distance behind its posterior spine is from one and three-fourths to one and four-fifths times the distance in front of it measured to the posterior margin of the orbit. Only one individual now has a complete rostrum; its teeth are 9/1. - In the three examples of P. marginatus the median ridge is not grooved; the distance behind its posterior spine is one and two- thirds times the distance from the spine to the orbit. Two speci- mens have the rostrum intact, with 10/2 teeth. Description of mature specimens in the V. S. National Museum : Size and general appearance same as that of P. canaliculatus. Dorsal crest 9-10 toothed, inferior rostral teeth 2-3. • Dorsal keel con- tinued nearly to posterior margin pf carapace, itself not grooved, but bordered on either side by a broad furrow which extends pos- teriorly as far as the keel. Flagella of antennulse as long or nearly as long as peduncle. Pereiopoda and abdomen much as in P. canaliculatus. Petasma and thelycum similar to those of P. ashiaka Kish- inouye and P. monodon Fabricius, the longitudinal median fissure of the latter bordered on either side by the much-thickened inner margin of the lateral plate. Dimensions of largest specimen, a female, station 3857, 163 mm. Description of. young specimens. — Specimens 40 mm. in length and smaller, were taken in numerous hauls of the surface net. They are relatively slenderer than the more adult; the median carina and lateral grooves fade out before reaching as far back as in the adult, that is to say, about half way between the gastric spine and the posterior margin; the antennal scale is longer; the fourth abdominal segment is noncarinate, the sixth is noticeably longer than in the adult, the telson is armed close behind the small spines of the third pair with a pair of long spines. The color of this form is said to be French blue, and traces of it remain in the alcoholic specimens. It is possible that I am mistaken in attributing this young form to P. marginatus, but the general make-up, the rostral formula, and the probability of the existence of the young of that species in so large a collection, all tend to prove their identity. Distribution.— The large and mature specimens are found only in deep water; medium and smallish specimens are restricted to shallow water along shore, while the very young occur at the surface. Specimens 125 mm. and upward in length. — South coast of Molokai Island, 153 to 142 fathoms, station 3832; Pailolo Channel, 122 to 141 fathoms, stations 3857, 3858, 3897, 4102, and 4103. Vicinity of Laysan, 173 to 182 fathoms, station 3958; north coast of Maui, 45 to 52 fathoms, station 4070. Specimens 40 to 95 mm. in length. — Honolulu, 1901; Pearl Harbor, April 23, 1902; Honolulu market, 1902; Hanalei, Kauai, June 23, 1902; Kaunakaki Harbor, Molokai, shallow water, station 3844; Hilo, Hawaii, 1901; Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw. Specimens 40 mm. and under in length.— Between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel, surface, station Fig. 55 .—Penxus mar ginatus . a, Petasma, ventral view, station 3832, X 4. 6, Same, side view, x 4£. c, Thelycum, station 4070, x 3i. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 903 3807; south coast of Oahu Island, surface, stations 3810, 3811, 3812, 3813, 3814, 3815, 3907, 3908, 3912, and 3921; south coast of Molokai Island, surface, stations 3821 and 3837; Pailolo Channel, surface, stations 3860, 3861, 3864, 3867, 3886, and 3901; south of Lanai Island, surface, 3880; north coast of Molokai Island, surface, station 3889; vicinity Laysan Island, surface, station 3932; between Honolulu and Laysan Island, surface, stations 3926 and 3930; vicinity of Kauai Island, surface, stations 3981 and 4018; between Kauai Island and Oahu Island, surface, station 4009; west coast of Hawaii Island, surface, station 4037; north coast of Maui Island, surface, station 4086; Honolulu, March 30, 1902, surface; Honolulu market, May 8, 1902; Hanalei, Kauai, June 21, 1902, surface. Metapenaeus affinis (Milne Edwards). Penseus affinis Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., XIV, 1882, 105. Parapenseus affinis Rathhun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1902, 38, and synonymy. Hawaiian Islands (Kingsley). Metapenaeus velutinus (Dana). (PI. xx, fig. 5.) Penseus velutinus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 604, 1852; atlas, pi. xl, fig. 4, 1855. Bate, Challenger Macrura, 253 (part), pi. xxxm, fig. 1 (probably not figs. 1" and V")', 1888. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 134 fathoms, stations 3845, 3846, 3847, 3848, 3849, 3850, 3853, and 3855; Pailolo Channel, 122 to 143 fathoms, sta- tions 3857, 3858, 3859, 3897, 4101, and 4102; Auau Channel, 21 to 28 fathoms, station 3874; vicinity of Laysan Island, 16 fathoms, station 3962; vicinity of Kauai Island, 40 to 233 fathoms, stations 3982, 3987, and 4002; northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 63 to 107 fathoms, station 4064; Aleunihana Channel, 176 to 49 fathoms, station 4066; north coast of Maui Island, 52 to 152 fathoms, stations 4071, 4077, and 4098., Dredged at Lahaina (Dana). Our specimens are all of medium to small size ( 58 mm. and under ) . Body pubescent. Rostrum reaching to middle of second anten- nular segment, with usually, seven spines and, some distance behind, a gastric spine, behind which there is no carina; gastric spine at a point three-elevenths or a little more than one-fourth from the orbit to posterior margin of carapace. Rostrum slightly ascending, straight above and convex below as is usual in the female, or convex above and straight below as is usual in the male. Hepatic spine in line with gastric spine and almost in a longitudinal line with antennal spine. Eyes very large, their greatest diameter just half as long as outer margin of acicle. This last three-fourths of length of carapace. Antennular flagella scarcely equaling last two joints of peduncle. Outer maxillipeds reaching just to end of acicle. Second pair of feet exceeding antennal peduncle by length of fingers; third pair exceeding second by length of chela. Basis and ischium of first pair each armed with distal spine; second pair unarmed. All the pereiopods are furnished with an exopod, while the last two pairs as well as the outer maxillipeds are destitute of an epipod. Second to sixth abdominal somites carinate, carina increasing in strength posteriorly. Telson falling short considerably of the inner uropod; armed on either side with three movable spines, which increase rapidly in size posteriorly, and a fixed spine which is next to the terminal spine and is inter- mediate in size between the first and second pairs. Petasma asymmetrical, the left branch longer and forming a hood which at the tip locks over the right branch; each branch with a small curved spine at extremity. Length of carapace of female (station 4102) 21; of abdomen 37 mm. Color, mottled with yellowish pink. This species has not the abdominal hump or angle shown in Dana’s figure, neither does the telson reach as near the end of the inner branch of the tail-fan as represented by Bate. Fig. bG.—Metapenseus velutinus. a, Petasma, station 3897, x 4f. 6, Thelycum, station 3859, x 3J. 904 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Metapenaeus mogiensis (Rathbun). (PL xx, fig. 3.) Parapenseus mogiensis Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., NXVI, 1902, 39, text figs. 6-8. South coast of Molokai Island fathoms, station 3851, 1 male and I female of medium size. Superficially has great resemblance to M. velutinus, but the carapace is relatively shorter; sixth jdominal segment shorter, eyes smaller, less than half as long as acicle. Metapenaeus richtersii (Miers). (PL xx, fig. 2.) Penxus richtersii Miers, Zool. Alert, 564, pi. i.ii, fig. A, 1884. South coast of Oahu Island, surface, electric light, station 3812, 1 male and 1 female; Pailolo- Channel, surface, electric light, station 3860, 1 female. The rostral teeth may be five or six, and in our specimens only one of them lies behind the orbit. The gastric tooth is about at anterior fourth of carapace. Rostrum higher, less acuminate than shown in Miers’ s figure. The posterior half of the fourth abdominal segment, as well as the fifth and sixth segments, is carinate; sixth segment terminating in a small spine. Antennal flagellum as long as body exclusive of telson. Outer maxillipeds very much flattened and reaching only to end of antennal peduncle. A spine on basis of first pair of legs but none on ischium; no spines on second or .third pairs. Fifth pair of legs exceeding the fourth by the length of the dactylus. The petasma is symmetrical, similar to that of M. affinis (Milne Edwards)." In a ventral view the terminal lobe on each side is followed on the outer margin by two lobes instead of one. Our largest specimen, female, measured 42.8 mm. long, carapace 12.4. Fig. 57. — Metapenxus richtersii, station 3812. a, Petasma, x 10§. 6, Thelycum, c X 6§. Metapenaeus evermanni, sp. nov. ~ (PL xx, fig. 1.) A stout, pubescent species, with general appearance of M. lamellatus (de Haan), from which it differs in a less arched and lower rostrum, only one of whose eight teeth is situate behind the orbit; the gastric spine farther forward at the anterior two-fifths (rostrum exclusive) instead of at the middle of the carapace; a longer outer maxilliped, which exceeds the acicle by length of dactylus; the sternum of the female, while possessing a pair of spines between the bases of the feet of the second pair, and a single spine between those of the fourth pair, has also a spine between the feet of the fifth pair. All the legs are provided with exopods, only the first to third pairs with epipods. Dimensions of female type. — Length of carapace and rostrum 18.5, of abdomen 40 mm. Type-docality. — One specimen only was obtained on the south coast of Molokai Island, 73 to 43 fathoms, station 3849 (Cat. No. 30539). f» ( Fig. 58.— Metapenxus evermanni, station 3849, thelycum, x 4$. Solenocera lucasii Bate. (PL xx, fig. 9.) Solenocera Lucasii Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), VIII, 1881, 185. Philonicus lucasii Bate, Challenger Macrura, 277, pi. xlii, fig. 4, 1888. Pleoticus lucasii Bate, Challenger Macrura, p. lxii and 939, 1888. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 73 to 43 fathoms, station 3849, 1 male; vicinity of Kauai Island, 55 to 50 fathoms, station 3987, 1 male. aKishinouye, Jour. Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo, VIII, 1900, pi. vn, fig. 5. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 905 I think that this species should not be removed from S 'olenocera, the antennular flagella not differing essentially from those of S. siphonoceros (Philippi), a species which S. lucasii strongly resembles. In our largest specimen, 45 mm. long, the median carina is not continued behind the gastric region; dorsal spines 6—7, three of which stand behind the orbit (none behind the gastric region) , no branchi- ostegal spine, though the caiina leading to that point is strongly developed; eyes reaching beyond rostrum; the flagella of the antennula as long as the carapace less the rostrum, the larger one hollowed or longitudinally folded, and in the groove thus formed rests the more slender flagellum. The carina of the third abdominal segment is less sharp than on the succeeding segments. The telson is sharp-pointed (Bate describes it as truncate, but in his single specimen the tip was probably broken off), falling short considerably of the end of the inner branch of the tail-fan. The petasma is narrower than in S. siphonoceros, its distal half is trilobed on the ventral edge, the two most distal lobes ciliated. Length of carapace, male (station 3849), 14 mm., of abdomen 31 mm. The type specimen was 100 mm. long, which may account for the difference of some of its characters. Haliporus equalis Bate. Haliporus equalis Bate, Challenger Macrura, 285, pi. xli, fig. $, 1888. Haliporus xqualis Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), VIII, 1891, 277; Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 23, 1901. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 335 to 460 fathoms, stations 3470, 3471, 3474, 3475, 4106, 4107, 4108, 4110, and 4112; vicinity of Kauai Island, 165 to 500 fathoms, stations 3988, 3989, 3997, 4022, 4028, and 4029; vicinity of Modu Manu, 293 to 1,059 fathoms, stations 4153, 4157, and 4166. The median carina of the carapace is fairly distinct until near the posterior border; a low tubercle just in front of this border. In some of the specimens the telson equals or somewhat exceeds the andopod of the tail-fan. Haliporus modestus (Smith). (PI. xx, fig. 4.) Hymenopenseus modestus Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VIII, 1885, 183. Distribution. — South coast of Oahu Island, 183 to 280 fathoms, stations 3813 and 3920; vicinity of Laysan Island, 97 to 163 fathoms, stations 3938 and 3947; west coast of Hawaii Island, 198 to 147 fathoms, station 4045; north coast of Maui Island, 143 to 220 fathoms, stations 4079 and 4081; Pailolo Channel, 122 to 143 fathoms, stations 4101, 4102, and 4103; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 154 to 251 fathoms, stations 4114 and 4121. I have not seen the type of H. modestus (Smith) from off Delaware Bay, 156 fathoms, but the description agrees in all essentials with the Hawaiian specimens. The rostrum averages one-third the length of the carapace proper; of the seven dorsal spines, four may be on the carapace and three on the rostrum, or vice versa. The upper of the antennular flagella equals in length the carapace (including rostrum) and the first two abdominal somites; the lower one equals the carapace and rostrum. The antennal flagellum may attain three times the length of body. The inner lamella of the tail-fan, though shorter than the telson, reaches preceptibly beyond it. The leaves of the petasma are very broad, extremity oblique and three-lobed; a longitudinal plait divides the middle lobe. Dimensions. — The largest specimen, a female ( station 4101), measures 26.3 mm. on the carapace and 53.5 along the abdomen. 906 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Aristeus semidentatus Bate. (PI. xix, fig. 1.) Aristeus semidentatus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), VIII, 1881, 189; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pi. xlix, fig. 3, male, 1901. Hemipenxus semidentatus Bate, Challenger Macrura, 305, pi. xlix, fig. 1, female, 1888. Aristxus semidentatus Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), VIII, 1891, 280; Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom.f 31, 1901. Distribution. — Kaiwi' Channel, 295 to 442 fathoms, stations 3470, 3472, 3474, 3475, 4105, 4106, and 4108; south coast of Oahu Island, 228 to 337 fathoms, stations 3815, 3910, 3911, 3916, and 3917; vicinity of Kauai Island, 165 to 500 fathoms, stations 3988, 3989, 4015, 4016, 4020, 4021, 4022, and 4025; west coast of Hawaii Island, 382 to 253 fathoms, station 4041 ; north coast of Maui Island, 267 to 283 fathoms, station 4085; northeast approach to Pailolo Channel, 308 to 306 fathoms, station 4088; north coast of Molokai, 328 to 809 fathoms, stations 3887 and 3892. The rostrum of the female in Hawaiian specimens is usually shorter than the carapace, varying from about eight-ninths to just the length of the carapace. The acicle, on the other hand, runs some- what longer than in the Indian form, its length being contained about one and a half times in the length of the carapace of the female, one and a fourth times or less in the male. Color (from notes by the collector). — Rostrum, basal parts of antennae, legs and sides of thorax, vermilion to orange vermilion. Legs punctate with burnt carmine. Dorsum of carapace, Payne’s gray to purple, the viscera showing through. Eyes black, showing iridescent yellow. Abdomen light opaque pink except joints (articulations), which are yellowish salmon pink. Telson carmine or yellowish carmine. Benthesicy mus investigatoris Anderson. Benthesicymus investigatoris Anderson, in Alcock and Anderson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), III, 1899, 282; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pi. xli, fig. 2, 1899; Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 44, 1901. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 222 to 498 fathoms, station 3824; north coast of Molokai Island, 552 to 809 fathoms, station 3887; vicinity of Modu Manu, 222 to 1,059 fathoms, stations 3977, 3979, 4153, and 4166; vicinity of Kauai Island, 339 to 703 fathoms, stations 3985, 3989, 3997, 4013, 4014, 4019, 4022, 4028, 4029, 4137, 4139, 4140, 4141, and 4187; Kaiwi Channel, 395 to 470 fathoms, stations 4109, 4110, 4111, 4112, 4113. There are two teeth on the dorsal margin of the rostrum, besides the acuminate tip; behind the posterior tooth, there is a very small rudiment of a movable spine. The carina of the fifth as well as of the sixth abdominal segment ends pos- teriorly in a small spine. Sixth segment twice as long as fifth. Color. — Carmine. Length of largest specimen, female (station 4110), 86 mm., carapace 32.2 mm. Benthesicymus laciniatus, sp. nov. (PI. xix, fig. 3.) Allied to B. crenatus Bate (Challenger Macrura, 329, pis. liv and lv, 1888). Two, instead of three, teeth on the dorsal surface of the rostrum. Median carina of carapace not evident behind gastric region. No hepatic spine. Fourth segment of abdomen spinulous or laciniate on posterior margin; the spinules irregular, but increasing in size toward the middle; a short, transverse groove across middle of segment; behind it a median groove terminating in a prominent but short spine. Telson armed with three spines on each side on the posterior half, besides the pair at the extremity. First joint of antennula longer than eye-stalk; upper flagellum at least as long as carapace, includ- ing rostrum and first segment of abdomen; lower flagellum still longer. These flagella are incomplete in all the specimens. Acicle less pointed than in B. crenatus; flagellum one and a half times as long as body. Fig. 59. — Benthesicymus laciniatus, type, pos- terior half of telson, X 2 §. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 907 Dimensions. — Female, length of carapace 48 mm., of abdomen 103 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 724 to 1,314 fathoms, stations 4018 (type locality), 4183, and 4185. Cat. No. of type, 30540. Benthesicymus moratus Smith. Benthesicymus? sp. indet., Smith, Rept. TJ.'S. Fish Commr. for 1882, 397 [53], pi. x, figs. 3, 4, 5, ' 1884. Benthesicymus? moratus Smith, Rept. U. S. Fish Commr. for 1885, 694 [90], 1886. Vicinity of Kauai Island, 1,000 to 1,314’ fathoms, station 4185, one male and one female, in poor condition. They agree very well with Smith’s description (I have seen no Atlantic specimens) except- ing that in the larger, a male about 95 mm. long, the third pleonic segment is not carinate, although in the small female (about 55 mm. long) it is obscurely so in the posterior half. Benthonectes filipes Smith. Benthonectes filipes Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VII, 1885, 509; Rept. U. S. Fish Commr. for 1885, 692 [88], pi. xvni, figs. 1, la; pi. xix, figs. 1, la, 16, 1886. Vicinity of Kauai Island, 508 to 703 fathoms, station 4187; one male. In this specimen the rostrum has only one well-developed dorsal spine. In place of the posterior one in the figure there is a minute spinule which may represent an aborted spine. Gennadas parvus Bate. Gennadas parvus Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), VIII, 1881, 192; Challenger Macrura, 340, pi. lix, 1888. Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 46,- 1901. Vicinity of Modu Manu, 636 to 850 fathoms, station 4154, one female. This specimen has the charac- teristic thelycum described by Alcock. Gennadas propinquus, sp. nov. Between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel, two specimens, male and female, were taken in the inter- mediate tow-net at 100 fathoms, which are very close to G. parvus Bate, but the thelycum of the female is different from that described by Alcock (loc. cit.) . A small species (about 32 mm. long), with the rostral and the gastric spine very slender, the oph- thalmic spine slender, the antennular peduncle with surface pubescent. The thelycum shows a large subtriangular shield between the bases of the feet of the third pair, followed by a narrow transverse plate and then by a subcordate disk between feet of fifth pair. The petasma in general form is similar to that of G. parvus Bate (op. cit., pi. lix, fig. pp. ), but is differently laciniated across the distal end. A mutilated female from vicinity of Kauai Island, 478 to 453 fathoms, station 4029, is probably the same species. Cat. No. of type, 30541. Gennadas, sp. 6, Thelycum, x 2§. One very soft and damaged male from vicinity of Kauai Island, 1,000 to fig. 62 .—Gennadas, sp., sta- 1,314 fathoms, station 4185, might pass for G. borealis Rathbun, but the tion 4185, petasma, - 4. petasma is larger than in that species, and the truncate lobe seen at the middle of its distal end (Harriman Alaska Exped., X, 1904, 148, fig. 89a) is replaced by a convex margin. The antennal scale appears to be narrower, but is incomplete. 908 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Sicyonia lsevis Bate. (PI. xx, fig. 7.) Sicyonia Ixvis Bate, Challenger Macrura, 298, pi. xliii, fig. 5, 1888. Distribution.— Pailolo Channel, 138 to 140 fathoms, station 3859; vicinity of Kauai Island, 233 to 40 fathoms, station 3982; three specimens in all. Bate’s single specimen was taken by the Challenger north of New Guinea in 150 fathoms. Our specimens agree fairly well with his description and figure. There is, however, no acute tooth below the orbit, but a very rounded one. The rostrum of only one is perfect, and that is a little different shape from Bate’s figure — the tip is more broadly rounded and there are four teeth above and three terminal. Sicyonia longicauda, sp. nov. (PI. xx, fig. 6.) Surface covered with very short setae, easily rubbed off. Rostrum reaching beyond the eye-stalks, as far as the end of the first antennulary segment; strongly ascending; armed with three spines above, the posterior of which lies a little behind margin of orbit; tip oblique truncate, with three projections, a tooth between two spines. Dorsal carina pro- longed nearly to posterior margin of carapace, armed with two strong teeth, one gastric and one car- diac, about as far distant from each other as the anterior one is from the spine at base of rostrum. A strong hepatic spine. Abdomen sparingly sculptured; a strong sharp dorsal carina which forms an acute tooth on the first segment and ends in a similar tooth on the sixth segment; this segment unusually long, nearly twice as long as fifth. Telson longer than sixth segment, channeled above, a pair of lateral spines not far from the tip. Eyes very large, horizontally flattened. Basal segment of antennule armed with two slender spines on its outer border. Flagella no longer than the second segment of the peduncle. The peduncle of the antenna scarcely reaches the middle of the scale; flagellum, to last three segments of abdomen; basal segment armed with a strong outer spine. Sternum armed with a flattened spine which arises between the bases of the legs Of the fourth pair, but extends forward in advance of the bases of the third pair. Both branches of swimming fan shorter than telson; outer branch shorter than inner. Length 78; carapace 28 mm. This species can be distinguished by its elongate sixth abdominal segment. Distribution. — No species of Sicyonia has hitherto been found in a depth of more than 200 fathoms. Kaiwi Channel, 295 to 351 fathoms, stations 3467, 3472, 3475, 3476, and 4105; south coast of Oahu Island, 228 to 330 fathoms, stations 3815, 3907, 3908, 3909, 3914, 3916, 3917, 3918, and 3920; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 311 fathoms, station 3865 (type locality), 3866, 3867, 3883, 3884, 3898, 3899, 3900, and 3901; vicinity of Kauai Island, 53 to 324 fathoms, stations 4002, 4130, 4132, and 4134; north coast of Maui Island, 202 to 267 fathoms, stations 4081, 4082, 4083, and 4084; northeast approach to Pailolo Channel, 272 to 290 fathoms, stations 4095, 4096, and 4097; southwest coast of Oahu Island, 192 to 352 fathoms, station 4122. Cat. No. of type, 30823. Family SERGESTIDvE. Sergestes tenuiremis Kroyer. Sergestes tenuiremis Kroyer, Kongel. Danske Yidensk. Selsk. Skr. , 5 Raekke, naturvidensk. math, afd., IV, 1859, 255 and 278, pi. iv, fig. lla-6. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, 949 and 951. Between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel, station 3803, 50 fathoms, in open intermediate tow-net, one specimen. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 909 Sergestes robustus Smith. (PI. xviii, fig. 1.) Sergestes, sp., Smith, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ill, 1881, 445. Sergestes robustus Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1882, X, 97, pi. xvi, figs. 5-86; Rept. U. S. Fish Commr. for 1882, 416 [72], pi. vm, figs. 3-66 (1884); Rept. U. S. Fish Commr. for 1885, 697 [93], pi. xx, fig. 6 (1886). Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, 949. Sergestes bisulcatus Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), VII, 1891, 190; (6) VIII, 1891, 353. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, 1895, 210, pi. lii. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon- don, 1896, 949. Alcock, Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pi. l, figs. 1-16, 1901; Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 49, 1901. Sergestes phorcus Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, 1893, 217. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 313 to 460 fathoms, stations 3470, 3471, 3473, 4106, and 4110; vicinity of Kauai Island, 275 to 368 fathoms, stations 4025; west coast of Hawaii Island, 382 to 253 fathoms, station 4041. Of the above specimens two only from stations 4106 and 4110 correspond to the typical form; the others differ only in having a small but distinct hepatic spine; the presence or absence therefore of this spine can not be considered a specific character. There is no indication on the labels that the specimens did not come from the depths cited. Sergestes edwardsii Kroyer. Sergestes Edwardsii Kroyer, Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 5 Raekke, naturvidensk. math, afd., IV, 1859, 246, 277, pi. iv, fig. 9 a-k. Sergestes edwardsii Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, 1895, 212, pi. li, figs. 1-1 e. Perhaps not S. halia Faxon. (See Hansen, p. 962.) Sergestes edwardsi Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, 950 and 961. Two small specimens were taken in 50 fathoms in the open intermediate tow-net at station 3806, between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel. Sergestes oculatus Kroyer. Sergestes oculatus Kroyer, Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 5 Raekke, naturvidensk. math, afd., IV, 1859, 243 and 277, pi. in, fig. 5a-/. Bate, Challenger Macrura, 406, pi. lxxiv, fig. 1, 1888. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, 950 and 963. Distribution. — Between Honolulu and Laysan, surface, station 3929; vicinity of Kauai Island, sur- face, station 3981; west coast of Hawaii Island, surface, station 4037; 4 specimens in all. Specimens about 12 and 13 mm. long. Recorded by Bate from 5° south of Hawaiian Islands, and near the Hawaiian Islands. According to Hansen this is the Mastigopus of S', edwardsii. Sergestes parvidens Bate. Sergestes parvidens Bate, Challenger Macrura, 409, pi. lxxiv, fig. 3, 1888. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, 950 and 964. North of Hawaiian Islands (Bate). According to Ortmann and Hansen a young stage of S. vigilax Stimpson. Sergestes armatus Kroyer. Sergestes armatus Kroyer, Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 5 Raekke, naturvidensk. math, afd., IV, 1859, 260 and 279, pi. m, figs. 6 a-e. Bate, Challenger Macrura, 401, pi. lxxiii, fig. 1, 1888. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, 950 and 966. Between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel three specimens, taken in surface tow-net. The largest, about 17 mm. long, bears a spine on each of the first five abdominal segments, while the other two specimens, each about 10 mm. long, have spines on the second to fifth segments. Recorded by Bate, north of Hawaiian Islands, latitude 30° 22/ north, longitude 154° 56' west, and also between Honolulu and Japan. 910 BULLETIN OE THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Sergestes ventridentatus Bate. Sergestes ventridentatus Bate, Challenger Macrura, 431, 1888. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896; 951. North of Hawaiian Islands (Bate). Leueifer acestra (Dana). Lucifer acestra Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 671, 1852; atlas, pi. xliv, fig. 9 a-i, 1855. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, 1895, 214 and synonymy. Distribution. — Between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel, 50 fathoms, station 3803; between Hono- lulu and Laysan Island, surface, station 3926; vicinity of Kauai Island, surface, station 3981; Hawaii (Bate). Family CRAGONIDJE. Pontophilus gracilis Smith. Pontophilus gracilis Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X, 1882, 36, pi. vii, figs. 2-3a; Kept. U. S. Fish Commr. for 1885, 654 [50], pi. xi, figs. 1-2, 1886. Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 115, 1901, and synonymy. Distribution!— South coast of Molokai Island, 430 to 371 fathoms, station 3826; between Honolulu and Kauai Island, 508 to 557 fathoms, station 4007 ; vicinity of Kauai Island, ‘286 to 804 fathoms, stations 4018, 4021, and 4137; west coast of Hawaii Island, 670 to 697 fathoms, stations 4036 and 4039; vicinity of Modu Manu, 762 to 1,059 fathoms, stations 4153 and 4157. The specimens do not exceed 30 mm. in length. Pontophilus modumanuensis, sp. nov. A small species, represented by only one specimen from vicinity of Modu Manu, 293 to 800 fathoms, station 4166 (Cat. No. 30543). Carapace with rostrum as long as first three and a half segments of abdomen. Rostrum long, slender, spiniform, exceeding eyes a little but not nearly reaching end of first antennular segment; armed on basal half with two spines on each side. Two median spines just behind the rostrum, the anterior the smaller. Median carina stopping short of posterior margin of cara- pace. Two lateral carinse; the upper unarmed and continuous with the side margins of the rostrum; lower carina very short, terminating anteriorly in a spine which is slightly behind the posterior median spine. A small antennal, a long branchiostegal spine. Abdomen almost smooth, punctate, telson wanting. Eyes light reddish-brown in alcohol. Basal spine of antennula very slender and reaching nearly to end of first antennular segment; peduncle not reaching middle of acicle; third segment half as long as second; flagella half as long as carapace (rostrum inclusive) ; outer flagellum a little thicker and shorter than inner. Scale of antenna also about half as long as carapace, its spine exceeding blade. A small spine on outer side of second antennal segment; peduncle reaching to middle of second antennular segment; flagellum nearly as long as body. The maxillipeds overreach the acicle by one-fourth length of their last segment. The first pair of legs reach just to end of acicle; the second pair halfway along merus of first pair; third pair exceed acicle with last two joints; fourth pair reach just to end of acicle; fifth pair about same length, tip broken. Length of carapace and rostrum 5.3 mm., length of abdomen, telson excluded, 10.5 mm. 3 Fig. 63. — Pontophilus modumanuen- sis, type, carapace and antennal region, x 4f. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 911 Egeon orientalis Henderson. (PI. xxm, fig. 3.) JEgeon orientalis Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2), Zool., V, 1893, 446, pi. xl, figs. 16, 17. Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 286 to 399 fathoms, station 4021, 2 females; vicinity of Modu Manu, 293 to 800 fathoms, station 4166, 1 female. The rostrum is distinctly bispinose, with a smaller spine either side at base. Median carina with five spines, of which the middle one is somewhat smaller. First or upper lateral carina 7-spined, second row 8 to 10-spined, lower row 6-spined, including the antero-lateral spine. The spines of the two lower rows diminish in size posteriorly, and the spines of the lowest row end halfway back on the carapace. The first, fifth, and sixth abdominal somites have each a pair of submedian carinse; the second, third, and fourth somites have each one median carina; the first, second, third, and fifth somites have two lateral carinse on each side; the fourth somite three lateral carinse on each side; the sixth somite one carina on each side. The six carinse of the first somite and the median carina of the second somite end anteriorly in a spine; the median carina of the fourth somite and the submedian pair of the fifth and sixth somites terminate posteriorly in a spine, while the submedian keels of the sixth somite have also a spine at their posterior third. Henderson describes the second, third, and fourth segments with only a single lateral keel; but his figure contradicts this. No rostral spines or teeth are shown in the figure. Egeon habereri (Doflein). Pontocaris habereri Doflein, Abh. math.-phys. Cl. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss., Miinchen, XXI, 1902, 620, pi. i, figs. 4 and 5, text fig. A. Distribution. — Pailolo Channel, 127 to 138 fathoms, stations 3857 (1 male) and 3858 (1 female). Female larger than male; carapace 11.8 mm. long, abdomen about 32 mm. The median carina of the male is four-toothed, of the female five- toothed. Besides the two main rostral teeth, there is a very small one on either side at the base. Of the antennular flagella in the female, the outer is not more than half as thick as the inner. Family RHYNCH0CINETID£. Rbynchocinetes rugulosus Stimpson. Rhynchocinetes rugulosus Stimpson, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., XII, 1860, 36 [105], f Rhynchocinetes typus Borradaile, in Willey, Zool. Results New Britain, etc., pt. iv, 415, 1900. French Frigate Shoal, 17 to 17$ fathoms, station 3970, one small speci- men about 16 mm. long. Rostral formula Stimpson’s type from Port Jackson, Australia, was 2 inches long, and had three instead of four teeth near tip of rostrum above and twelve teeth below. The last two segments of the abdomen of the Hawaiian' specimens are noticeably longer than in the Chilean specimens of R. typus collected by the U. S. Exploring Expedition. Owing to the very great difference in the size, it is impossible to compare the r'ugse of the carapace. It may appear that the Hawaiian form represents an undescribed species. Fig. 64. — Rhynchocinetes rug- ulosus. a, Carapace and antennal region, x 5§. b, Rostrum, x 4|. F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3—10 912 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Family LYSMATID^. Processa processa (Bate). (PI. xxix, fig. 6.) Nika processa Bate, Challenger Macrura, 527, pi. xcv, 1888. Distribution. — Honolulu Beef, May 8, 1902; Auau Channel, 21 to 43 fathoms, stations 3872 and 3874. Six specimens in all. The rostrum is compressed, carinate, as long as eye, extremity oblique, bispinose, a shorter spine above, longer one below, a few hairs between. The eyes are very large, flattened, and have a small but distinct and dark-colored ocellus on the border of the cornea and mainly outlined 'against the peduncle. The antennular peduncle is as long as the acicle; the antennal peduncle reaches just to end of basal joint of antennular peduncle. The outer maxilliped and the simple foot of the first pair exceed the acicle by length of their last segment, while the cheliped of the first pair is barely as long as the acicle. Feet of second pair unequal; right foot exceeding acicle by half its merus besides- carpus and chela, merus feebly subdivided, carpus with about 65 segments; left foot exceeding acicle by length of chela and nearly all the carpus, merus also feebly segmented, carpus with thirty subdivisions. A specimen from station 3876 presents a curious variation; the small upper spine of the rostrum is found much farther back, at the middle of the rostrum, which from that point tapers anteriorly in a long acuminate spine. Processa hawaiensis (Dana). Nika hawaiensis Dana, Crust. TJ..S. Expl. Exped., I, 538, 1852; atlas, pi. xxxm, fig. 7 a-h, 1855. Lahaina, Maui (Dana). According to Dana the rostrum is shorter than the eyes and broader than long; the antennular peduncle longer than acicle; antennal peduncle nearly as long as acicle. Carpus of feet of second pair with eleven joints. Family HIPP0LYTID7E. Hippolyte acuta (Stimpson). (PI. xxiv, fig. 3.) Virbius acutus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII, 1860, 104 [35]. Reef in front of Honolulu, August 16, 1901, one ovigerous female; one additional ovigerous female without label was taken in 1901. These agree very well with Stimpson’ s description, except that the telson is armed dorsally with only two pairs of aculei. Hippolysmata acicula, sp. nov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 6.) Differs from H. vittata Stimpson, of which I have seen no examples, in the longer antennal scale, which exceeds considerably the antennular peduncle and is nearly as long as the carapace, rostrum excluded; in the outer maxilliped exceeding the acicle by only the half of its terminal joint; in the greater number of segments (29) of the carpus of the second pair of feet. The rostral formula is the rostrum reaching to the distal third, as in the largest specimen, or to the end, as in smaller specimens, of the penult segment of the antennular stalk; two teeth are on the carapace, the posterior in front of middle. The antennal flagellum is sometimes nearly twice as long as body; in the largest specimen it is broken off. Dimensions. — Female type, length 27.8, length of carapace with rostrum 9.8, without rostrum 6.8., length of acicle measured on outer margin 5.8 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 7 to 148 fathoms, station 3999, 1 female type (Cat. No. 30544) ; Honolulu, from bottom of tugboat, July 3, 1902, 4 specimens. BRACHYITRA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 913 Hippolysmata paucidens,' sp. nov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 4.) A smaller species than the last. Rostral formula teeth smaller, two behind the orbit, the posterior one at the anterior third of the carapace or farther forward than in preceding species. Rostrum barely reaching end of first anten- nular segment. Acicle shorter than in H. acicula, not two-thirds length of carapace, rostrum excluded. Outer maxilliped exceeds acicle by three-fourths of its terminal joint. Twenty-three segments in carpus of second pair of feet. From H. vittata our species is distinguished by its shorter rostrum and fewer teeth. Dimensions. — Female type, length 18, length of carapace with rostrum 6.2, without rostrum 4.5, acicle (outer margin) 2.6 mm. Distribution. — Honolulu, 1901; Waikiki beach, August 14, 1901 (type locality); Laysan, May, 1902; 10 specimens in all. Cat. No. of type, 25411. Spirontocaris marmorata (Olivier). Palxmon marmoratus Olivier, Encycl. M6th., Hist. Nat., Insectes, VIII, 665, 1811; atlas, XXIV, pi. 319, fig. 3, 1818. Alpheus marmoratus Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., V, 205, 1818. Hippolyte marmoratus Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 379, pi. xxv, figs. 8 and 9, 1837. Hippolyte gibberosus Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 378, 1837. Hippolyte gibbosus Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 1877, 119, and synonymy. Hippolyte gibberosa de Man, Arch. f. Natur., LIII, 1887, pt. 1, 533. Hippolyte marmorata de Man, loc. cit. Honolulu, 1901; Honolulu Reef, May 8, 1902; Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets, U. S. Navy; Oahu, Sharp. Hawaiian Islands (Randall, Gibbes); 3 fragmentary specimens, T. Nuttall, collector, in Philadel- phia Academy of Natural Sciences. Hawaiian Islands (Dana). The difference between the species marmorata and gibberosa seems to consist solely in the length of the outer maxilliped, which I am inclined to think is dependent on maturity. In the limited series before me, specimens about 57 mm. long have the terminal joint of the maxilliped greatly elongate, exceeding the acicle by half its length. In a specimen 41.5 mm. long (Oahu), the maxillipeds reach just to end of acicle; in specimens about 22 mm. long, a little past middle of acicle. Specimens of a very young hippolytid were taken at the surface on the south coast of Oahu at stations 3812 and 3921. They average about 7 mm. in length and are probably the young of S. marmorata. Spirontocaris kauaiensis, sp. nov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 5.) Dorsal carina occupying three-fourths of the carapace, armed with three large spines, of which one is behind the orbit and two above- the eyes. The anterior one may stand in front of eyes. Rostrum one and two-thirds times as long as carapace, curved strongly upward, armed with 8 spines below; one subterminal above. A strong antennal spine. Pleon smooth; sixth more than twice as long as fifth segment and a little longer than telson, which has two pairs of lateral spinules. Eyes large. Second and third antennular segments very short, subequal; basal scale not exceeding first segment; peduncle reaching to middle of acicle; longer flagellum at least as long as pleon. Acicle just as long as carapace; antennal peduncle reaching to end of second antennular segment. The outer maxillipeds reach past middle of acicle; first pair of trunk legs, to end of antennal peduncle; second pair end half- way between tip of maxilliped and tip of scale. The outer maxilliped is provided with an exopod and epipod; the first and second trunk legs only with an epipod, all destitute of exopods. . Dimensions. — Female, length of carapace 8.7, rostrum 17, abdomen (telson excluded) 26 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 55 to 362 fathoms, stations 3986 and 3998 (type locality); northwest coast of Oahu Island, 216 to 251 fathoms, station 4121; 4 specimens in all. Cat. No. of type, 30545. This species, by having three teeth at the base of the rostrum and in the elongate sixth segment of pleon, resembles S. tridens Rathbun, but that species has the rostrum shorter and more horizontal and the third abdominal segment subcarinate. 914 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Spirontocaris profunda, sp. liov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 10.) Carapace stout, carinated in its anterior two-thirds. Rostrum slender, about one-third as long as carapace, not reaching end of first antennular segment, horizontal; dorsal spines two, the posterior one in line with the supraorbital spine and just in advance of the line of the orbit; one spine below, near the tip, which is acuminate. Anterior margin armed with three spines, one supraorbital, one antennal, one much smaller at the antero-lateral angle. Antennular peduncle two-thirds as long as carapace, first segment twice as long as second, which is three times as long as third ; basal scale reaching nearly to end of first segment, which last has on its distal margin a spine at the outer angle and two very slender ones above; antero-external angle of second segment armed with a slender spine, of third segment with two spines. Flagella about as long as peduncle. The antennal scale exceeds the antennular peduncle, its blade is oblique and overreaches the spine; the peduncle reaches to the end of the second antennular segment. Flagellum as long as the body less the telson. Outer maxillipeds stout and very long, extending beyond acicle by length of last joint and nearly half of the penult. They are without exopod, but have an epipod as have also the first three pairs of trunk legs. The stout first pair extend to middle of terminal joint of maxilliped; the second pair are a little longer than the first; carpus of nine segments. Fifth and sixth abdominal somites armed with a postero-lateral spine; fifth one and a half times as long as sixth segment; telson as long as fifth and sixth together, with four spinules on one side and five on the other. Dimensions. — Female, length 46, of carapace and rostrum 15, of rostrum 4.3 mm. Typelocality. -Vicinity of ModuManu, 762 to 1,000 fathoms, station 4157; 1 female (Cat. No. 30546). This species is near S', washingtonicma Rath-bun, found in deep, water off the State of Washington, but has a much shorter rostrum and longer maxillipeds. Family PANDALIDAi. Pandalus martius A. Milne Edwards. Pandalus martius A. Milne Edwards, Recueil Planches Exp6d. “Travailleur,” pi. xxi, 1883. Plesionika Martia Caullerv, Ann. Univ.-Lyon., 1896, “Caudan” Crust., p. 378, pi. xv, figs. 1-6. Pandalus ( Plesionika ) martius Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 95, 1901 and synonymy. This is the common sword shrimp of deep water about the islands, over 700 specimens having been taken by t*he Albatross in fifty hauls. Color. — Carapace translucent, showing anatomy. Whole body covered with fine vermilion dots, including rostrum, eyestalks, antennal scale and swimmerets. Joints of abdomen brighter red. Legs and antennse bright Chinese vermilion. Eyes gray, showing yellow by reflected light. Eggs opaque cobalt blue. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 295 to 351 fathoms, stations 3467, 3471, 3472, 3473, 3474, 3475, 3476, 4105, and 4106; south coast of Oahu, 228 to 337 fathoms, stations 3815, 3817, 3818, 3907, 3908, 3909, 3910, 3911, 3912, 3914, 3916, 3917, 3918, and 3925; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 684 fathoms, stations 3865, 3866, 3867, 3868, 3883, 3884, 3898, 3899, 3900, and 3901 ; vicinity of Kauai, 165 to 469 fathoms, stations 3988, 4015, 4016, 4021, 4025, 4130, 4134, 4135, and 4136; west coast of Hawaii, 382’ to 253 fathoms, station 4041; north coast of Maui, 253 to 283 fathoms, stations 4084 and 4085; northeast approach to Pailolo Channel, 286 to 308 fathoms, stations 4089, 4091, and 4095; northwest coast of Oahu, 282 to 253 fathoms, station 4117 ; vicinity of Niihau Island, 319 to 378 fathoms, station 4178. Pandalus ensis (A. Milne Edwards). Acanthephyra ensis A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (6), XI, 1881, art. 4, p. 14. Pandalus ensis A. Milne Edwards, Recueil Planches Exped. “Travailleur,” pi. xviii, 1883. Pandalus ( Plesionika ) ensis Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 96, 1901. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 915 This species can be most readily distinguished from the preceding, P. martins, by the median spine on the posterior border of the third abdominal segment and the greater length of the sixth seg- ment, which is longer than the telson. The last three pairs of legs are also appreciably shorter. Less abundant than P. martius, only 128 specimens having been taken in twenty-eight hauls. Color. — Ground tint pearly or milky semiopaqueness, the viscera clearly showing through the thorax. End of rostrum, tips of legs and abdomen at edges of joints vermilion. Spots of same color along sides of abdomen; terminal half of abdomen finely dotted, and telson marked with vermilion. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 220 to 346 fathoms, stations 3467, 3472, 3473, and 3893; south coast of Oahu, 228 to 369 fathoms, stations 3815, 3914, 3920, and 3922; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 684 fathoms, stations 3865, 3868, 3883, 3884, and 3901; vicinity of Laysan, 351 to 347 fathoms, station 3952; vicinity of Kauai, 55 to 469 fathoms, stations 3986, 3988, 3990, 3998, 4130, 4131, 4132, 4134, and 4135; north coast of Maui, 253 to 283 fathoms, stations 4084 and 4085; northeast approach to Pailolo Channel, 290 to 286 fathoms, station 4095; northeast coast of Oahu, 282 to 253 fathoms, station 4117; vicinity of Niihau Island 319 to 378 fathoms, station 4178. ? Pandalus ocellus (Bate). (Pl. xxx, fig. 1.) Nothocaris ocellus Bate, Challenger Macrura, 657, pl. cxiv, fig. 3, 1888. Not ? Pandalus ( Plesionika ) ocellus Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 97, 1901. I am in doubt as to the identity of this form with Bate’s; it seems much nearer to his figure and description than does the Andaman specimen placed here hesitatingly by Alcock. The only discrepancy of any consequence is this, that the feet of the second pair are equal and similar, while, according to Bate, the left carpus is nearly twice as long as the right. Whether this has been correctly reported or not remains to be seen. In the Hawaiian specimens the two posterior dorsal spines are small, close together, and movable; then follow about six larger and moi~e separated fixed spines, and then from four to six very small fixed and still more distant spines which reach to the tij>; below are seven or eight small fixed spines which begin a little in front of the antennular peduncle, which is farther back than Bate describes them. It must be remembered that he had only two specimens, and only one with rostrum. The second pair of feet overreach the maxillipeds by the length of the chela and seven or eight joints of the carpus. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of feet diminish in length in the order named; the third exceeds the maxilliped by the dactylus, propodus, and three-fourths of the carpus; the fifth reaches to end of proximal third of propodus of third. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 115 to 134 fathoms, station 3853; Pailolo Channel, 122 to 143 fathoms, statipns 3856, 3858, 4101, 4102, 4103, and 4104; Auau Channel, 126 to 130 fathoms, station 3896; vicinity of Kauai Island, 230 to 53 fathoms, station 4002; north coast of Maui Island, 45 to 52 fathoms, station 4070. Pandalus sindoi, sp. nov. (Pl. xxi, fig. 4.) Near the preceding, P. ocellus. Differs in having the posterior four (instead of two) dorsal spines small, subequal and close together, although only the posterior two or three are movable. Eyes considerably larger. Antennular peduncle not reaching to end of second segment of antennular peduncle. Second pair of feet overreaching tip of maxilliped very slightly, not more than length of chela. Sixth abdominal segment longer, twice as long as fifth segment; telson correspondingly elongate. . ' Named for M. Sindo, of the Fish Commission party of 1901. Only three adult specimens were taken, all fragmentary; two male (type, Cat. No. 30547) from station 3998, vicinity of Kauai Island, 235 to 228 fathoms, and one female, station 3953, vicinity of Laysan Island, 347 to 264 fathoms; also one young from station 3846, south coast of Molokai Island, 64 to 60 fathoms. Dimensions. — Length of male 58, length of carapace 10.4, rostrum 16.2, abdomen 32.4, sixth abdominal segment 7.6, telson without terminal movable spines 7.5 mm. Length of larger male, exclusive of rostrum which is broken, 52.5 mm. This may be Pandalus ( Plesionika ) ocellus Alcock non Bate (Desc. Cat., p. 98) of which there was only a single specimen, lacking the right leg of the second pair. 916 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Pandalus brevis, sp. nov. (PI. xxx, fig. 3. ) I Nearest to the European P. brevirostris Rathke. Although the dorsal carina arises behind middle of carapace, the spines begin at the anterior fifth. Rostrum short, as in the allied species, reaching to middle of second segment of antennula, armed with eleven to twelve spines above (five behind the orbit and none near the tip) and one below. Surface microscopically pitted, the punctae forming short transverse rows on the carapace. Eyes very short and stout, cornea covering nearly whole of stalks; ocellus marginal, projecting a little from the cornea. Last two antennular segments of equal length ; peduncle two-thirds as long Fig. 65.— Pandalus as antennal scale; the latter a little more than half as long as carapace (rostrum brevis, type, rostrum, excluded ) ; antennal peduncle extending to middle of last segment of antennular x 5«' peduncle. Outer maxilliped with exopod. First thoracic foot reaching nearly to end of acicle. Feet of second pair equal, stretching to a little beyond acicle, carpus 11-segmented. Fourth foot exceeding acicle by last segment and over half of penult segment. Epipods absent from last pair of legs only. Sixth segment of pleon nearly twice as long as fifth ; telson broken off. Dimensions. — Length of carapace proper 7.8, rostrum 2.7, abdomen, exclusive of telson, 16 mm. The specimen from station 4139 is very much mutilated but considerably larger, about 50 mm. long. Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai Island, 512 to 339 fathoms, station 4139, 1 female; vicinity of Niihau Island, 426 to 417 fathoms, station 4180, 1 male (type, Cat. No. 30548). o Fig. 66. — Pandalus exiguus. station 4062, left eye, X 4f . Pandalus exiguus, sp. nov. (PL xxi, fig. 2.) A small species; body bent at a right angle at the third abdominal segment. Rostrum about one and three-fourths as long as the carapace, bent strongly downward in front of eyes, terminal half ascending; spines of dorsal crest beginning at distal third of carapace, six or seven in number, the posterior one minute, then increasing anteriorly for four or five spines and becoming more horizontal; rostrum in front of eyes unarmed except near the tip, where there are two small spines, lower margin armed with eight to ten spines. Abdomen nearly four times as long as carapace, slightly compressed but scarcely cristate at third segment, which is moderately produced at middle of pos- terior margin. Sixth segment twice as long as fifth and just as long as telson, which is armed with three pairs of side spines; inner uropods intermediate in length between telson and outer uropods. Eyes large, but transverse diameter not exceeding axial. Ocellus very large, extra-corneal. Antennular peduncle reaching to middle of acicle; second and third joints subequal. Acicle nearly as long as carapace, rounded at end which is in line with tip of spine. Antennal peduncle nearly reaching end of second segment of antennular peduncle. Maxil- lipeds reaching just beyond the tip of acicle; first pair of pereiopods same length. The left leg of the; second pair exceeds the rostrum,- its carpus composed of about 40 segments; the right leg does not reach end of acicle, its carpus with 12 segments. The last three legs vary little in length; the last pair exceeds acicle by length of dactylus and a small bit of the propodus; the spines of the merus are of good size. Dimensions. —Length of carapace of type, ovigerous female, 4.3, length of rostrum 7.5, length of abdomen 17 mm. Distribution. — Vicinity of Kauai, 233 to 40 fathoms, station 3982 (type locality) ; northeast coast of Hawaii, 63 to 113 fathoms, stations 4062 and 4064. Cat. No. of type, 30549. This species is nearest to Nothocaris rostricrescentis Bate, which is considerably larger, its rostrum curved more strongly upward; its sixth abdominal segment shorter. BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 917 Pandalus spinidorsalis, sp. nov. (PI. xxi, fig. 5.) Near P. bifurca (Alcock and Anderson). Surface microscopically rugose. Rostrum from three- fourths to four-fifths as long as rest of carapace, gastric carina reaching two-thirds length of carapace, armed with spines, of which about 7-9 are on the carapace, the posterior spines smaller and closer. Telson as long as the fifth and sixth segments combined, the sixth short. Outer pair of terminal spines more than twice as long as inner pair. Ocellus indistinct. Antennular peduncle reaching about two-thirds the length of the antennal scale, the latter being half the length of the carapace proper. The outer maxillipeds reach end of acicle, while the first pair of legs reach as far as the distal third of the terminal joint of the maxilliped. They are provided with a minute dactylus but no chela. Of the second pair, the left leg is the longer and slenderer, with a carpus of thirteen to four- teen joints and reaches almost to end of maxilliped, while the right scarcely reaches end of antennal peduncle and has a five to six-jointed carpus. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of feet diminishin the order named, the fourth being nearer the length of the third ; the third exceeds the acicle by the dactylus and one-third of the propodus, while the fifth foot reaches middle of acicle; meral and carpal joints spiny below; succeeding joints setose. Dimensions. — Female, station 3986, length (exclusive of movable spines of telson) 47, length of carapace 13.5, of rostrum 9.8, of abdomen 23, of telson 6.5, of sixth segment 3.8 mm. This small species can be distinguished from most other species of Pandalus by the extension of the dorsal spines on the posterior half of the carapace. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 295 to 310 fathoms, stations 3467 and 3472; south coast of Oahu, 183 to 330 fathoms, stations 3813, 3914, and 3916; south coast of Molokai Island, 169 to 182 fathoms, station 3835; Pailolo Channel, 277 to 684 fathoms, stations 3868, 3883, 3899, and 3900; vicinity of Kauai Island, 55 to 362 fathoms, stations 3984, 3986 (type locality), 3998, 4001, 4130, and 4132; west coast of Hawaii Island, 147 to 232 fathoms, stations 4045 and 4047; north coast of Maui Island, 202 to 253 fathoms, sta- tions 4081 and 4083; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 241 to 282 fathoms, stations 4116 and 4117; north- east approach to Pailolo Channel, 290 to 286 fathoms, station 4095. Cat. No. of type, 30550. Heterocarpus ensifer A. Milne Edwards. (PI. xxi, fig. 7.) Heterocarpus ensifer A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (6), XI, 1881, art. 4, p. 4; Rec. PI. Exped. Travailleur, pi. xxvii, 1883. Bate, Challenger Macrura, 638, pi. cxii, fig. 4, 1888. Borradaile, Stomatopoda and Decapoda of Willey’s Exped., p. 413. Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 107, 1901. ? Pandalus carinatus Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X, 1882, 63, pi. X, figs. 2-2f and pi. xi, figs. 1-3. Heterocarpus carinatus Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), IX, 1892, 369. The specimens which have been referred to this species by different authors vary much in the dorsal surface of the first two abdominal segments. Bate describes and figures a low, thick carina on these segments* Alcock has the first carina faint, the second sharp, while according to Smith his P. carinatus has the segments evenly rounded above. A. Milne Edwards does not mention those seg- ments, but in a fair-sized specimen from the Caribbean1 Sea (station 2359, Albatross ) there is a feeble blunt carina visible on both segments. The Hawaiian form resembles the typical or West Indian in this regard. The carinse of the third and fourth segments are more prominent and their posterior spine longer. This is one of the most abundant of the deep-water shrimps taken about the Hawaiian Islands. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 220 to 375 fathoms, stations 3467, 3470, 3471, 3472, 3474, 3475, 3476, 3893, 4105, and 4106; south coast of Oahu Island, 42 to 337 fathoms, stations 3810, 3811, 3813, 3814, 3815, 3817, 3818, 3909, 3910, 3911, 3912, 3914, 3917, 3918, 3919, and 3920; south coast of Molokai Island, 259 to 266 fathoms, station 3839; Pailolo Channel, 31 to 290 fathoms, stations 3865, 3866, 3867, 3883, 3884, 3898, 3899, 3900, and 3901; vicinity of Laysan Island, 264 to 351 fathoms, stations 3952 and 3953; vicinity of Kauai Island, 55 to 469 fathoms, stations 3986, 3988, 3998, 4001, 4016, 4017, 4130, 4131, 4132, 4134, 4135, and 4136; west coast of Hawaii. Island, 382 to 253 -fathoms, station 4041; north-coast of 918 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Maui Island, 178 to 267 fathoms, stations 4080, 4081, 4082, 4083, and 4084; northeast approach to Pai- lolo Channel, 272 to 290 fathoms, stations 4095, 4096, and 4097; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 195. to 282 fathoms, stations 4115, 4117, 4120, and 4121; southwest coast of Oahu Island, 352 to 357 fathoms, station 4123. Color.— Carapace translucent, showing anatomy, dark dirty crimson lake in front, very pale behind. Abdomen pale rose madder pink. Swimmerets and thoracic legs bright Chinese vermilion tending to carmine. Eyes black, iridescence yellow. Heterocarpus lsevigatus Bate. Heterocarpus leevigat.us Bate, Challenger Macrura, 636, pi. cxii, fig. 3, 1888; Anderson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), III, 1899, 285. Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pi. xlii, figs. 1, la, 1899. Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 105, 1901. The Hawaiian specimens show the following variations from the description of Alcock (loc. cit.) : In four of the largest specimens, regardless of sex, the rostrum is shorter than the carapace. In many cases there are seven dorsal teeth, including the one or two on the rostrum ; in one specimen there are eight teeth. Dimensions of largest specimen, an egg-bearing female: Length of rostrum, 40 mm.; of carapace, 48.5 mm.; of abdomen, 91 mm. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 314 to 460 fathoms, stations 3470, 3474, 3475, 4105, 4106, 4109, 4110, 4112, and 4113; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 311 fathoms, stations 3865 and 3901; south coast of Oahu Island, 308 to 337 fathoms, stations 3909 and 3910; French Frigate Shoal, 395 to 397 fathoms, station 3973; vicinity of Kauai Island, 165 to 632 fathoms, stations' 3988, 3992, 4013, 4021, 4028, 4137, and 4141; southwest coast of Oahu Island, 357 to 350 fathoms, station 4124; vicinity of Niihau Island, 319 to 426 fathoms, stations 4178 and 4179. Heterocarpus signatus, sp. nov. (PI. xxi, fig. 6.) This species is represented by only two small and soft-shell specimens, which resemble the young of H. vicarius Faxon. Rostrum a little longer than carapace. Dorsal crest reaching nearly to posterior margin, armed with six large spines followed anteriorly by six or seven small ones; four or five spines on the cara- pace proper, the posterior one at its middle. Lower margin with ten small spines. Upper lateral carina of carapace much straighter than in H. vicarius; a very short carina leading from the antennal spine; the branchiostegal spine much longer and more advanced than the antennal, and its carina extending two-thirds the length of the carapace. Abdomen similar to that of H. vicarius, only the third segment being crested and that bluntly; at the posterior third of the crest in both specimens a small, oval depression resembling a scar. The inner branch of the uropods is distinctly longer than the telson; in H. vicarius just as long. Acicle nearly two- thirds length of carapace, longer than in H. vicarius, the antennular peduncle extending no farther than the middle of it. Maxilliped provided with an exopod and reaching nearly *to end of acicle. The first pair of feet reach to same point and have a microscopic dactylus. The second foot on the right extends nearly to end of antennal peduncle, its carpus with eight joints. The second foot on the left extends beyond the peduncle by the length of the chela and three segments of the carpus, which has twenty-one joints. The third foot exceeds the acicle by length of its dactylus and two-fifths of the propodus; the fifth foot just attains end of acicle. These legs are considerably longer in H. vicarius. Dimensions. — Largest specimen, length of carapace 12.8 mm., of rostrum 13.5 mm., of abdomen 25 mm. Type locality. — West coast of Hawaii Island, 382 to 253 fathoms, station 4041 (Cat. No. 30551). Heterocarpus alexandri A. Milne Edwards. Heterocarpus alexandri A. Milne Edwards, Rec. PI. Exped. Travailleur, pi. xxvm, 1883. Vicinity of Kauai Island, 811 to 671 fathoms, station 4181; one specimen. BRA CH Y UR A AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 919 Family ATYIDtE. Atya bisulcata (Randall). Atyoida bisulcata Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII (1839) 1840, 140, pi. v, fig. 5. See Bouvier, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, CXXXVlII, 1904, 446, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIII, 1904, 377. Distribution. — Kaiwiki, Hilo, Hawaii, 1,800 feet altitude, 3 miles from sea, H. W. Henshaw. Pepeekeo, 10 miles from Hilo, H. W. Henshaw; “fresh-water riyulet directly over the sea but having no connection with it.” Lahaina, Maui, U. S. Fish Commission; “fresh -water stream in canyon 5 miles east of Lahaina, April 12, 1902; inhabits a cool, swift mountain stream and is found back under the tdcks, usually where there is a little fall. Species common.” Hawaiian Islands (Randall). Fragments of. type in Museum of Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Hawaii (Stimpson). Oahu (Dana, Sharp). Honolulu (Bate). Color “mottled grayish olive, tinges of red on lateral lappets of carapace.” Ortmannia henshawi Rathbun. Atya bisulcata Sharp, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1893, 111 (part, Cat. No. 162). Atyoida bisulcata Ortmann, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, 407. Ortmannia, henshawi Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Com , XX, 1900, 2, 120, 1901. An atavic form of Atya bisulcata. (See Bouvier, loc. cit. ) Distribution. — -Kai wiki, Hilo, Hawaii, 1,600 to 1,800 feet altitude, 3 to 5 miles from the sea, H. W. Henshaw. Pepeekeo, 10 miles from Hilo (with the preceding). Hilo, R. C. McGregor. Mountains of 'West Maui, near Wailuku, Iao Valley, 100 feet altitude, R. C. McGregor. Lahaina, Maui (with the preceding species). Caridina brevirostris Stimpson. Caridina brevirostris Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII, 1860, 29 [98], A small species, length about 13.4 mm. Rostrum short, triangular, sharp-pointed, not reaching end of first antennular segment. No antennal spine on carapace. Eyes transversely placed, scarcely exceeding peduncle of antennulse. Antennular segments very short, second shorter than first, third shorter than second; basal scale reaching end of first segment. Antennal peduncle ex- tending to end of second antennular segment; scale oblong, its outer spine more advanced than the antennular peduncle. Wrist of first pair of feet shorter than propodus and attached near middle of palm. Wrist of second pair as long as propodus and nearly as long as merus and ischium together, widening distally, extremity hollowed out similar to that of the first pair. Chelae of both pairs very broad and similar; fingers shorter than palm, tips transparent, fringed with stout hair. “Color vermilion.” Distribution. — Five miles south of Puako Bay, Hawaii, July 13, 1902; “taken in small fresh or slightly brackish wTater pools in lava flow, near sea. The shrimps were found in some numbers on the rocks in the bottom of these pools.” Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw. I have referred these specimens to the species which Stimpson describes very briefly from Loo Choo, although I have seen no other specimens. In the hollowing of the carpus of the second foot, the species approaches the genus Ortmannia. Fig. 67. — Caridina brevirostris, Puako Bay. a, Antennal region, much enlarged. 6, First foot, x 16. c, Second foot, x 16. d, Portion of one of last three pairs, x 16. 920 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Family PONTONIID^. ' Harpilius depressus Stimpson. (PI. xxiv, fig. 12.) Harpilius depressus Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII, 1860, 38 [107]. Anchistia spinigera Lenz, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., XIY, 1901, 434 (l A. spinigera Ortmann). Honolulu, 1901; reef in front of Honolulu, 1901; Waikiki Beach, 1901. Island of Hawaii among madrepores (Stimpson). Laysan (Lenz). Rostral formula in our specimens Rostrum deeper than in Savigny’s figure of H. beaupresi Audouin. Telson with either one or two paiis of dorsal aculei. The antepenult joint of the third maxilliped is much narrower than in H. lutescens Dana; the terminal joint of the second maxilliped is suboval and articulated at the end of the penult joint. In these respects, it approaches the genus Anchis- tus Borradaile. Corallioearis quadridentata, sp. nov. (PL xxiv, fig. 1.) Body subcylindrical. Rostrum laterally compressed, narrow, reaching just to end of first antennular segment, directed slightly downward, armed above with four teeth, below entire. A strong spine at outer angle of orbit. Eyes stout, reaching about three-fourths length of rostrum. Second and third antennular segments very short, together shorter than the first, which has an outer distal spine. Antennal scale reaching to end of - second antennular segment, blade rounded and fringed with hair, outer- spine small and less advanced; peduncle reaching to end of first antennular segment; flagellum at least half as long as body. Antepenult segment of third maxilliped only a little wider than the following joints and nearly as long as their combined length. First pair of feet as long as antennules; carpus equal in length to merus; propodus two-thirds of carpus; palm and fingers sub- equal. Second pair very unequal, but similar in form. Right or larger nearly as long as body; carpus very short, triangulate; propodus very stout, palm twice as long as high, crossed transversely by very fine rugae; fingers about one-third as Fig 69.— Corallioearis long as palm; pollex curved, with two basal teeth on prehensile edge; dactyl quadridentata Awe, strongly enlarged distally, a deep sinus near the base. Left cheliped only about rostrum, x i"|. half as long as body and correspondingly narrow; dactylus more orbicular. Dac- tyli of last three pairs short, curved, thickened at base, and with an accessory spinule. Telson with two pairs of lateral spinules. A small species, measuring 10 mm. long. One specimen only from Auau Channel, 28 to 43 fathoms, station 3876 (Cat. No. 30552). This species comes nearest to C. tridentata Miers, but the eyes are longer, the palm is not carinated below, and the pollex is dentate. . Corallioearis truncata, sp. nov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 2.) Body shaped as in the preceding ( C. quadridentata) . Rostrum half as long as carapace, reaching barely to end of antennular peduncle; inclined slightly downward; superior crest armed with six small spines, the first and second separated by the greatest distance; extremity truncate, armed with three small spines, one of which is the terminal one of the upper margin; in dorsal view rostrum broad at base, flanked on either side by a strong supra-ocular spine. A strong antennal spine also. Eyes very stout, cylindrical. Second and third joints of antennular peduncle very short, subequal, and together not so long as the first; flagella short. Antennal peduncle reaching end of first antennular segment; scale extending with about one-third its length beyond antennular peduncle, very broad, outer margin straight, inner very convex, antero-external spine very slender and exceeding the blade. Two last joints of third maxilliped distinctly narrower than antepenult joint, and together about equaling the Pig. 68. — Harpilius depressus, Honolulu, 1901, rostrum, BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 921 latter. First pair of ehelipeds very slender; if extended, the chela would overreach the acicle; merus and carpus subequal in length, chela three-fourths as long as carpus, palm and fingers subequal. Legs of second pair stout, extending beyond the acicle by the chela and half the carpus; merus of right or larger foot nearly as high as long, two small teeth on the outer distal margin; carpus cyathiform, distal margin very thin; propodus a little more than twice as long as wide, inner margin nearly straight; outer convex, surface granulate; fingers about two- thirds as long as palm, with a few teeth on prehensile margin. Left cheliped similar except for smaller size; fingers slenderer and longer than palm, edges subentire. The daetylus of the remaining legs is short, broad at base, and has a supple- FlG- 7 O.—Coralliocaris mentary spine. Telson one and two-thirds times as long as sixth segment, with trum^x^^8' *°* two pairs of longish lateral spines, and three pairs of terminal spines, of which the intermediate pair are half as long as the segment. Length 8.5 mm., carapace 3.5 mm. South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 2847, one specimen (Cat. No. 30553). Periclimenes pusillus, sp. nov. (PI. xxiv, fig. 7.) A small Periclimenes very close to P. parvus Borradaile, a but differing as follows: The rostrum is as long as, not shorter than, the carapace; its upper outline is ascending before descending; dental formula, in the four specimens, § instead of f . The carapace has a short antennal, but no hepatic spine. The second pair of feet overreach the antennal scale by the length of the propo- dite, as in the figure of P. parvus. The dactyli of the third to fifth pairs are shorter and uniungui- culate. Otherwise the description of P. parvus applies to this species. Four specimens, each about 9 mm. long, from south coast of Oahu, surface, station 3921 (Cat. No. 30554). Periclimenes, sp. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 23 to 24 fathoms, station 3847; fjudcuud, iuB- trum, x 12. vicinity of Kauai Island, 68 to 179 fathoms, station 4128. Two specimens lacking rostrum and feet of second pair do not agree en- tirely with any species described, but come nearest to P. ensifrons (Dana), from which they differ chiefly in the greater length of the feet of the first pair, which in the smaller example exceed the antennal scale by the length of the chela and half the carpus, in the larger example by length of chela and nearly whole of carpus. Length of larger specimen, station 3847, without rostrum, 10.5 mm. Family OPLOPHORIDtE. Oplophorus gracilirostris A. Milne Edwards. Oplophorus gracilirostris A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (6), XI, 1881, Art. 4, p. 6; Recueil Planches Exped. “Travailleur,” pi. xxx, 1883. Hoplophorus gracilirostris Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 73, 1901, and synonymy. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 295 to 433 fathoms, stations 3470, 3472, 4105, and 4113; south coast of Oahu Island, 228 to 322 fathoms, stations 3815, 3908, 3909, 3914, 3918, and 3920; south coast of Molokai Island, 222 to 498 fathoms, station 3824; Pailolo Channel, 256 to 284 fathoms, stations 3865 and 3899; vicinity of Kauai Island, 257 to 326 fathoms, stations 3990, 4130, and 4131; northeast approach to Pailolo Channel, 306 to 308 fathoms, station 4092; northwest coast of Oahu Island, 282 to 253 fathoms, station 4117. Color. — Bright carmine pink. “Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), II, 1898, 384; Willey, Zool. Results New Britain, etc., Pt. IV, 407, pi. xxxvi, figs. 3o-3c, 1900. Fig. 71. — Periclimenes 922 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Oplophorus foliaceus, sp. nov. (PI. XX, fig. 8.) Rostrum slender, upcurved, one and a half times as long as the rest of the carapace, produced as a sharp carina to the posterior border of the carapace; with teeth; its sides continued back by a very short post-orbital carina. No tooth at post-lateral angle of carapace. Second, third, and fourth abdominal segments terminating in a spine, that of the second segment much the longest. In the female the pleuron of the first segment is oblong, not incised; of the second longer than high; of the third to fifth segments broadly rounded, not toothed. Telson longer than caudal swimmerets, armed with three spinules on each side, followed by a very long spine. Antennular peduncle with basal joint the longest'; flagella nearly as long as rostrum. Antennal scale the length of carapace; four serrations on outer margin. Outer maxillipeds similar to those of 0. gracilirostris. Second pair of feet a little shorter than first pair. Third pair longer than maxillipeds by length of last article, this article in both third and fourth pairs longer than the propodus; lower border of ischium and merus spined. The exopods of all the trunk legs are folia- ceous, but not rigid; those of fifth pair much reduced in length. The two females carry nine and ten large oval eggs, respectively. Dimensions. — Ovigerous female, length of carapace 8.4, rostrum 13.8, abdomen 32, greatest diameter of egg 2.5 mm. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 337 to 442 fathoms, stations 3471 (type locality), 1 female (Cat. No. 30555), and 4108, 1 female. This species differs from all previously described in having a long spine on the second abdominal tergum, and in the foliaceous exopods of all the trunk legs. Acanthephyra eximea Smith. Acanthephyra eximea Smith, Kept. U. S. Fish Commr. for 1882, p. 376 (1884); Kept, for 1885, 667, pi. xiv, fig. 1 (1886). Acanthephyra eximia Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 76, 1901 and synonymy. Distribution. — North coast of Molokai Island, 552 to 809 fathoms, station 3887; vicinity of Modu Manu, 876 to 1,059 fathoms, stations 3977 and 4153; vicinity of Kauai Island, 339 to 773 fathoms, stations 3985, 4004, 4005, 4018, 4019, 4028, 4029, 4137, 4140, 4141, and 4187; Kaiwi Channel, 433 to 470 fathoms, stations 4110, 4111, and 4112. In these specimens the rostral spines are H, except in the large individual from station 3887i where they are the rostrum not reaching end of acicle and its terminal half unarmed. The spine of the third abdominal segment reaches about to the middle of the fourth segment as in the type. Color. — Bright carmine, nearly uniform; or scarlet vermilion. Acanthephyra debilis A. Milne Edwards. Acanthephyra debilis A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (6), XI, 1881, Art. 4, p. 13. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, 1895, 163. Miersia gracilis Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X, 1882, 70, pi. xi, figs. 4-4d. Acanthephyra debilis var. Europae a A. Milne Edwards, Kec. PI. Travailleur, pi. xxxm, 1883. Acanthephyra gracilis Smith, Rept. CL S. Fish Commr. for 1882, 672 (1884). Vicinity of Kauai Island, 478 to 453 fathoms, station 4029; one specimen. Fig. 72. — Oplophorus foliaceus , station 4108. a, Telson, x 3J. 6, Exopod of second foot (enlarged). BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 923 Family PAUEMONIDyE. Bithynis grandimanus (Randall). (PI. xxii, fig. 5.) Palemon grandimanus Randall, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 1839 (1840), 142. Palemon gracilimanus Randall, op. cit. , p. 143. Palsemon grandimanus Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 588, 1852; pi. xxxvm, fig. 12a-b, 1855; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., V, 1891, 736 and 740. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., XIV, 1901, 436, pi. xxxii, figs. 4 and 5. Palsemon acutirostris Dana, op. cit., p. 590, 1852; pi. xxxix, fig. la, a', b, 1855. Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 7, 1877, 119. Bithynis grandimanus Bate, Challenger Macrura, 793, pi. cxxix, figs. 2 and 3, 1888. Notes on the type specimens. — Hawaiian Islands, type locality (Randall). Two male specimens collected by Messrs. Nuttall and Townsend are preserved in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. They are 67 and 63 mm. in length. Both claws of the smaller specimen are extant, but only the smaller claw of the larger specimen; in both, the rostral teeth number - f. Ros- trum a little less than two-thirds the length of rest of carapace, not reaching end of acicle; dorsal crest convex, extending backward one-third the length of the carapace. Body stout; antennal tooth strong; hepatic tooth (or one behind antennal) very small in comparison; antero-lateral angle rounded, unarmed? Telson with two pairs of dorsal spinules; a spiniform median tip, outside of which are two pairs of movable spines, the inner pair long and stout and extending half their length beyond the median spine; the outer pair small and reaching only half as far as median spine; underneath the latter is a bunch of long bristles which reach as far as the longest spines. Acicle oblong, truncate, outer spine not exceeding blade. Merus of first pair of feet reaching just to end of antennal peduncle; carpus, when extended, to end of acicle; chela slightly more than twice length of carpus. The larger claw is 80 mm. long, the smaller one on same individual 43 mm. long. Carpus of larger claw a little longer than merus, increasing in diameter to the distal end; manus one and a half times as long as carpus, compressed; greatest width a little more than one-third length, upper margin convex, forming a single curve to the end of the dactylus; this last slender, nearly as long as palm, strongly curved down, prehensile teeth irregular, the largest at the middle, three somewhat smaller near the base; pollex broken off near its base. Carpus of smaller claw has same shape and same length in relation to its merus as in the larger claw; palm a little over two-thirds as long as the carpus, compressed but not dilated, only a little more than twice as long as wide. Dactylus two and a third times as long as palm; both fingers slender and curved so that their concave surfaces are presented to each other, tips crossing; fingers furnished along their prehensile edges with long bristles. Both claws rough with spinules and hairy . Remaining appendages a good deal broken, but the feet of fourth pair reaching to distal fourth of acicle. The types of P. gracilimanus Randall (op. cit., p. 143), from the Hawaiian Islands, were not to be found in the museum of the Philadelphia Academy June 17, 1904, although noted by Sharp in 1893. I think it is probable that'this species is synonymous with P. grandimanus, and represents a variation. Distribution. — Taken by the Fish Commission in 1901 at Waianae, Oahu; Opae Oehaa; Hilo; Honolulu; run at Mauna Loa; Heeia; Kaneoke Cove, Heeia; in 1902 at Hanalei River at Hanalei, Kauai; Hauapepe River, Kauai; Huleia River, Nawiliwili, Liliue district, Kauai; Waimea River, Kauai; Honolulu market. Oahu, Dr. T. H. Streets, U. S. Navy; Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw; W aiakla River, near Hilo, H. W. Henshaw. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Streets). Honolulu (Bate); a few specimens taken by the Challenger are in the U. S. National Museum. Kalihi, Oahu (Lenz). Very young specimens have the rostrum concave above, the tip slender and inclined upward; with age the rostral crest becomes more convex for its posterior two-thirds and toward the tip may be horizontal or even inclined downward. 924 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. P. acutirostris as figured by Dana represents a female. There are egg-laden females only 39 mm. long in the Fish Commission collection. Hippolyte gradlipes Eandall (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 142, 1840), according to Gibbes (Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Ill, 1850, 197 [33] ) is a Palsemon; Sharp, in his list of Macrura in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1893, 115-117) does not mention Hippolyte gradlipes. I did not find the type in the summer of 1904. . Palaemon debilis Dana. (PI. XXII, fig. 1.) Palsemon debilis Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 585, 1852; pi. xxxvm, fig: 6, 1855. Palsemon debilis var. attenuatus Dana, op. cit., 585, pi. xxxvm, fig. 7. Leander debilis Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII, 1860, 40 [109]. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., V, 1890, 515. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., XIV, 1901, 435. Rostral formula tip bifid; terminal half unarmed above. Sixth abdominal segment two-thirds as long as carapace. Carpus of second pair of feet longer than propodus. Taken by the Fish Commission in 1901, at Opae; Mauna Loa in coral pools; Pearl Harbor; in 1902, at Honolulu Reef; Kealakekua Bay, Hawaii; Puako Bay, Hawaii; south coast of Molokai Island, station 3844. Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw. Hawaiian Islands (Dana, Stimpson); var. attenuatus, Hilo (Dana). Lahaina, Maui, brackish pond; Oahu; Kaliki, fresh water lake, Oahu (Lenz). Oahu (Sharp). Palsemon pacificus (Stimpson). (PI. xxii, fig. 3.) Leander padficus Stimpson,. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII, 1860, 40 [109]. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., Y, 1890, 515. Less abundant than the preceding. Rostral formula tip obliquely trifid; sometimes the acces- sory subterminal teeth rather remote from tip, so that there appear to be nine or ten dorsal teeth. Sixth abdominal segment half as long as carapace. Carpus of second pair of feet shorter than propodus. Taken by the Fish Commission in 1901 off pier, Moana Hotel, in 1902 at Honolulu Reef and at Hilo. Hilo, Hawaii, H. W. Henshaw. Hawaii (Stimpson). Palsemon pandaloides, sp. nov. (PI. xxii, fig. 4.) Median carina extending halfway back on the carapace. Rostrum from one and a half to nearly twice as long as rest of carapace; slender, ascending; armed above with seventeen movable overlap- ping spines, of which five are behind the orbit, the remainder on the basal two-fifths of the rostrum, distal portion unarmed above except for subterminal spine; thirteen fixed spines be- low, which diminish in size distally, the lastone remote from tip. A long antennular spine and a somewhat shorter antennal spine on the anterior margin of carapace. Sixth pleonic seg- ment twice as long as fifth, and nearly as long as telson, which has two pairs of lateral spines. No distinct ocellus on the eye. Antennular peduncle ex- tending to middle of antennal scale; basal spine overlapping second segment a little, third segment slightly shorter than second; flagella at least as long as rostrum. Basal segment of antenna with an outer distal spine; scale nearly as long as carapace, extremity very oblique, outer spine less advanced than end of blade; peduncle reaching just to end of second segment of antennular peduncle. Outer maxillipeds very slender, exceeding antennal peduncle by over half the terminal segment. Fig. 73. — Palsemon pandaloides , type, foot of second pair, x 3f . BRAOHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 925 The first pair of trunk feet reach to distal third of acicle, carpus one and a half times merus, enlarged distally; propodus same length as merus, not larger than distal end of carpus, fingers half as long as palm. The left foot of the second pair exceeds the scale by the length of half the propodus; it is similar in form and thickness to the first; merus three-fourths as long as carpus, which is twice as long as propodus; palm twice as long as fingers. The right foot of second pair in type specimen is missing, but the basal joint appears somewhat stouter than that of the left foot. Both feet of second pair are missing from second specimen. The third foot reaches end of acicle, the fifth extends only to distal third of acicle; in the second specimen these feet are a little longer. Dimensions. — Male, length of carapace, 9.5; rostrum, 15.7; abdomen, 31 mm. Vicinity of Kauai Island, 528 fathoms, station 3992; 1 male, 1 female (Cat. No. 30556). This species in its long rostrum and acicle has great resemblance to a Pandalus. Palsemonella tenuipes Dana. Palsemonella tenuipes Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 582, 1852; atlas, pi. xxxviii, fig. 3 a-d, 1855. South coast of Molokai Island, 8 fathoms, station 3834, one specimen about 11 mm. long, rostral formula f; second pair of feet as long as body exclusive of rostrum. One imperfect specimen of Palxmonella from northeast coast of Hawaii Island, 77 to 75 fathoms, station 4057, has much resemblance to P. tridentata Borradaile. « The rostrum and antennal joints are similar; rostral formula f, rostrum more ascending. Only feet of the first and fourth pairs are present, both very slender, the fingers of the first pair thin, blade-like, and quite as long as the palm. The outer uropod is longer than the inner. Palsemonella orientalis Dana. Palxmonella orientalis Dana, Crust. U. S. Expl. Exped., I, 583, 1852; atlas, pi. xxxviii, fig. 4 a-d, 1855. South coast of Oahu, surface, stations 3812 and 3921; north coast of Molokai, surface, station 3889. Four specimens in all. This species has a hepatic as well as an antennal spine; it is not shown in Dana’s figure, but in his description of the genus (p. 582, op. cit.) he says: “In both species of the genus here described the carapax has two spines below the eye in nearly the same horizontal line.” The rostral formula in our specimens is f§-, with one spine behind the orbit; in Dana’s type f. In the second pair of feet the carpus is shorter than half the propodus, not shorter than half the palm, and the fingers are nearly or quite as long as the palm. The last three pairs of feet have biun- guiculate dactyli, as in P. biunguiculata Nobili. Palsemonella laccadivensis Alcock and Anderson. (PI. xxir, fig. 2.) Palxmonella laccadivensis Alcock and Anderson, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXIII, 1894, 157; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), III, 1899, 4; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., part iv, pi. xxvi, fig. 4, 1896. Vicinity of Kauai Island, 500 to 385 fathoms, station 3989, 1 female. The rostrum is longer than in the type, exceeding the acicle, and has thirteen instead of nine spines above, two of them being behind the orbit, and three spines below instead of two. Length, 33.2 mm. Vicinity of Laysan Island, 222 to 100 fathoms, station 3943. One female laden with eggs is very much smaller than the preceding (15 mm. long); its rostral formula is f, the rostrum scarcely reaching beyond antennular peduncle. :Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1898, 1007, pi. lxiv, figs. 8-8c. 926 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Family GNATHOPHYlLIDAi. Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson. Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII, 1860, 97 [28]. Twelve small specimens, each about 7 mm. long, were taken at the surface at station 3921, south coast of Oahu Island. In alcohol they are colorless. The rostrum does not quite reach the end of the first antennular seg- ■' ment, and has five or six teeth above and a small one subterminal below. The eyes are relatively larger than in G. elegans (Risso), the sixth ■ j abdominal segment more elongate, and the caudal spines not so near the fig. 74 .-Gnathophyllum fascio- extremity, the anterior pair being at the middle of the telson. latum,, station 3921, second foot, The palm of the second pair of chelipeds is one and a half times as x 12. long as the fingers. An examination of more Indo-Pacific material might prove this to be a new species. Stimpson’ s description is too brief to permit of certain identification. Family NEMATOCARCINIDtE. j Nematocarcinus ensiferus (Smith). Eumiersia ensifera Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., X, 1882, 77, pi. xin, figs. 1-9. Nematocarcinus ensiferus Smith, Rept. Commr. Fish and Fisheries for 1882, 368 [24], pi. vii, fig. 1, 1884; Rept. Commr. Fish and Fisheries for 1885, 664 [60], pl.xvn, fig. 2, 1886. Nematocarcinus tenuipes Bate, Challenger Macrura, 812, pi. cxxxii, fig. 6, 1888; Alcock, Desc. Cat.. ? Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 87, 1901. Nematocarcinus ensifer Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, 1895, 156.. The specimens are all rather small and the rostrum ranges from one-half in the larger to one- fourth in the smaller individuals of the length of the carapace, and the dorsal crest bears from twenty- j three to twenty-six spines and one or none below. Distribution. — Vicinity of Modu Manu, 293 to 1,059 fathoms, stations 4153 and 4166; vicinity of | Niihau Island, 735 to 865 fathoms, station 4174; vicinity of Kauai Island, 1,000 to 1,314 fathoms, station 4185; 6 specimens in all. Nematocarcinus tenuirostris Bate. (PI. xxiii, fig. 6.) Nematocarcinus tenuirostris Bate, Challenger Macrura, 817, pi. cxxxii, fig. 10, 1898; Alcock, Desc. ’ Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 88, 1901. This is the most abundant of the Hawaiian species of Nematocarcinus. The rostrum is from two- thirds to one-half as long as the rest of the carapace; in young specimens still shorter, between one- third and one-fourth of remainder of carapace. Rostrum usually horizontal, its lower margin straight as far as the subterminal spine; upper margin slightly convex, tip spiniform. Dorsal teeth nine to thirteen, from two to five behind the orbit, a few of the posterior teeth nearer together than the rest; ventral spines one or two. Third abdominal tergum moderately produced and bluntly rounded; sixth twice as long as fifth. The antennular peduncle reaches halfway along the acicle. The outer maxillipeds reach to or I nearly to the distal fourth of the acicle. The first pair of feet exceed the acicle by length of chela and about one-fifth of carpus. The three last pairs are very elongate, being considerably longer than the body, and if extended would reach beyond the acicle by length of chela, carpus, and two-thirds of merus. A few distant spines arm the merus and distal end of ischium. Color. — Bright pink. This species, as Alcock has indicated, differs from N. ensiferus chiefly by the fewer rostral teeth and longer legs. , BRACHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 927 Distribution. — Kaiwi channel, 313 to 470 fathoms, stations 3470, 3473, 3474, 3475, 4106, 4108, 4109, 4110, 4111, 4112, and 4113; south coast of Molokai Island, 222 to 498 fathoms, station 3824; north coast of Molokai Island, 328 to 414 fathoms, station 3892; vicinity of Kauai Island, 165 to 881 fathoms, stations 3985, 3988, 3989, 3997, 4013, 4014, 4015, 4019, 4020, 4021, 4028, 4029, 4137, 4138, 4140, 4141, 4142, and 4187 ; between Honolulu and Kauai Island, 508 to 557 fathoms, station 4007 ; west coast of Hawaii Island, 382 to 253 fathoms, station 4041; vicinity of Modu Manu, 293 to 800 fathoms, station 4166; vicinity of Niihau Island, 672 to 417 fathoms, stations 4176 and 4180. Although 275 specimens were taken, only a small number are provided with any legs. Nematocarcinus gracilis Bate. Nematocarcinus gracilis Bate, Challenger Macrura, 815, pi. cxxxii, fig. 8, 1888. Alcock, Desc. Cat. Indian Deep-Sea Crust. Dec. Macr. Anom., 90, 1901. Rostrum one-third as long as carapace, teeth ^-2, about seven of the dorsal spines on the carapace proper. Telson with its long terminal spines exceeds outer uropods. The antennular peduncle reaches a little beyond middle of acicle. Three-fifths of carpus of first pair of feet extend beyond aci- cle. Three hind pairs much longer than body, exceeding the latter by nearly one-fourth their length. This species differs from N. cursor A. Milne Edwards much as N. tenuirostris Bate does from N. ensiferus (Smith); that is, in its more numerous and more closely set rostral teeth, and much longer legs. Distribution. — South coast of Molokai Island, 430 to 371 fathoms, station 3826; north coast of Molo- kai Island, 295 fathoms, station 3904; south coast of Oahu Island, 294 to'330 fathoms, stations 3916 and 3917; French Frigate Shoal, 395 to 397 fathoms, station 3973; vicinity of Kauai Island, 165 to 703 fathoms, stations 3983, 3985, 3988, 3989, 3992, 4022, 4137, and 4187; Kaiwi Channel, 350 to 433 fathoms, stations 4107 and 4113. Family STYLODACTYUDAi. Stylodactylus discissipes Bate. (PI. xxiii, fig. 1.) Stylodactylus discissipes Bate, Challenger Macrura, 851, pi. cxxxvm, fig. 1, 1888. Vicinity of Kauai Island, 230 to 53 fathoms, station 4002; 1 female. The dimensions are as follows: Rostrum 9, carapace 6.6, entire length 33.3 mm.; antennal flagellum 66 mm. Rostral formula A)- ; the ventral teeth are at irregular intervals, as if the normal number were greater. Surface of cara- pace densely and finely punctate, and with a deciduous pubescence. Of the five pairs of lateral spines on the telson the posterior pair is almost in line with the posterior median spine; beneath the latter and across the end of the segment are two pairs of very long movable spines, of which the inner pair is three-fifths as long as outer pair. Family PASIPHiEID£. Pasiphaea kaiwiensis, sp. nov. (PI. xxiii, fig. 4.) Length of carapace contained in length of abdomen from two and two-thirds to two and four-fifths times. Carapace not carinate except at the anterior tooth, which is triangular, dentiform, with a spiniform tip, and does not reach the level of the anterior margin of the carapace. Branchiostegal spine situated over the anterior end of the branchiostegal sinus. Abdomen not carinate; although the sixth segment is much compressed, it is very blunt and smooth above. Telson about three-fourths as long as sixth segment, its tip cut in a very shallow V. Eyes considerably enlarged distally. Antennular peduncle reaching a little past middle of acicle, which is slightly more than half length of carapace. Fig. 75. — Stylodactylus dis- cissipes, telson, x 4f. F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3—11 928 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. The first two pairs of feet extend beyond acicle by about length of fingers; merus of first pair armed with one spine or none below; merus of second pair many-spined. Fingers of first pair subequal to palm; of second pair one and a half to one and two-thirds times as long as palm. Dimensions. — Ovigerous female, length of carapace 25.7, length of abdomen 74 mm. Kaiwi Channel, 343 to 337 fathoms, stations 3470 (type locality) and 3471; 8 specimens. Cat. No. of type, 30557. This species is strongly like P. americana Faxon, but differs most notably Fig. 76. — Pasiphsea kai- wiensis, station 3470, telson, x 2§. in its longer acicle, longer fingers, and less deeply cut telson. , Pasiphsea truneata, sp. nov. (PI. xxiii, fig. 5.) Differs from P. kaiwiensis in having the sixth abdominal segment sharply carinate, the carina terminating in a short, pointed tooth; in having the telson more deeply grooved and its tip truncate; in having the acicle just half as long as carapace; the merus of first pair of feet armed below with many spines; fingers about two-thirds as long as palm, those of second pair a little longer than palm. There are also minor differences, such as the greater prominence of the median frontal lobe, the greater obliquity of the angle of the branchiostegal slnus- Fig. 77 —Pasiphsea truneata, Dimensions. — Male (station 4166), length of carapace 24.5, length of ab- station 3474, telson, x 2f. domen 66 mm. Distribution. — Kaiwi Channel, 351 to 375 fathoms, stations 3474 and 3475; vicinity of Modu Manu, 293 to 800 fathoms, station 4166 (type locality); 4 specimens. Cat. No. of type, 30558. Pasiphsea flagellata, sp. nov. (PI. xxiii, fig. 2. 1 Length of carapace contained little more than twice in length of abdomen. Carapace similar to that of P. kaiwiensis; median tooth farther back. Abdomen with sixth segment bluntly carinate, and very slightly exceeding the telson, which is deeply grooved, and has the tip truncate aside from the movable spines. Acicle less than half as long as carapace. Antennal flagellum very long (twice as long as body) and very fine in distal half. The two pairs of chelipeds exceed the acicle by the fingers and about one-fourth the palm. Fig. 78.— Pasiphsea flagellata, Fin"ers of first Pair three-fourths as long as palm, of second pair a little station 4108, telson, x 2g. longer than palm. Merus of first pair armed below with three or four, of second pair with many spines. Dimensions. — Female (station 4108), length of carapace 24.6, of abdomen 53.2 mm. Distribution. — North coast of Molokai Island, 295 fathoms, station 3904; vicinity of Kauai Island, 362 to 399 fathoms, stations 4014 and 4022; Kaiwi Channel, 411 to 442 fathoms, station 4108 (type locality); 6 specimens. Cat. No. of type, 30559. P. flagellata, like the two preceding species, belongs to the same group as P. americana Faxon and P. affinis Rathbun, in which the Carapace is not carinated, the gastric spine does not overreach the frontal margin, and the branchiostegal spine is anteriorly placed. It differs, however, in its truncate telson, from all of the group except P. truneata; from P. americana in its longer carapace and chelae with proportionally longer fingers and its longer telson; from P. affinis in its ntfncarinated abdomen, except the sixth segment; from P. kaiwiensis and P. truneata in longer carapace, shorter acicle, etc. Psathyrocaris hawaiiensis, sp. nov. In the vicinity of Modu Manu in 876 fathoms, station 3977, was found a specimen of a species dif- fering from any yet described. The specimen is much damaged and devoid of a large share of its appendages. BRAOHYURA AND MACRURA OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 929 Rostrum nearly half as long as carapace, reaching beyond middle of second antennular segment; upper margin straight, armed with seventeen close-set spines above, of which only two are behind the orbit, the crest not being prolonged farther back, and five minute spinules below, this margin appear- ing unarmed to the naked eye; tip acuminate. Eyes much flattened, as in P. platyophthalmus, Alcock and Anderson, showing only a narrow crescent of light-colored pigment. The antennular scale overlaps a little the second segment, which is three times as long as the third; the peduncle reaches somewhat beyond middle of antennal scale; the antennal peduncle falls very little short of the antennular. Outer maxilliped reaching to end of acicle. The only trunk-leg remaining is one of the third pair, and reaches to middle of acicle and has a falcate dactylus which is the same length as the propodus and more than twice as long as carpus. The abdomen is too mutilated to show any distinctive character; none of the pleopods are perfect. Length of rostrum 5.8, of carapace 11.5 mm. Differs from other species in longer and more slender rostrum, longer second joint of antennula. Cat. No. of type, 30560. Leptochela robusta Stimpson. Leptochela robusta Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , XII, 1860, 112 [43]. Bate, Challenger Macrura, 862, pi. cxxxix, figs. 3 and 4, 1888. Distribution.— South coast of Oahu Island, surface, stations 3812 and 3921 ; south coast of Molokai Island, surface, station 3829. These specimens average 13 mm. in length. Rostrum very slender, shorter than eyes. Longer antennular flagellum longer than carapace. Fifth abdominal segment very bluntly and obscurely carinate; sixth segment with a median tubercle at proximal end, which, however, is hidden under the preceding segment when the abdomen is horizontally extended. The three pairs of dorsal spines on the telson very remote from one another, one pair at middle, one very near distal end and the other very near proximal end. BIBLIOGRAPHY. List pf the principal works concerning Brachvura and Macrura at the Hawaiian Islands. 1825. Quoy and Gaimard. Voyage autour du Monde, Entrepris par Ordre du Roi, .... Execute sur les corvettes de S. M. I’Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les annees 1817, 1818, 1819, et 1820; .... par M. Louis de Freycinet, .... Zoologie, par MM. Quoy et Gaimard, Mede- cins de l’Expedition. Paris. 1824 (date on title-page). (According to Bibliographie Fran- chise, pp. 513-552, which include the Crustacea, were published Aug. 6, 1825. ) One vol., 4to, and atlas folio of 96 plates, also bearing date 1824. 1839. Owen, Richard. Crustacea, in The Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage; compiled from the collections and notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers and naturalist of the Expedition during a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits performed in His Majesty’s ship Blossom, under the command of Captain F. W. Beechey, R. N., F. R. S., &c., in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. London: 1839. Pp-. 77-92, pis. xxiv-xxviii. 1840. Randall, J. W. Catalogue of the Crustacea brought by Thomas Nuttall and J. K. Townsend, from the west coast of North America and the Sandwich Islands, with descriptions of such species as are apparently new, among which are included several species of different localities, previously existing in the collection of the Academy. < Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, pp. 106-147, 1839. (Published in 1840. ) Fig. 79. — Psathyrocaris hawaiiensis, type, a, Rostrum, x 4. i>, Carapace and antennal region, x Ij. e, Outer maxilliped, x 4. d, Third foot, x 4. 930 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 1842. Eydoux and Souleyet. Voyage autour du Monde ex4cut6 pendant les annees 1836 et 1837 sur la corvette La Bonite commandee par M. Vaillant. Zoologie par MM. Eydoux et Souleyet, M^decins del’ Expedition. TomePreraier. SecondePartie. Crustaces, pp. 219-272, Paris, 1842. 1852. Dana, James D. Crustacea, in United States Exploring Expedition. During the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. Vol. XIII. Part I. 1852. 1855. Dana, James D. Atlas of the above. 1857-1860. Stimpson, W. Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem, Johanne Rodgers Duce a Republica Federata missa, observavit et descripsit. The classification of genera in this family and in the Plumularidse is the same as that adopted in the author’s monograph, "American Hydroids,” Parts I and II, published by the U. S. National Museum as Special Bulletin No. 4. The definitions used in the present work are somewhat abridged, but practically the same. HYDROIDS OF THE HAWAIIAN- ISLANDS. 949 II Distribution.— Station 3818, off Diamond Head, near Honolulu, 293 fathoms; station 3854, south coast of Molokai, 134 fathoms; station 3863, between the islands of Molokai and Maui, 127 fathoms; station 3968, near French Frigate Shoal, 14 % fathoms; station 4101, between the islands of Molokai and Maui, 143 fathoms; station 4102, between the islands of Molokai and Maui, 122 fathoms. Ill i Sertularella dentifera Torrey, Hydroids of the Pacific coast of North America, 61, 1902. Sertularella torreyi Nutting, new species. (PI. iv, fig. 4; pi. xi, figs. 2, 3.) , Trophosome. — Colony (incomplete) attaining a height of about 2 inches. Stem not fascicled, divided into regular internodes each of which bears a branch and 2 hydrothecae on one side and a single hydrotheca on the other. Branches regularly alternate, not divided into internodes. Hydro- thecae immersed nearly to their apertures, moderately distant; margins with 2 opposite lateral teeth and hardly a sign of the other 2; valves of the operculum not constant in number. Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on main stem, very deeply urceolate, with slightly flaring, campanu- late margin marked by a series of broad sinuations which correspond to broad, shallow longitudinal corrugations reaching from the margin about halfway down the sides of the gonangia. Aperture ! exceedingly broad, sometimes furnished with a membranous operculum which is irregularly ruptured for the escape of the sexual elements. Distribution. — Station 3949, south coast of the island of Molokai, 70 fathoms; station 4003, off the island of Kauai, 751-406 fathoms. The gonangia of this species are of very exceptional form for the Sertularida?. I know of no other species of Sertularella with this type of gonangia, a type not infrequently found among the Campanularidae. Sertularella crenulata Nutting, new species. (PI. iv, fig. 3; pi. xi, figs. 4-7.) Trophosome. — Colony about 3 inches high. Stem and proximal part of main branches fascicled, distal parts of branches monosiphonic. Branches alternate, moderately geniculated. Hydrothecae rather long, curving gently outward and ending in a square margin and a 4-flapped operculum. The whole body of the hydrotheca is closely and evenly annulated with fine rugosities which are clear-cut and evenly distributed, making a very striking and beautiful ornamentation. Gonosome. — -Gonangia oval, strongly annulated throughout, and with an aperture surrounded by 4 unequal points or teeth. The gonangia are aggregated on the distal parts of the colony. Distribution. — Station 3848, south coast of the island of Molokai, 44 fathoms; station 3854, south coast of Molokai, 134 fathoms. This is a very striking and beautiful species, and is more closely annulated than any other of the genus that I have seen. Genus PASYTHEA. Trophosome. — Hydrothecse strictly opposite, arranged in groups of pairs, a group to an internode, the upper pair being smaller and differing in shape from the lower; margin bilabiate, with a 2-flapped operculum. Gonosome. — Gonangia oval, aperture large, collar round and narrow. Sertularia quadridentata, Ellis & Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, 57. Pasythea quadridentata Ellis and Solander. Specimens of this widely distributed species were taken at station 3968, where the depth was 141- fathoms, but as they were attached to pelagic algae they probably came from the surface. The station was near French Frigate Shoal. Genus THUIARIA. Trophosome. — Hydrothecse subopposite to alternate/more than two to an internode, margin smooth or with 1 or 2 teeth, operculum with 1 abcauline flap (very exceptionally with 2 flaps). Hydrothecse usually more or less immersed. Gonosome.—' Gonangia oval, with large terminal aperture, and with 1 or 2 spines or horns at the shoulders. 950 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Thuiaria fenestrata Bale. Distribution. — Station 3955, north of Laysan Island, 20 fathoms; station 4068, northeast of Maui Island, 14 fathoms. Thuiaria fenestrata Bale, Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes, 116, 1884. i 1 Genus DIPHASIA. Trophosome. — Hyd rothecse biserial, opposite or alternate, aperture broad, operculum evident and consisting of a single adcauline flap. Gonosome. — Gonangia usually with an internal marsupium and often marked with spines or lobes on its distal portion. Diphasia palmata Nutting, new species. (PI. iv, fig. 6; pi. xi, figs. 8-10.) Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about 1 inch. Stem not fascicled, smooth without nodes or hydrothecse for some distance, breaking suddenly into a number of widely divergent branches, which again divide into branchlets, all being in the same plane. Branches with very faint nodes just above the hydrothecas. Hydrothecse much as in D. rosacea, opposite, tubular, their proximal three-fourths vertical and parallel, their distal portions being bent abruptly outward. Margin even, Operculum of a single strong adcauline flap. Gonosome. — Gonangia (female) borne in rows on front of branches, each composed of four very unequal gonangial leaves, one of which is much longer and broader than the others, imparting a very unsymmetrical appearance to the whole gonangium. Leaves notched near their ends in some cases. There is an evident internal marsupium of the type characteristic of the genus. Locality. — Station 3854, south coast of the island of Molokai, 134 fathoms. This is a well-marked species of a genus that has no other typical representative this far to the south, so far as I know. The manner of branching is very unusual in Diphasia. Genus SYNTHECIUM. Trophosome. — Branches opposite, with regular nodes. Hydrothecal margins smooth, round, -- often rimmed or reduplicated. Operculum apparently wanting. Gonosome. — Gonangia springing from the interior of hydrothecae, where they replace hydranths. $ Synthecium tubithecum (Allman). Distribution. — Station 3819, south coast of the island of Molokai, 70 fathoms; station 4053, north- east coast of the island of Hawaii, 29 fathoms. This species has not before been reported from the Pacific. Sertularia tubitheca Allman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoo]., Yol. V, 1877, No. 2, 24. Synthecium orthogonia (Busk). Locality. — Station 4068, northeast coast of Maui Island, 14 fathoms. But a single fragmentary specimen was found. It agrees well with the figure and description given by Bale (proceedings of the Linnsean Society of New South Wales, 1888, page 767). Sertularia orthogonia Busk, Voyage of Rattlesnake (Narrative, Appendix IV, 1852). Family PLUMULARIMi. Trophosome. — Hydrothecse adnate to hydrocaulus and on one side only of hydrocladia. Hydranths with a conical proboscis and a single whorl of filiform tentacles. Gonosome. — Gonangia often inclosed in corbulse, or protected by special nematophorous branches. 1 Medusae never produced. Genus PLUMULARIA. Trophosome. — Coenosarc of stem not canaliculated, hydrocladia unbranched, hydrothecse with smooth margins, nematophores always movable, not adnate. Gonosome. — Gonangia simple sac-shaped or bottle-shaped. HYDROIDS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 951 Plumularia corrugata Nutting. Locality. — Station 4102, north coast of the island of Maui, 122 fathoms. This specimen agrees closely with those collected by Richard Rath bun off the coast of Brazil. Plumularia corrugata Nutting, American Hydroids, 1900, Part I, 64. Plumularia j or dani Nutting, new species. (PI. vi, fig. 5; pi. xii, figs. 1-2.) Trophosome. — Colony dark in color, rigid in habit, flabellate in form; main stem fascicled, strongly geniculate; branches arising from peripheral tubes, nearly straight, fascicled proximally, simple distally, bearing pinnate branch lets which, like the distal parts of main branches, are divided into regular internodes, each of which bears a hydrocladium on a strong process near its distal end, the process showing a conical protuberance on its upper side. Hydrocladia subalternate, those on each side being alternately raised and depressed, as viewed under the lens, so that the hydrocladia on each side occupy two distinct planes, a very exceptional character. Hydrocladia divided into regularly alternating hydrothecate and intermediate internodes, the former being about twice as long as the latter and bearing hydrothecse just below their middle. Hydrothecse small, cylindrical, margin even, scarcely flaring. Nematophores large in proportion to the hydrothecse, the supracalycine pair arising from a point above the hydrothecal margin; a mesial nematophore on the proximal end of each hydrothecate internode, another near the proximal end of each intermediate internode, and a pair on the upper side of each of the processes from the stem or branch supporting hydrocladia, these being the only cauline nematophores. Hydranths very large, not capable of retracting within the hydrothecse. Gonosome. — Not known. Locality. — Station 3936, near the island of Laysan, 79 to 130 fathoms. This species is unique among the Plumularidae in the disposition of the hydrocladia in two planes on each side, and is of a peculiarly stiff and rigid habit, and the main stem is more plainly geniculate than in any other species of the genus with which I am acquainted. Plumularia delicata Nutting, new species. (PI. v, fig. 2; pi. xii, figs. 3-5.) Trophosome.— Colony attaining a height of about 6 inches. Stem simple, divided into regular inter- nodes each of which bears a hydrocladium from a process near its distal end. Hydrocladia divided into alternating hydrothecate and intermediate internodes, each of which has an internal chitinous thickening near each end and all of which are longer than in allied species, the hydrothecate inter- nodes being about twice as long as the others and bearing the hydrothecse a little above their middle. Hydrothecse cup-shaped, about as high as broad, anterior profile straight. 'Nematophores large, a supracalycine pair and 2 mesial ones to each hydrothecate internode, and 2 mesial ones to each inter- mediate internode. Gonosome. — Gonangia bottle-shaped, but stouter than those of P. setacea, borne on front of stem. Distribution. — Station 3842, south coast of Molokai, 495 fathoms; station 4072, north coast of the island of Maui, 56 fathoms. This species is nearest to P. palmeri Nutting, but differs in bearing 2 mesial nematophores, instead of 1, on each internode of the hydrocladia; and in having much longer intermediate internodes. Plumularia milieri Nutting, new species. (PI. v, fig. 1 ; pi. xii, figs. 6, 7. ) Trophosome.— Colony attaining a height of about 1 inch.-- Stem not fascicled, divided into regular internodes each bearing a hydrocladium from a strong process near its distal end. Hydrocladia divided into alternating hydrothecate and intermediate internodes, the former being considerably the longer and bearing hydrothecse a little above their middle; all internodes showing internal thickenings near each end, the thickenings appearing at first sight much like corrugations. Hydrothecse as in P. setacea, but more distant. Nematophores very loosely attached and often wanting, the supracaly- 952 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. cine pair originating near the top of hydrothecse, a mesial one at base of each hydrotheca, and another in the middle of each .intermediate internode; a pair of cauline nematophores in the axil of each hydrocladium, and others irregularly placed on the stem. Gonosome. — Gonangia very long, slender, delicate, curving gently at distal end and tapering grad- ually to the round terminal aperture. The gonangia are not in an upright position, as in allied species, but project so as to be parallel -with the Jhydrocladia. Locality. — Station 4098, north coast of the island of Maui, 95 fathoms. This species is unique, I believe, in the regularly horizontal position of the gonangia. Genus MONOSTIECHAS. Trophosome. — Colony branched, the hydrocladia being borne on the upper sides of the branches. No cauline nematophores. Gonosome. — Gonangia ovate, without protective branches of any kind. Monostaechas quadridens (McCrady). Distribution. — Station 3854, south coast of the island of Molokai, 134 fathoms; station 3859, between the islands of Molokai and Maui, 138 fathoms. I am unable to separate these specimens from others from our Atlantic coast, the only perceptible difference being somewhat shorter nematophores in the specimens from the Hawaiian region. Plumularia quadridens McCrady, Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor, 1857, 97. Monostaechas fisheri Nutting, new species. (PI. v,:fig. 3; pi. xii, fig. 8.) Trophosome. — Colony growing from a straggling root-stock and attaining a height of three-quarters of an inch. Stem monosiphonic, smooth, with distinct but irregular nodes. Branches sometimes alternate and sometimes opposite, but always on opposite sides of the stem. Hydrocladia arising from upper sides of branches, divided into regularly alternating hydrothecate and intermediate inter- nodes of nearly equal length; nodes alternately straight and oblique, the former being above and the latter below the hydrothecse. Hydro thecae very large for this group, cup-shaped, thin- walled, with a slightly flaring margin and the adcauline wall almost entirely free from the hydrocladium. There are no cauline hydrothecse. Supracalycine nematophores borne on very slender horn-like processes from the hydrocladium; 2 mesial nematophores to each intermediate internode, and 2 (1 immediately above and 1 below the hydrotheca) on each hydrothecate internode. Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on the hydrocladia at bases of hydrothecse, obovate in form, as in M. quadridens. Distribution. — Station 3936, off Laysan Island, 79 to 130 fathoms; station 3949, off Laysan Island, 59 to 152 fathoms; station 4072, northeast coast of the island of Maui, 56 fathoms. The hydranths of this species are colored almost black by a dark pigment resembling that found in many species of Lytocarpus. Genus ANTENNELLA. Trophosome. — Colony consisting of hydrocladia springing direct from a creeping root-stock, with- out a true stem. Hydrocladia and hydrothecse as in the preceding genus. Gonosome. — Gonangia pyriform, aperture distal, round. Antennella complexa Nutting, new species. (PI. v, fig. 4; pi. xii, fig. 9.) Trophosome. — Colony sometimes attaining a height of about 4 inches. Creeping root-stocks inter- twined so as to resemble closely a fascicled stem from which the hydrocladia arise in great profusion, but with no regularity of arrangement whatever. All of these parallel root-stocks bear hydrocladia and are closely appressed to each other, but are easily separated with the needles. Hydrocladia disposed on all sides of this pseudo-stem, divided into alternating hydrothecate and intermediate internodes of approximately equal length, although there is much variation in this HYDEOIDS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 953 particular, the hydrothecate internodes ending in a straight upper and an oblique lower node and bearing a hydrotheca near the middle or a little below. Hydrothecse rather deep cup-shaped, margin even, about half of adcauline side free from the hydrocladium. Supracalycine nematophores scarcely reaching the hydrothecal margin; 4 to 6 mesial nematophores between adjacent hydrothecse. Gonosome. — Gonangia pyriform, with a round margin, large terminal aperture and 2 nematophores on the short pedicel. They are borne at the bases of the hydrothecse. Localities. — Station 3854, south coast of the island of Molokai, 30 fathoms; station 3859, between the islands of Molokai and Maui, 138 fathoms. This species is of peculiar interest, as it shows the manner of forming a stem by the aggregation of root-stocks. I have elsewhere shown that the peripheral tubes of the fascicled stem in many species are formed by modified hydrocladia. « The student of the Hydroida is continually having the extreme plasticity of these organisms forced upon his attention, and this plasticity, with its complementary lack of fixity, is the cause of untold confusion in the systematic discussion of the group. Genus AGLAOPHENIA. Trophosome. — Hydrothecal margin dentate; a posterior intrathecal ridge present; 3 nematophores attached to each hydrotheca. Gonosome. — Gonangia inclosed in true corbulse, the leaves of which do not bear hydrothecse at their bases. ? Aglaophenia rigida Allman. A single fragmentary specimen, without gonosome, found at station 4072, north coast of the island of Maui at a depth of 52 fathoms, is referred, with considerable doubt, to this species. Another fragment was secured at station 3847, south coast of Molokai Island, 23 fathoms. Aglaophenia rigida Allman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., V, 1877, No. 2, 43. Genus THECOCARPUS. Trophosome. — Stem fascicled, hydrothecse toothed, nematophores attached to the hydrothecse. Gonosome. — Corbula composed of separated leaves, each of which bears a hydrotheca near its base on its outer side. More than one hydrotheca between the corbula and the stem. Thecocarpus niger Nutting, new species. (PI. v, fig. 5; pi. xiii, figs. 1-6.) Trophosome. — Colony black in color, attaining a height of about 6 inches. Stem fascicled, proximal portion unbranched, distal part giving off a number of irregularly disposed large branches which themselves often branch in an irregular manner; smaller branches not fascicled, and the internodes not apparent unless the specimen is boiled in potash, when a regular division into short nodes divided by oblique internodes is apparent. Hydrocladia alternate, borne on front of stem and branches, divided into regular internodes, each of which bears a hydrotheca and shows an internal chitinous ridge at about its middle. Hydrothecse ovoid in shape, margin with about 10 irregular jagged teeth, the points of which turn inward, the anterior one forming a horn-like projection rising somewhat above the others; intrathecal ridge low and straight, nearly horizontal. Supracalycine nematophores horn-like, not very large, rising about to the top of the hydrotheca; mesial nematophore arising above the middle of the hydrotheca, projecting outward and upward, not attaining the level of the top of the hydrotheca, and with two apertures; cauline nematophores large, 2 at the base of each hydrocladium. Gonosome. — Gonangia contained in a corbula bearing a close resemblance to that characteristic of Aglaophenia, but really of the Thecocarpus type. It is very large, gracefully arched, with the concave side upward, composed of 18 to 20 pairs of corbula leaves, each of which bears a hydrotheca near its base on the outside and 2 rows of large tubular nematophores with conspicuous nematocysts. The last 2 or 3 pairs of leaves are represented by hydrothecse alone, and 1 or 2 hydrothecse are found on the stem between the first true corbula leaf and the stem from which the corbula springs. a American Hydroids, Part II, p. 5, 1904. 954 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Distribution.— Station 3939, north of the island of Laysan, 163 fathoms; station 3955, northeast of the island of Laysan, 20 fathoms; station 3961, south of the island of Laysan, 19 fathoms; station 3962, south of the island of Laysan, 16 fathoms. This remarkable species is represented 1 >y a number of fine specimens from the waters about Laysan. The corbula is so much like that of Aglaophenia in external appearance that it would deceive anyone who did not carefully investigate it. The trophosome also is almost that of a typical Aglaophenia. The black color is constant in all the specimens and is produced by a dense black pigment throughout the colony. Genus LYTOCARPUS. Trophosome. — Stem fascicled; hydrothecal margin strongly toothed or sinuous; mesial nemato- phores with 2 openings, cauline nematophores broad and triangular in outline. Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on hydrocladia, which are modified so as to form protective branchlets, often aggregated into a pseudo-corbula, with leaves formed by modified hydrocladia instead of append- ages to hydrocladia, as in the genus Aglaophenia. There is a hydrotheca at the base of each protective branch. • Lytocarpus phceniceus (Busk). This is one of the most common species in the collection, being found at the following stations: Station 3809, south coast of the island of Oahu, 125 fathoms; station 3814, off Diamond Head, Oahu, 284 fathoms; station 3845, south coast of the island of Molokai, 60 fathoms; station 3848, south coast of the island of Molokai, 73 fathoms; station 3849, south coast of the island of Molokai, 73 fathoms; station 3939, north of the island of Laysan, 163 fathoms; station 3978, south of Bird Island, 32 fathoms; station 3979, south of Bird Island, 222 to 387 fathoms; station 3987, north of the island of Kauai, 55 fathoms; station 4071, north of the island of Maui, 52 fathoms; station 4072, north of the island of Maui, 56 fathoms. Plumularia phxnicea Busk, Voyage of the Rattlesnake, Narrative, Appendix IV, 1852. Lytocarpus hawaiensis Nutting, new species (PI. v, fig. 6; pi. xii, figs. 10-13.) Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about 4 inches. Stem fascicled; branching pinnate, the branches distant and not fascicled, not plainly divided into internodes, bearing the alternate hydro- cladia. Hydrothecse ovate in general outline, margin with a rather prominent anterior tooth and 2 small uneven lateral teeth on each side; intrathecal ridge obsolete. Supracalycine nematophores strong, regularly curved, reaching considerably above the hydrothecal margin; mesial nematophores moderate in size, regularly curved outward, and not nearly reaching the top of the hydrotheca; cauline nematophores very long and slender, 2 on the branch at the base of each hydrocladium. Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on branches which are modified into protective contrivances taking the form of sickle-shaped phylactogonia, 1 to each of the much-flattened gonangia. Gonangia borne on rows on the upper side of the branch, orbicular, but considerably broader than long when viewed from the flat side. The phylactogonia are armed with 2 rows of long conspicuous tubular nematophores. Distribution. — Station 3853, south coast of Molokai Island, 115 fathoms; station 3875, between Maui and Lanai islands, 65 fathoms; station 3848, south of the island of Molokai, 44-73 fathoms. Lytocarpus balei Nutting, new species. (PI. vi, fig. 1; pi. xiii, figs. 7, 8.) Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about 2 inches. Stem fascicled; branches irregularly alternate and fascicled, except on the distal parts; hydrocladia alternate, each with 2 strong septal ridges and 1 weak one opposite each hydrotheca. Hydrothecse oval in general outline, aperture nearly vertical, margin almost smooth, and a very strong intrathecal ridge usually reaching more than half- way across the hydrotheca and ending in a round knob. Supracalycine nematophores small, slender, reaching nearly to the hydrothecal margin; mesial nematophores very strong, and reaching consider- ably above the hydrothecal margin. HYDROIDS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 955 . Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on specialized hydrocladia with one or more hydrothecae at their bases, bean-shaped, arranged in 2 rows. The distal part of each of these specialized hydrocladia is curved and armed with strong nematophores, but without hydrothecae. They alternate irregularly with ordinary hydrocladia, the tendency being to an arrangement in which there are 2 ordinary hydrocladia; between adjacent phylactogonia. Locality. — Station 3852, off the south coast of Molokai, 47 to 115 fathoms. This is the smallest species of Lytocarpus found in the collection. It seems to be a very well- marked species, especially in its gonosome. Lytocarpus similis Nutting, new species. (PI. vi, fig 3; pi. xin, figs. 9, 10.) Trophosome. — Colony about 7 inches high, irregularly branched. Stem and branches fascicled. Hydrocladia alternate, often without distinct internodes, but with small internal thickenings just below the supracalycine nematophores and opposite the lower part of the hydrothecse. Hydrothecse deep, anterior outline concave, margin with 3 lateral teeth on each side and a rather longer anterior tooth. Supracalycine nematophore slender, terete, distinctly overtopping the hydrotheca; mesial nematophore short, not reaching the middle of the hydrotheca, regularly convex in outline. Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on modified hydrocladia which do not form pseudo-corbulse, but which are irregularly interspersed among normal hydrocladia. Each of these modified hydrocladia has a normal hydrotheca at its base, then one or more aborted hydrothecse, then globular gonangia arising regularly from aborted hydrothecse, each with a mesial and 2 supracalycine nematophores. Gonangia flattened, containing blastostyles supporting gonophores which are partly encircled by a sickle-shaped rim of ccenosarc. Locality. — Station 4000, southwest of the island of Molokai, 213 fathoms. This species is particularly interesting for two reasons. First, its gonosome furnishes a beautiful example of the homology between the gonophore and the hydranth, the former arising from aborted hydrothecse. Second, we have in this species a further proof, if any more is needed, of the fact that a classification of the genera of the Plumularidse can not be based on the trophosome alone, for the tro- phosome of this form is almost a typical Aglaophenia, while its gonosome is that of a true Cladocarpus. Genus HALICORNARIA. Trophosome. — Stem not fascicled. Hydrothecse with no posterior intrathecal ridge. Hydrocladia not branched and without septal ridges. Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on the stem or on the'bases of the hydrocladia, not taking the place of hydrothecse, and not protected by cotbulse or protective branches of any kind. Halicornaria flava Nutting, new species. (PI. vi, fig. 2; pi. xin, figs. 11, 12.) Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about 5 inches. Brownish yellow in color. Stem monosiphonic, not regularly branched, divided into regular internodes, each of which bears a hydro- cladium. Hydrocladia alternate; nodes not seen in profile, but marked by translucent lines when viewed by reflected light. Hydrothecse orbicular, large, margin with a single broad lateral lobe on each side, and one in front and another behind; a very strong anterior intrathecal ridge arising from above the middle of the hydrotheca and ending in a round knob at its center. Mesial nematophore attached throughout to the front of the hydrotheca and ending in a point projecting above the margin of the latter; the nematophore having a strong chitinous point at about its middle, projecting inward toward the hydrotheca, a unique feature in this genus so far as I know. Supracalycine nematophores short, triangular, not reaching nearly to the top of the hydrotheca. There are 2 strong, broad cauline nematophores at the front of the base of each hydrocladium. Gonosome. — Gonangia in the form of simple pyriform bodies arranged in a row along the front of the stem, one at the base of each hydrocladium. Their tops do not seem to have regular apertures of any kind, but simply to be ruptured by the escape of the sexual elements. There are no protective branchlets. Locality. — Station 3939, north of the island of Laysan, 163 fathoms. The bright brownish-yellow color of this species is quite conspicuous when the specimens are fresh. 956 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Halicornaria bryani Nntting, new species. (PL vi, fig. 4; pi. xm, figs. 13, 14.) Trophosorne:— -Colony parasitic on Lytocarpus similis, attaining a height of about 3 inches. Stem simple, divided into regular internodes, each of which bears, a hydrocladium. Hydrocladia stout, not evidently divided into internodes. Hydrothecse very large, ovate in outline, margin with 1 or 2 ill- defined lateral sinuations; intrathecal ridge anterior, very strong, ending in a round knob. Supra- calycine nematophore small, not reaching to margin of the hydrotheca; mesial nematophore very short and strong, variable in shape, with a regularly arched outline and ending considerably below the hydrothecal margin. Gonosome. — Gonangia obconoid, with truncate summits, borne in a row on the front of the stem, each being at the base of a hydrocladium. No phylactogonia. The hydrothecse of this species are the largest that I have seen in the genus. Locality. — Station 4000, southwest of the island of Kauai, 213 fathoms. BIBLIOGRAPHY. The following list includes papers to which reference is made in this report, and also those forming the basis for the geographical distribution of Hawaiian forms given in the table on page 934. It does not include papers consulted but not found to contain matter pertinent to the subject of Hawaiian hydroids: Agassiz, Alexander. Three Cruises of the Blake. Boston, 1888. Agassiz, Louis. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America. Second Monograph. III. Boston, 1860. Aldek, Joshua. A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Transactions of the Tyne-side Naturalists’ Field Club, Newcastle-on-Tyne. III. 1857. Allman, George J. A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids. In two parts. Part I. Ray Society, London, 1871. Hydroida of the Porcupine Expedition. Transactions of the Zoological Society. VIII. 1873. Report on the Hydroida collected during the Exploration of the Gulf Stream by L. F. de Pourtales, assistant, U. S. Coast Survey. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. Y. No. 2. Cambridge, 1877. — The Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Zoology. Report on the Hydroida dredged by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Part II. London, 1888. Bale, W. M. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes. Sydney, 1884. On Some New and Rare Hydroida in the Australian Museum Collection. Proceedings of the Linnsean Society of New South Wales. 2d series. III. June 27, 1888. Bedot, Maurice, et Pictet, Camille. Resultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accom plies sur son Yacht par Albert Ier, Prince Souverain de Monaco. Fascicle XVIII. Hydraires provenant des Campagnes de l’Hirondelle. 1886-1888. Monaco, 1900. Bonnevie, Kristine. The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, 1876-1878. Zoology. Hydroida. Christiania, 1899. Busk, G. An account of the Polyzoa and Sertularian Zoophytes collected on the Voyage of the Rattlesnake, etc. Narrative, Appendix. IV. London, 1852. Clark, S. F. Report on the Hydroids collected on the Pacific Coast of Alaska and the Aleutian Islands, by W. H. Dali, U. S. Coast Survey, and party, from 1871 to 1874, inclusive. Proceed- ’ ings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1876 (1877) . Fleming, J. A history of British Animals, exhibiting the Descriptive Characters and Systematical Arrangement of the Genera and Species, etc. Second edition. London, 1742. Gray, J. E. The Ceratelladse. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. VIII. 1868. Hartlaub, Clemens. Hydroiden aus den Stillen Ocean. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific ( Schauinsland, 1896-1898). Zoologische Jahrbiicher: Abtheilung fur Sysl ematik, Geographie, und Biologie der Thiere. Jena, 1901. Levinsen, G. M. R. Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Gronlands Vestkyst tilligemed Bemserkninger om Hydroidernes Systematik. Ssertryk af Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra der naturhistoriske Forening, 1892. Kjobenhavn, 1892. HYDROIDS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 957 LiNNiEUS, C. Systema Naturae. 10th edition. 1758. McCrady, John. Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor. Proceedings of the Elliott Society. I. No.' I. 1858. Nutting, C. C. Hydroids from Alaska and Puget Sound. Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum. XXI. No. 1171. 1899. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. XXI, The Hydroids. Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences. III. May, 1901. American Hydroids. Parts I and II. Special Bulletin No. 4, LT. S. National Museum. 1900 and 1904. Pallas, P. S. Elenchus Zoophytorum. 1766. Saes, M. Reise i Lofoten, og Finmarken. 1850. Schneidee, Kakl Camillo. Hydropolypen von Rovigno, nebst Uebersicht iiber das System der Hydropolypen im Allgemeinen. Zoologische Jahrbiicher: Abtheilung fiir Systematik. X. 1897. Spenceh, W. Baldwin. A New Family of Hydroida. Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria. 1890. — — On the Structure of Ceratella fusca. Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria. 1891. Torrey, Harry Beal. The Hydroida of the Pacific Coast of North America. University of California Publications. Zoology I. 1902. Verrill, A. E. Preliminary Check List of the Marine Invertebrata of the Atlantic Coast, from Cape Cod to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Prepared for the U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, 1879. Author’s edition. New Haven, 1879. EXPLANATION OF PLATES." PLATE I. Hydrodendrium gorgonoides Nutting. Fig. 1. Part of colony (X 5). 2. Cross section of stem, showing naked coeno- sarc above (X 125). 3. Hydranth and gonophore (X 25). 4. Cross section of stem, showing irregular lacunae (X 25). Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of hydranth (to the right), and gonophore (to the left),, showing ova in the endoderm ( X 125). 6. Longitudinal section of male gonophore, showing spermary (X 125). PLATE II. (All figures x 5.) Fig. 1. Corydendrium minor Nutting. 2. Corydendrium corrugatum Nutting. 3. Balea mirabilis Nutting. Fig. 4. Campanularia eloisa Nutting. 5. Halecium scandens Nutting. 6. Campanularia eloisa Nutting. PLATE III. (All figures x 5.) Fig. 1. Stegopoma gilberti Nutting. 2. Stegopoma gracilis Nutting, growing as a parasite on Halicornaria. 3. Stegopoma plumicola Nutting, parasitic on Lvtocarpus phoeniceus. Fig. 4. ?Cryptolaria operculata Nutting. 5. ?Opercularella longicauda Nutting. 6. Lafoea contorta Nutting. Basal part of colony to the left, distal part to the right. a The photomicrographs were made by the author. The pen drawings were made by Mrs. Elizabeth B. Darrow, after camera lucida drawings in pencil by the author. 958 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Fig. 1. Fig. 1. 2. 3. 4. Fig. 1. 2. 3. Fig. 1. 3. 4. 5. Fig. 1. 2. 4. Fig. 1. 2. 3. 4. PLATE IV. (All figures x 5.) Lictorella cervicornis Nutting, gonosome. Cryptolaria symmetrica Nutting. Sertularella crenulata Nutting. showing Fig. 4. Sertularella torreyi Nutting. 5. Sertularia snyderi Nutting. 6. Diphasia palmata Nutting. PLATE V. (Figures 3-6 x 5. Figs. 1 and 2 are much more liighly magnified than the others.) Plumularia milleri Nutting, showing pecul- iar disposition of the gonangia. Plumularia delicata Nutting. Monostsechas fisheri Nutting. Antennella complexa Nutting. Fig. 5. Thecocarpus niger Nutting, showing gono- some. 6. Lytocarpus hawaiensis Nutting, showing gonosome. Lytocarpus balei Nutting. Halicornaria flava Nutting. Lytocarpus similis Nutting. PLATE VI, (All figures x 5.) Fig. 4. Halicornaria bryani Nutting. 5. Plumularia jordani Nutting. PLATE VII. Hydrodendrium gorgonoides Nutting, sin- gle hydranth with hernia-like gonophore. Expanded hydranth. Balea mirabilis Nutting, part of branch. Balea mirabilis, single hydranth, showing the two whorls of tentacles. Corydendrium corrugatum Nutting, part of branch. Fig. 6. Corydendrium corrugatum, single hydranth and hydrophore. 7. Oral view of hydranth. 8. Corydendrium minor Nutting, part of branch. 9. Corydendrium minor, sessile medusa. PLATE VIII. Halecium scandens Nutting, part of branch. Halecium scandens, hydranth and hydro- phore. Halecium scandens, gonangium and gono- phore. Campanularia eloisa Nutting, part of col- ony with gonangium. ig. 5. Campanularia eloisa, hydrotheca. 6. Campanularia eloisa, liydrotheca. 7. Campanularia eloisa, part of branch show- ing scattered pedicels. 8. Stegapoma gracilis Nutting, group of hydro- thecse. 9. Stegopoma gracilis, hydrotheca and gonan- gium. Stegopomagilberti Nutting, part of colony. Stegopoma plumicola Nutting, group of hydrothecse. Stegopoma plumicola, hydrotheca and gonangium. Opercularella longicauda Nutting, group of hydrothecae. Opercularella longicauda, hydrothecse showing different positions of the opercula. 7. Opercularella longicauda, gonangium. 8. Lafoea contorta Nutting, group of hy- drothecse on main stem. 9. Lafoea contorta, hydrothecse on end of branch. PLATE IX. Figs. 5, 6. HYDROIDS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 959 Fig. 1. 2-4. 5. 6. Fig. 1. 3. 4. 5. Fig. 1. . 2 4. 5. 6. Fig. 1. 4. 6. 7. PLATE X. Lictorella halecioides (Allman), cross sec- I tion of part of “coppinia” mass. Lictorella halecioides, gonangia. Lictorella ceryicornis Nutting, part of> branch. Lictorella ceryicornis, hydrotheca (much enlarged). Lictorella ceryicornis, nematophore (great- ly enlarged). Lictorella ceryicornis, group of gonangia with phylactogonia. PLATE Sertularella dentifera Torrey, gonangium. Sertularella torreyi Nutting, part of stem with gonangium. Sertularella torreyi, end of branch. Sertularella crenulata Nutting, part of branch. Sertularella crenulata, hydrotheca (much enlarged). Fig. 9. Litorella ceryicornis, single gonangium with phylactogonium. 10. Cryptolaria symmetrica Nutting, proximal part of branch. 11. Cryptolaria symmetrica, distal part of branch. 12. Cryptolaria operculata Nutting, part of a branch. 13, 14. Cryptolaria operculata, single hydrothecae. 15. Sertularia snyderi Nutting, part of colony. XI. Fig. 6. Sertularella crenulata, gonangium. 7. Sertularella crenulata, end of gonangium •showing aperture. 8. Diphasia palmata Nutting, part of stem. 9 and 10. Diphasia palmata, front and lateral views of gonangia. PLATE XII. Plumularia jordani Nutting, part of a colony. Plumularia jordani, hydrotheca and nema- tophores (greatly enlarged). Plumularia delicata Nutting, part of branch. Plumularia. delicata, hydrothecate inter- node (much enlarged). Plumularia delicata, gonangium. Plumularia milleri Nutting, part of colony with gonangia. Plumularia milleri, hydranth. Fig. 8. Monostaechas fisheri Nutting, part of branch. 9. Antennella complexa Nutting, part of branch. 10. Lytocarpus hawaiensis Nutting, part of stem showing branch origin and nema- tophores. 11. Lytocarpus hawaiensis, hydrothecae. 12. Lytocarpus hawaiensis, gonangium with phylactogonium. 13. Lytocarpus hawaiensis, side view of gonangium. Thecocarpus niger Nutting, three hy- drothecae. Thecocarpus niger, onehydrotheca (greatly enlarged). Thecocarpus niger, part of stem, showing nematophores and hydrocladial origin. Thecocarpus niger, corbula. Thecocarpus niger, section of corbula, showing gonangium. Thecocarpus niger, corbula leaf with basal hydrotheca. Lytocarpus balei Nutting, three hydro- thecae. Lytocarpus balei, branchlet with go- nangia. 9. Lytocarpus similis Nutting, three hydro- thecae. 10. Lytocarpus similis, gonangia on branch- let. 11. Halicornaria flava Nutting, three hydro- thecae. 12. Halicornaria flava, gonangium. 13. Halicornaria bryani Nutting, three hydro- thecae. 14. Halicornaria bryani, gonangium. PLATE XIII. Fig. 8. F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3 — 13 Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate III. Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. 5 Bull. U, S. F. C. 1903. Plate V. Plate VI. 3 4 Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate VII. Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate VIII. 4 Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate IX. 7 Plate X. 15 gull. U, S. F. C. 1903. Plate Xl. 10 12 Bull. U. S. F. C. 1903. Plate XIII. SCHIZOPODS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS COLLECTED BY THE STEAMER ALBATROSS IN 1902. By A. E. ORTMANN, Curator of Invertebrate Zoology , Carnegie Museum , Pittsburg , Pa. SCHIZOPODS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS COLLECTED BY THE ALBATROSS IN 1902. By A. E. ORTMANN, Curator of Invertebrate Zoology , Carnegie Museum , Pittsburgh Pa. In the present collection there are represented 21 recognizable species, none of which are new, although one might be regarded as a new variety. Six species are already known from this region, 5 of which are distinctly pelagic forms, although the two species of Stylocheiron seem to prefer a certain depth. These 5 are: Euphansia bidentata, which was captured by the Albatross on a previous trip between San Fran- cisco and the Hawaiian Islands; Stylocheiron carinatum , which is known from the ‘ ‘ North Pacific ” ( Challenger , without exact locality) ; Stylocheiron abbreviation , which was captured by the Challenger north of the Hawaiian Islands; Siriella thompsoni , which is known from the “North Pacific” ( Challenger ) and from between San Fran- cisco and the Hawaiian Islands ( Albatross ); and Siriella gracilis, which has been reported from the Northern Pacific by Streets and the Challenger, The sixth species previously known from this region is Boreomysis obtusata , which was found by the Challenger north of the Hawaiian Islands. This seems to be a deep-sea form. The other 15 species in this collection have not been found previously near the Hawaiian Islands. For some of them this new locality is not remarkable, since they have been found in other parts of the Pacific Ocean; but other cases are more or less interesting on account of the great distance of the localities from which they have been previously recorded. The discovery in the Pacific of the two pelagic forms, Euphausia pseudogibba and Stylocheiron longicorne , which were known hitherto only from the Atlantic Ocean, is in keeping with what is known of the distribution of related forms, and the same may be said of Nematodactylas boopis , which up to the present time was known only from Ireland. In two instances, however, Lophogaster and Anchialus , a very close examination of the material at hand was necessary to remove all doubt as to the actual identity of the species in question, since the known facts of distribution rather led to the expectation that the Hawaiian forms would prove to be distinct. Further detail concerning the geographical distribution of the single species will be given below at the proper places. 963 964 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE SPECIES. Order EUPHAUSIACEA Boas. Family EUPHAUSIIDA Dana. Genus THYSANOPODA Milne-Edwards. 1. Thysanopoda obtusifrons G. O. Sars. Thysanopoda obtusifrons G. 0. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 102, pi. 18, figs. 1-14, 1885; Alcock & Anderson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1894, 63, 3. A careful comparison of the present material with Sars’s description has led to the conviction that these specimens agree better with this species than those collected by the Plankton Expedition in the Atlantic, and described by the present writer under this name.® ,The only difference from Sars’s account I am able to discover is that the preanal spine in most of our specimens is present and simple; it was seen in 14 of them, while 3 did not show it (the remaining 1 was dissected before it was examined in this respect). Sars calls this spine “obsolete,” but we must bear in mind that he had only 3 individuals at his disposal. Further, the lobe of the first joint of the antennula is different in shape from that given in Sars’s figure (fig. 2 on pi. 18); its inner portion, projecting over the base of the second joint, is drawn as square (with rounded angles), while in our specimens (I have made, however, only one slide) it is rather triangular, the inner angle being produced. For the rest, our specimens agree completely with T. obtusifrons, and we are to mention especially that there is no lateral denticle on the carapace, and that the serrate keels of the telson correspond closely to Sars’s description and figure (fig. 3, pi. 18). In these respects and in size (our largest is 19 mm. long; Sars gives 23 mm. ) they differ from the specimens taken by the Plankton Expedition and specimens recorded under this name from the Mediterranean. !> This Atlantic species has recently been called T. vulgaris by Hansen. c Stations: 3806, 50 fathoms, 23° 25/ 36" N., 152° 24/ 30" W., Erben Bank to Kaiwi Channel, 5 specimens; 3888, 50 fathoms, 22° 10r N., 155° 35' 45" W., northeast of Kaiwi Channel, 13 specimens. Distribution. — “Pacific” and “South Pacific” are the localities given for the specimens collected by the Challenger. Alcock and Anderson mention it from the Laccadive Sea, Indian Ocean, 1,250 fathoms. 2. Thysanopoda agassizi Ortmann. Thysanopoda agassizi Ortmann, Bull. Mus. Harvard, 14, 1894, 99. The individual at hand is much larger than the specimens previously recorded. The largest from the Panama region measures 19 mm., while the present one is 32 mm.; but it agrees completely with the description, except that the preanal spine is well developed and has two points, one shorter than the other. Color in life, according to label: “Light vermilion, darkest on thoracic feet.” Station: 3804, 50 fathoms, 24° 58/ 42" N., 149° IV W., between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel, 1 specimen. Distribution. — Gulf of Panama, 200 fathoms, and between Galapagos and Acapulco, 0-200 fathoms (Ortmann). Genus EUPHAUSIA Dana. 3. Euphausia bidentata (G. O. Sars). Euphausia pellucida G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 1885, 75, pi. 11 and 12; Ortmann, Decap. & Schizop. Plankton Exped., 11, 1893; Ortmann, Bull. Mus. Harvard, 25, 1894, 101. Caullery, Ann. Univ. Lyon, fasc. 2, 1896, 367. Holt & Tattersall, Rept. Fish. Ireland, 2 app., 4, 1905, 101 and 133. a Ortmann, Decapoden und Sehizopoden Plankton Exped., 1893, p. 10. i>Salv. lo Bianco, Pclagische Tiefseefischerei der “ Maja,” p. 35, pi. 14, fig. 48, 1904. Capri, Naples, about 1,000 m. c Hansen, Bull. Mus. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 30, 1905, p. 15. SCHIZOPODS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 965 Euphausia bidentata Stebbing, Pr. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, 544. Euphausia pellucida S. lo Bianco, Pelag. Tiefseefisch. Maja, 37, pi. 16, fig. 50, 1904. I follow Stebbing (1900) in using the name of E. bidentata Sars for this species, without being fully convinced that E. pellucida of Dana is a different form. I readily concede, however, that E. pellucida (as well as E. muelleri Claus) is at least doubtful, which is sufficient reason for discarding this name. Stations: 3797, surface, 31° 55/ N., 135° W., East Pacific, 4 specimens; 3797, 25 feet below surface, 31° 55/ N., 135° W., East Pacific, 2 specimens; 3829, surface, south coast of Molokai Island, 1 speci- men; 3867, surface, Pailolo Channel, 16 specimens; 3901, surface, Pailolo Channel, 24 specimens; 3912, surface, south coast of Oahu Island, 1 specimen; 3926, surface, 21° 20/ N., 158° 43/ W., southwest of Oahu, 5 specimens; 3929, surface, 23° 19' N., 166° 54/ W., between Honolulu and Laysan, 2 specimens; 3980, surface, 21° 23/ N., 158° 19/ W., between Honolulu and Kauai, 1 specimen; 4009, surface, 21° 50/ 30" N., 159° 15' W., southeast of Kauai, numerous specimens; 4011, surface, 21° 20/ N., 158° 21/ W., between Kauai and Oahu, 1 specimen; 4145, surface, 22° 27' 30" N., 160° 40' W., between Kauai and Modu Manu, 9 specimens. Distribution. — Almost cosmopolitan; reported from the Arctic and Northern Atlantic (as far north as 60° N. ), subtropical and tropical Atlantic, South Atlantic, South and Central Pacific, Indian Ocean. (See Ortmann, 1893. ) In addition to the localities listed by Ortmann in 1893, we have to record numerous localities off the west coast of America: Panama, Galapagos, off California, and between California and the Hawaiian Islands (Ortmann, 1894). Vertical distribution, surface to about 900 meters. Caullery (1896) reports this species from 1,710 meters in the Gulf of Biscay. Lo Bianco (1904) says that at Capri the young are found near the surface, while the adult forms prefer depths of over 500 meters. 4. Euphausia pseudogibba Ortmann. Euphausia pseudogibba Ortmann, Decap. & Schizop. Plankton Exped., 12, pi. 1, fig. 6, 1893. Steb- bing, Pr. Zool. Soc., London, 1900, 545. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, 30, 1905, 11. The specimens agree completely with this form._ The preanal spine has been described as 1 to 4 pointed (rarely 1-pointed). Among 9 individuals of the present material (station 3867), 4 have it 1-pointed and 4 have it 2-pointed (in the ninth it is damaged). In the specimen from station 3799, which is larger than any of the others, it is 3-pointed. Stations: 3799, 100 fathoms, 29° 22' N., 139° 3P W., East Pacific, 1 specimen; 3867, surface, Pailolo Channel, 10 specimens. Distribution. — This is the first record of this species outside of the Atlantic Ocean. On account of the similarity to E. gibboides, this is important. E. pseudogibba has been found hitherto only by the Plankton Expedition and the Princess Alice in the Atlantic: Sargasso Sea, North Equatorial, Guinea, and South Equatorial currents, between surface and 650 meters, but not at the surface. Genus NEMATOSCELIS. Material belonging to this genus and to the one following has been obtained at various stations situated between California and the Hawaiian Islands, namely, 3799, 100 fathoms; 3801, 100 fathoms; 3802, 150 fathoms; 3803, 50 fathoms; 3805, 50 fathoms; 3807, 50 fathoms. This material generally is in a very poor condition. In the first line the legs are missing, and, further, the eyes are largely destroyed ; both organs are absolutely necessary for the proper identification of genus and species. The latter fact, the destruction of the eyes, is very remarkable, and has been noticed before in these genera by the writer. In my opinion, it is due to the hauling up of the specimens from a certain depth, as indicated by the present records, 50 to 150 fathoms. Apparently the change of pressure causes this deformation of the eyes, which is best described as a bursting. Although the specimens have been largely rendered useless for systematic purposes, the condition in which they are tends to confirm their actual existence at the recorded depths. 966 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Genus STYLOCHEIRON G. 0. Sars. In a few specimens belonging to Stylocheiron the elongated legs are preserved, and thus the writer was enabled to identify them. They are the following: 5. Stylocheiron carinatum G. 0. Sars. Stylocheiron carinatum G. 0. Sars, Rep. Yoy. Challenger, 13, 137, pi. 26, 1885. Ortmann, Decap. & Schizop. Plankton Exped., p. 17, 1893. Only two specimens are fairly well preserved, but they unquestionably belong here. Station 3801, 100 fathoms, 28° 3V N., 141° 47/ W., between Erben Bank and Kaiwi Channel 2 specimens. Distribution. — This species has been found by the Challenger in the North Pacific; in the Central Pacific (off Kandavu, Fidji); off Mindanao, Philippines, and in the South Atlantic. 'The Plankton Expedition obtained it in the Sargasso Sea and the South Equatorial Current; it has also been recorded from the Brazil Current (Ortmann). Vertical distribution, 0-200 fathoms. 6. Stylocheiron suhmi G. O. Sars. Stylocheiron suhmi and longicome G. O. Sars, Rep. Yoy. Challenger, 13, 142, 144, pi. 27, f. 1-5, 1885. Ortmann, Decap. & Schizop. Plankton Exped., 13, 1893. Stylocheiron suhmi Hansen, Bull. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, 30, 1905, 30. Stylocheiron longicome Holt & Tattersall, Rept. Fish. Ireland, 2 app., 4, 1905, 109, 140. Our specimen is much damaged; head and carapace are separated from the rest of the body, but the second true leg is preserved, and this agrees with that of S. longicome; also the eyes and other characters seem to indicate that we have to deal with this species. Station 3803, 50 fathoms, 25° 39/ 45" N., 147° 41/ 45" W., 1 specimen. Distribution. — This species was found by the Challenger south of the Cape of Good Hope and in the Pacific (New Guinea and Philippines), and Sars mentions it from Messina, Mediterranean Sea. The Plankton Expedition and the Princess Alice found it widely distributed in the Atlantic: Gulf Stream, Sargasso Sea, North and South Equatorial, and Guinea Currents. 7. Stylocheiron abbreviatum G. O. Sars. Stylocheiron abbreviatum G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, p. 147, pi. 27, f. 11-13, 1885. Ortmann, Decap. & Schizop. Plankton Exped. , p. 17, 1893; Bull. Mus. Harvard, 25, 1894, p. 104. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, 30, 1905, 31. Stylocheiron chelifer Chun, Bibl. Zool., 7, 1896, 167, pi. 11; Holt & Tattersall, op. cit. , p. 110, 141. The present specimen is about 14 mm. long, and thus much larger than that of Sars (8 mm.); but it agrees well with the latter except that the second pair of true legs is comparatively longer and stronger, which, however, is easily accounted for by the age. Station 3805, 50 fathoms, 24° 08' 15// N., 150° 51' W., 1 specimen. Distribution. — The Challenger took this species in the Pacific, north of the Hawaiian Islands, in the tropical and northern Atlantic. The Plankton Expedition found it widely distributed in the tropical and subtropical Atlantic to a depth of 1,500 meters. The Albatross had taken it previously off Galera Point in the Panama region of the Eastern Pacific. Genus NEMAT0BRACHI0N Caiman. 8. N ematobr achion boopis (Caiman). Nematodactylus boopis Caiman, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., 31, 1896, 17, pi. 2, f. 19-28. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, 30, 1905, 29. Nematobr achion boopis Caiman, Rept. Fish. Ireland, 2 app., 4, 1905, 153, pi. 26. The present specimen is in poor condition (broken in two), but the legs are well preserved. These, as well as the shape of the carapace and the eyes, of antennae and antennulse, agree well with Caiman’s description. Especially the very characteristic, greatly elongated, second true leg is abso- SCHIZOPODS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 967 lutely identical with Caiman’s account and figure (fig. 26). Also the general shape of the abdomen corresponds to that of this species-; the telson is damaged. A more minute investigation of the other characters (chiefly those of generic value) was not advisable, since only one individual is at hand, and this in very poor state of preservation. The only difference noticed is that the antennal scale is slightly longer than in Caiman’s species, reaching to the middle of the third joint of the peduncle. Station: 4005, 577-480 fathoms, vicinity of Kauai Island, 1 specimen. Distribution. — Found so far only at the southwest coast of Ireland in 1,020 fathoms, and Bay of Biscay, 237-1,000 fathoms (Caiman), and subtropical Atlantic between Gibraltar, Azores, and Canary Islands (Hansen). Order MYSIDACEA Boas. Family L0PH0GASTRIDA G. 0. Sars. Genus LOPHOGASTER M. Sars. 9. Lophogaster typicus M. Sars. Lophogaster typicus M. Sars, in Forh. Skand. Naturf. Moede Christiania, 1856, 160. M. Sars, in Christiania Univ. Progr., 1862, 1, pi. 1-3. G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 14, pi. 1, f. 1-7, 1885. Norman, in Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) 9, 459, 1892. Caullery, in Ann. Univ. Lyon, fasc. 2, 1896, 367. Walker, in Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. 12, 1898, 164. Holt & Beaumont, in Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. (2) 7, part 7, 1900, 3. Thompson, Catal. Crust. & Pycnog. Mus. Dundee, 23, 1901. Lo Bianco, Pelag. Tiefseefisch. Maja, 33, pi. 12, f. 44, 1904. Ctenomysis alata Norman, in Rep. Brit. Assoc. , 1861, 151. The discovery of a Lophogaster at the Hawaiian Islands made necessary a close investigation of its relation to the known form of the Atlantic. The abundant material at hand rendered this a compara- tively easy task, and it was found that the present form agrees very closely with . the descriptions furnished by M. and G. O. Sars for the Norwegian and the Cape forms. Only a few remarks seem necessary. ( 1) The rostral spine is generally in our material a little longer than in the typical form, but there is considerable variation in this respect, as has already been pointed out by G. O. Sars. In a few of the present specimens, the rostrum does not differ from the typical shape, but in most cases it is slightly longer, although falling short of the end of the peduncle of the antennules. Sometimes, however, it reaches the end of the latter, and even surpasses it, as is most distinctly the case in the large female from station 3965. (2) In most of our specimens, there is only 1 small lateral denticle on either margin of the telson while there are 3 in the typical form. In fact, I found only 1 denticle in all the younger specimens examined (I examined a large number from station 4101, although not all of them); in the large female from station 3965, however, there are 3 denticles, as usual. (3) Most of our specimens do not seem to be fully adult; those of stations 3847,. 3858 and 4101 hardly surpass 20 mm. (one of 3858 is 22 mm.), and generally the males are a little larger than the females, as has been stated by Sars for the typical form. The male from station 3857 is 24 mm. long, and the female from 3965 is 28 mm. This latter, consequently, exceeds all measurements previously given. Nevertheless, the much smaller females from station 4101 seem to be adult — at least, are able to propagate, since the marsupium is full in some of them. (4) The lateral wings of the carapace are produced posteriorly- into a point, which is more or less distinctly spiniform, most distinctly so in the large female from station 3965. (5) The outer margin of the antennal scale has 3 to 5 teeth, a variation already noticed by Sars. 1 have found that this number may even differ on the right and left side of the same individual. None of the above aberrations justify the creation of a new species, not even of a variety. Although there is a tendency in the Hawaiian form to develop a longer rostrum and to reduce the number of the marginal denticles of the telson, this furnishes no constant characters, the normal conditions being found at least in some specimens. Stations: 3847, 23 to 24 fathoms, south coast of Molokai, 2 males; 3857, 127 to 128 fathoms, Pailolo Channel, 1 male; 3858, 128 to 138 fathoms, Pailolo Channel, 9 males; 3884, 284 to 290 fathoms, Pailolo Channel, 1 male; 3965, 147 to 116 fathoms, vicinity of Laysan Island, 1 female; 4101, 143 to 122 fathoms, Pailolo Channel, numerous specimens, male and female, males much more abundant, 968 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Distribution. — Coast of Norway, Shetland Isles, west and southwest coast of Ireland, 20-100 fathoms (Sars, Norman, Walker, Holt & Beaumont). Bay of Biscay, 35-60 fathoms (Norman), 400 meters (Caullery). Mediterranean: Messina (Norman), Toulon, 445 meters, Naples, 500 meters and more (Bianco) ;' south of Cape of Good Hope, 98-150 fathoms (G. O. Sars). According to previous records, this species would seem to be bipolar, but the present localities in the region of the Hawaiian Islands completely overthrow this assumption, hinted at by G. O. Sars. This form is also found in the tropical belt, and there in about the same depth as in the European waters and at the Cape. The extremes recorded for our specimens are 23 and 290 fathoms. We are to expect that this species will be discovered elsewhere in the circum tropical regions as well as in other parts of the seas, and very likely it will finally prove to be cosmopolitan at the proper depth. Genus GNATHOPHATTSIA Willeraoes-Sulim. 10. Gnathophausia gigas Willemoes-Suhm. Gnathophausia gigas, G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 33, pi. 3, 1885. Our specimen differs from the description given by Sars in the following points: The infero- posterior spines of the carapace are a little longer; the posterior dorsal spine is well developed, ! resembling in size and shape that of G. calcarata-, the branchiostegal spine is much stronger than in Sars’ specimen, and decidedly longer than either the antennal or the supraocular spines. The outer edge of the antennal scale has 4 teeth, of which the posterior is very small. The rostrum (which was broken in Sars’ specimen) is very long — longer than indicated in Sars’ figure; the part in front of the supraocular spines is exactly as long as the carapace between supraocular spines i and base of the posterior dorsal spine. The color of our specimen is preserved and is a delicate '] crimson. The differences in development of the postero-dorsal, infero-posterior, and branchiostegal spines - are not so important, in my opinion, as to indicate that this form differs specifically from G. gigas. 1 I rather believe that the differences are due to age, since among other material at hand (see G. | longispina ) just the parts named exhibit corresponding variations in specimens of different age. Our specimen is 50 mm. long, while that of Sars was 142 mm. Among a collection of schizopods from Alaska which have been sent by the U. S. National Museum to the writer for identification, and which will be described elsewhere, there has been ; found a specimen of this species closely corresponding to the Hawaiian specimen. It is slightly larger than the latter (55 mm.), but the branchiostegal spine is even more developed, and the supraorbital spines are distinctly larger than the antennal spines. The outer margin of the antennal scale has 5 distinct teeth in this individual. Station 4144, 850-767 fathoms, vicinity of Kauai Island, 1 male young. Distribution. — Captured by the Challenger at station 69, west of the Azores, in 2,200 fathoms. Sars thinks that the “recently molted skin of the outer part of the tail of another specimen” brought up by the Challenger from 1,950 fathoms in the Antarctic Ocean, between Kerguelen and Australia (station 157), also belongs here; but I see no possibility of identifying this species from so meager remains, and it would be better to strike off this latter locality from the records until it is confirmed. The present locality at the Hawaiian Islands extends enormously the range of this species, and suggests the cosmopolitan character of its distribution. As has been mentioned above, it is also present amongst material from Alaska. 11. Gnathophausia calcarata G. O. Sars. Gnathophausia calcarata G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 35 pi., 4, 1885. The measurements of our specimens are as follows: Station 4109, total length, 37 mm., of which 15 mm. belong to the rostrum (in front of the supraocular spines); station 4142, total length, 43 mm., of which 14 mm. belong to the rostrum. The measurements given by Sars for his two specimens are 68 and 98, respectively. Our specimens, consequently, are young, and they agree best with the smaller individual described by Sars, the carapace of which is figured on Sars’s plate 4, figure 3. The postero-dorsal, the infero-posterior, and the branchiostegal spines are very strongly developed, even stronger than in the figure quoted, and they are a little more divergent, while antennal and SCHIZOPODS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 969 supraocular spines agree well with Sara’s account. The only difference is in the antennal scale, which, although similar to Sars’s figure, has the oblique truncation of the apex hardly noticeable; it is more like fig. 2 on Sars’s plate, than like the figs. 4 and 5. • The scale is generally narrower, with three serrations on the outer margin, the first one quite remote from the spiniform tip, but not separated from it by an emargination. G. bengalensis Wood-Mason (Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) 8, 1891, p. 269), from the Bay of Bengal, 1,748 fathoms, is said to be near G. calcarata, but to differ, among other points, in the postero-inferior and other spines, which are almost smooth, in the antennal scale, which is more emarginate, and in the epimeral lappets of the last abdominal segment. Stations: 4109, 442-449 fathoms, Kaiwi Channel, 1 male; 4142, 632-881 fathoms, vicinity of Kauai Island, 1 male. Distribution. — This species was taken by the Challenger in the Arafura Sea, 800 fathoms, and at the Philippines (near Talaur Island, south of Mindanao) , 500 fathoms. 12. Gnathophausia willemoesi G. O. Sars. Gnathophausia willemoesi G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 38 pi., 5 f. 1-6, 1885. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Harvard, 18, 1895, 215. Our male has the total-length of 52 mm., of which 12 mm. belong to the rostrum. The female is 73 mm. long, of which 13 mm. belong to the rostrum; the latter, however, is damaged at the tip. The larger of the two specimens examined by Sars was 136 mm. long. Our specimens agree completely with Sars’s account of this species. Stations: 3887, 552-809 fathoms, north coast of Molokai, 1 male; 4038, 689-670 fathoms, west coast of Hawaii, 1 female. Distribution. — Banda Sea, 1,425 fathoms (Sars). Panama region: Gulf of Panama, 1,270 fathoms; off Acapulco, Mexico, 493 and 664 fathoms; Tres Marias Islands, 680 fathoms. (Faxon.) 13. Gnathophausia sarsi Wood-Mason. Gnathophausia sarsi. Wood-Mason, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) 7, 1891, 187. Our specimens correspond completely to Wood-Mason’s description of this species, with the exception of the last sentence, which says: “The telson * * * appears to be more produced at the tip than in any other species.” No such peculiarity in the shape of the telson is apparent in our specimen. The individual from station 4166 is 62 mm. long, of which 16 mm. belong to the rostrum (in front of the supraocular spines), but the rostrum is damaged at the tip. The specimens from station 4005 are all smaller than this one, the smallest possessing a total length of 34 mm. Wood-Mason gives 75 mm. from tip of the rostrum to end of telson. The label of the set from station 4005 gives the color as “scarlet vermilion;” in the specimen from station 4166 the color is still preserved, and is of a brilliant scarlet. All our specimens seem to be males, since in none of them are incubatory lamellae visible. Stations: 4005, 577-480 fathoms, vicinity of Kauai Island, 4 males; 4166, 293-800 fathoms, vicinity of Modu Manu or Bird Island, 1 male. Distribution. — Bay of Bengal, 16° 55/ 41" N., 83° 21/ 18" E., 840 fathoms (Wood-Mason). The above localities extend considerably the range of this species. 14. Gnathophausia longispina G. 0. Sars. Gnathophausia longispina G. O. Sars, Bep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 46 pi., 7 f., 1-5, 1885. An examination of the rich material of this species collected by the Albatross shows that there is quite a variability in the development of the different spines of the carapace. The length of the rostrum and dorsal spine varies considerably; generally they are comparatively longer in young specimens. The branchiostegal spines in older specimens are not quite so strong and are directed obliquely forward, and the outer spine of the antennal scale is not so excessively developed. 970 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. The following table of measurements gives an idea of the relative dimensions of rostrum, carapace, and posterior dorsal spine. Comparing this table with the characters given by Sars we observe the following: “Rostrum almost twice the length of the carapace.” In very young specimens it is over twice the length, in large ones it is comparatively shorter, in the largest the rostrum is even absolutely shorter than the carapace. “Dorsal spine projecting to about the end of the fourth (abdominal) segment.” In larger specimens it does not project so far, in the smallest it projects a little farther. Generally speaking, we may say that with advancing age the different spines and the rostrum become comparatively shorter; that is to say, they retain about the absolute size they had in medium- sized specimens, while the rest of the body grows. Thus only our small and medium-sized specimens correspond more or less exactly to Sars’s description. Sars’s largest specimen (out of five) was 59 mm. long. The specimens from station 3824 are labeled “Carmine vermilion.” Stations: 3467, 310 fathoms, 1 female; 3471, 337 fathoms, 6 males, 3 females; 3473, 313 fathoms, 1 female; 3474, 375 fathoms, 5 males; 3475, 351 fathoms, 2 males, 1 female; all from the southeast coast of Oahu. 3824, 222-498 fathoms, 1 female, and 3826, 430-371 fathoms, 2 males, 1 female; from the south coast of Molokai. 3907, 315-304 fathoms, 2 males; 3908, 304-308 fathoms, 1 female; 3909, 308-322 fathoms, 6 males; 3911, 337-334 fathoms, 1 male; 3925, 323-299 fathoms, 3 males; all from the south coast of Oahu. 4105, 314-335 fathoms, 3 males; 4106, 335-350 fathoms, 1 male; 4107, 350-355 fathoms, 1 male; all from Kaiwi Channel. Distribution. — Captured by the Challenger, off Samboangan, Philippines, 250 fathoms. Family EUCOPIIDAE G. 0. Sars.« Genus EUCOPIA Dana. 15. Eucopia australis Dana. Eucopia australis Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust. 1, p. 609, pi. 11, f. 10, 1852. G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 55, pi. 9 and 10, 1885. Wood-Mason, in Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) 8, 1891, 270. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Harvard, 18, 1895, 218. Caiman, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. 31, 1896, 15. Thompson, Catal. Crust. Pycnog. Mus. Dundee, 23, 1901. Holt & Tattersall, Rept. Fish. Ireland, 2, 1905; App. 4, 142. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, 30, 1905, 5. Chalaraspis unguiculata Willemoes-Suhm, in Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2) 1, 1873, p. 37, pi. 8. The present specimen is in a very poor state of preservation, but the shape of the eyes, of the frontal margin, of the telson, and of the 3 anterior pairs of legs are recognizable, and agree well with Sars’s account of this species. It is apparently a male, no marsupial lamellae being seen. Station: 3887, 552-809 fathoms, north coast of Molokai Island, 1 male. Distribution. — Apparently cosmopolitan, in depths to about 2,000 fathoms (350 to 2,500 fathoms in the Atlantic according to Willemoes-Suhm). The species must go up into.shallower water occasionally, however, since it has been taken out of the stomach of a penguin (Dana). Special localities are the following: North Atlantic: Southwest coast of Ireland, 1,020 fathoms (Caiman) ; south of Nova Scotia, 1,250 fathoms (Sars) ; west of Azores, 1,000 fathoms (Sars). Tropical <*This family, no doubt, is very closely allied to the Lophogastridse , and is not separated from them by some authors The very peculiar differentiation Of the legs, however, is in favor of the retention of Sars’s family. 8CHIZOPOD8 OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 971 Atlantic: North of Cape Verde Islands, 1,975 fathoms (Sars) ; midway between Africa and Brazil, 1,5C0 fathoms (Sars). Antarctic Ocean: 66° 12/ S., 149° 44/ E. (Dana); between Cape of Good Hope and Kerguelen, 1,375 fathoms (Sars); south of Australia, 1,800 fathoms (Sars). Indian Ocean: Bay of Bengal, 561 fathoms, and Gulf of Manaar, 738 fathoms (Wood-Mason). Tropical Pacific: Off Peru, 0-1,770 fathoms; Galapagos, 551 fathoms; Gulf of Panama, 764. fathoms; Gulf of California, 0-700 and 1,218 fathoms (Faxon). North Pacific: Off Japan, 1,875 fathoms (Sars); Bering Sea, 660 fathoms (Thompson). 16. Eucopia sculpticauda Faxon. Eucopia sculpticauda Faxon, Bull. Mus. Harvard, 24, 1893, 218. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Harvard, 18, 219,- pi. K, f. 2, pi. 53 f. b; 1895. Hansen, Bull. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, 30, 1905, 7, fig. 4. With the female from station 4005 were the following notes about color: “The carapace is very deep, velvety, port-wine red or “purple,” so intense as to appear almost black in poor light, extending caudad along dorsum of abdomen, shading off to deep carmine on rest of abdomen, including swimmerets and telson, which is a trifle lighter. Appendages of head and thorax: Long legs, madder carmine; short appendages, deep port-wine red; antenna, madder pink; exopodite, bright carmine; antennule, bright carmine.” Stations: 4005, 577-480 fathoms, 1 female, and 4144, 850-767 fathoms, 1 male, from vicinity of Kauai Island. Distribution. — Gulf of Panama, 1,000 fathoms, and Galapagos Islands, 885 and 1,360 fathoms; sub- tropical Atlantic, between Gibraltar, Azores, and Canary Islands, between surface and 3,000 meters (Hansen). Family MYSIDAE Dana. Genus PETALOPHTHALMUS Willemoes-Suhm. 17. Petalophthalmus pacificus Faxon. Petalophthalmus pacificus Faxon, Bull. Mus. Harvard, 24, 1893, 218. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Harvard, 18, 1895, 223, pi. 54. Our specimen agrees absolutely with Faxon’s species. Station 4157, 762-1,000 fathoms, vicinity of Modu Manu, 1 male. Distribution. — Gulf of California, 0-700 fathoms. Genus BOREOMYSIS G. 0. Sars. 18. Boreomysis obtusata G. O. Sars. Boreomysis obtusata G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 182, pi. 33, f. 1-6, 1885. Although not well preserved, the specimens agree clearly with this species. Sars says that the eyes have a dark reddish pigment; in our specimens the eyes are pale brown, which possibly is due to the action of the alcohol. The female from station 4014 has lost both eyes. Stations: 4014, 399-362 fathoms, 1 male, 1 female; and 4018, 804-724 fathoms, 1 male; both from vicinity of Kauai Island. Distribution. — Off coast of Japan, 35° 11/ N., 139° 28/ E., 345 fathoms, and north of Hawaiian Islands, 37° 52' N., 160° 17/ W., 2,740 fathoms. Genus SIRIELLA Dana.« 19. Siriella thompsoni ( Milne-Ed wards) . Siriella thompsoni, G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 205, pi. 36, f. 1-24, 1885. Ortmann, Decap. ■& Schizop. Plankton Exped., 23, 1893; Bull. Mus. Harvard, 25, 1894, 107. The specimens (females) from station 3799 were marked : “Hyacinth blue eggs, body translucent.” Stations: 3797, surface, Erben Bank to Kaiwi Channel, 31° 55' N., 136° W., 12 males, 8 females; a Norman (Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) 10, 1892, p. 149) abandoned Siriella Dana in favor of Cynthilia Gray, June 15, 1850, but later (ibid., p. 263) restored it, Siriella having been published by Dana in the early part of 1850. This latter correction has been overlooked by Ehrenbaum (Beitr. Meeres. Helgoland 8, 1897, p. 424). 972 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 3799, surface, Erben Bank to Kaiwi Chaim., 29° 22/ N., 139° 31/ W., 2 females; 3801, 100 fathoms, ; jj Erben Bank to Kaiwi Chann., 28° 3U N., 141° 47/ W., 2 males, 1 female; 3802, 150 fathoms, Erben Bank to Kaiwi Chann., 27° 04/ 15" N., 144° 18' 30" W., 1 male; 3829, surface, south coast of Molokai, J jj] 1 female; 3867, . surface, Pailolo Channel, 2 males, 5 females; 3889, surface, north coast of Molokai, | 2 males; 3912, surface, south coast of Oahu, 1 male, 2 females; 3926, surface, between Honolulu and j Laysan, 21° 13/ N., 158° 43' W., 2 males; 3927, surface, between Honolulu and Laysan, 21° 31/ N., 161° j 55/ W. , 6 males, 8 females; 3929, surface, between Honolulu and Laysan, 23° 19' N., 166° 54' W. , 3 males; 3930, surface, between Honolulu and Laysan, 25° 07' N., 170° 50' W., 6 males, 1 female; 3980, surface, : 1 between Honolulu and Kauai, 21° 33/ N., 158° 19/ W., 1 male; 4011, surface, between Kauai and Oahu, 21° 20/ N., 158° 21/ W., 1 male, 1 female; 4086, surface, northeast coast of Maui, 1 male, 2 females; 1 4145, surface, between Kauai and Modu Manu, 22° 27' 30" N., 160° 40AW-., about 100 males, 30" females, f ’ Distribution. — North, Tropical, and South Atlantic; North and South Pacific; Australian seas; Indian Ocean; apparently generally distributed in the tropical and subtropical parts of all oceans, on the surface. Our stations 3801 and 3802 are remarkable, because they record this species from the 1 depth of 100 and 150 fathoms (two open intermediate tow nets, set tandem) . 20. Siriella gracilis Dana. Siriella gracilis, Streets, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. I, 1877, No. 7, 123; G. O: Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, I j 13, 209, pi. 36, f. 25-28, 1885. Ortmann, Bull. Mus. Harvard, 25, 1894, 107. Thompson, Catal. Crust. Pycnog. Mus. Dundee, 24, 1901. It is interesting to note that at station 4009 a large number of this species was captured, without j Siriella thompsoni, with which it was found associated at the other stations. Stations. — 3867, surface, Pailolo Channel, 4 males; 4009, surface, between Kauai and Oahu, j 21° 50' 30" N., 159° 15/ W., about 35 specimens, male, female, and young; 4086, surface, northeast coast of Maui, 2 males, 2 females; 4145, surface, between Kauai and Modu Manu, 22° 27' 30" N., I 16° 40/ YV., 13 males. Distribution. — Pacific (Dana); West, North, and Tropical Pacific (Sars); North Pacific, 20°-30° N., I 145°-149° W. (Streets); near Galapagos Islands and between Galapagos and Acapulco (Ortmann); £ Bay of Bengal (Thompson). Surface. This species seems to be restricted to the tropical and subtropical parts of the Indian and Pacific |! Oceans. It has not been recorded from the Atlantic Ocean. Genus ANCHIALUS Kroyer. 21. Anchialus typicus Kroyer. Anchialus typicus, G. O. Sars, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 13, 193 pi. 34 f. 4-27, 1885. The very remarkable new localities at which our material was secured have made necessary a very | careful comparison with Sars’s descriptions and figures (all parts are figured by Sars, except the first * maxilla), and I am unable to discover any differences from the characters given by him (p. 193) as “specific,” with the exception that he says that the apical incision of the telson occupies “one seventh of the length” of the telson, while in our specimens it occupies between one-fifth and one-sixth. This, however, is clearly due to a mistake on the part of Sars on page 193, since on page 196 he says 2 that the incision occupies “about one-fifth” of the length, the correctness of which is further substantiated by the figure of the telson (pi. 34, fig. 26). Going carefully over Sars’s “description” of this species, I discovered only the following points which deviate in our specimens: (1) The male gnathopod has, according to Sars, a strong triangular expansion on the inner edge of the carpal joint, which, according to the figure (pi. 34, fig. 17), is almost spiniforin. In my slides j this expansion is present, but less spiniform. (2) I can not discover in my slides the peculiar structure of the outer branch of the fourth pair ol j male pleopods, described by Sars, and figured in figs. 24 and 25 on pi. 34. In my slides this branch is . “somewhat more produced,” but has no peculiarities in the shape of the joints and arrangment of natatory setae. (3) The palp of the mandibles is more elongate in. my specimens; the first joint is less wide, comparatively, and the second is much longer than represented in Sars’s fig. 12; it is not ovate, but rather linear. SCHIZ0P0D8 OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 973 (4) The first true leg of the male (Sars’s fig. 18) has the propodite only slightly dilated, and consists apparently of one single joint (Sars draws three of them), followed- by a very small terminal one, which is hidden by peculiarly developed, long spines; the latter are less numerous than in Sars’s figure, and less distinctly fasciculate. I am not prepared to say whether these differences might constitute specific or varietal characters. If they should prove to be of taxonomic value, we ought to create, for this form, a new species or variety, for which I should like to propose the name Anchialus hawaiiensis. Stations. — 3812, surface, south coast of Oahu, 2 males; 3829, surface, south of Molokai, close to Lanai Island, numerous specimens, all males; 3921, surface, off Honolulu, numerous specimens, male and female, females prevailing. Distribution. — Tropical Atlantic, 14° N. (Kroyer); off Cape of Good Hope, surface; 34° 41/ S., 18° 36' E. (Sars). The present localities extend the known range of this species considerably. Sars believes that the species of the genus Anchialus are pelagic surface forms, and in this case the wide distribution would correspond to that of many other pelagic creatures. That they are captured rarely may be due to the fact that they seem to be nocturnal; at least at the three localities at which our material was taken the hauls were 'made at night (7.30 to 8.45 p. m. ), with the aid of electric light, during the night anchorage of the Albatross. In two of our hauls this species was represented by a very large number of individuals, while not a single other haul in this region contains a trace of it. I think we have here the original home of this species, which is to be sought in shallow water near the shore, but it hides somewhere during the daytime, and appears as a planktonic form at night, possibly only during a certain season. NEMERTEANS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS COLLECTED BY THE STEAMER ALBATROSS IN 1902. By WESLEY R. COE, Assistant Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University . F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3—14 975 NEMERTEANS OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS COLLECTED BY THE STEAMER ALBATROSS IN 1902. By WESLEY R. COE, Assistant Professor of Comparative Anatomy , Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University. Among the collections made by Prof. C. H. Gilbert and party with the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross at the Hawaiian Islands in the summer of 1902 are a number of well-preserved specimens of nemerteans. These specimens, how- ever, represent only three species, of which two are believed to have been unde- scribed hitherto. Microscopic study reveals a number of interesting anatomical peculiarities, which are detailed below. Two of the species belong to the genus Tseniosoma , which is abundantly represented in nearly all tropical and subtropical regions. The third belongs to the genus Dr&panopTiorus , but is unfortunately represented by the proboscis only, so that its specific identity is indeterminable. All the specimens were obtained by the dredge at depths of from 21 to 282 fathoms. The fact that so few nemerteans were collected by the Albatross party must not be taken as an indication that more extended shore collecting would not yield a much larger number of species. Comparatively few miscellaneous collections of inverte- brates contain numerous species of this group, even from localities where such worms are abundant. So far as is known to the writer no nemerteans whatever have previously been recorded from the Hawaiian Islands or from the deep water in their vicinity. On this account the present collection, although very meager, possesses a certain interest. Its principal value, however, is due to the interesting anatomical peculiarities revealed in the new species it contains. T.ZENIOSOMA Stimpson. Tseniosoma Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. , 1857, 162. Polia Delle Chiaje, Mem. sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza vertebre del regno di Napoli, Naples, 1823-28. Eupolia Hubrecht, Report of Challenger Exped., Zool., xix, 1887. Eupolia Burger, Fauna u. Flora von Neapel, Monogr. 22, p. 598, 1895. Tseniosoma Coe, Proc. Washington Ac. Sci., Ill, 1901, 61. This genus is widely distributed in tropical and subtropical waters, and its presence at the (Hawaiian Islands was to have been expected. As has been stated elsewhere «, Stimpson’ s name for it “Coe, Proc. Wash. Ac. Sci., Ill, 1901, 4. 978 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. has indisputable priority over the name Eupolia, although the latter is still retained by most European writers. The fact that Stimpson in 1857 a, in establishing his new genus Tseniosoma, in addition to giving a satisfactory generic diagnosis, specially mentioned Borlasia quinquelineata Quoy & Gaimard as a typical species of the genus leaves no valid excuse for ignoring this name and adopting that given by Hubrecht thirty years later. Furthermore, Stimpson in the same paper describes as new species two forms, T. septemlineatum and T sequale ( — T quinquelineatum) both of which are typical representatives of the genus. Although Stimpson’ s generic diagnosis is brief it is accurate, and its brevity is justified by the citation of a well-known typical species. • The species belonging to this genus show a remarkable specific variation in the general shape and size of the body. Some are characterized by extremely long, slender, flattened, and much-twisted bodies, while others are short, thick, and cylindrical. In nearly all the species, however, the head in life is rounded in front and is sharply marked off from the parts immediately following by lateral constrictions. Horizontal furrows are wanting, but small, oblique or transverse grooves are usually present on the head. In strong contraction the posterior portion of the head becomes greatly swollen and the snout is withdrawn into it, the . anterior end of the body becoming large and abruptly truncated. Proboscis sheath and proboscis short, seldom reaching more than one-third the length of body. Proboscis opening subterminal, minute. Mouth situated on the ventral surface immediately behind the ganglia . Muscular layers of body composed of a thick outer longitudinal, a circular, and a less thickened inner longitudinal layer. Outside the muscular layers is a well developed cutis, composed of a thick inner layer of connective tissue, and an outer layer of glandular tissue. External epithelium thin as compared with the other layers of the body, though the basement layer separating it from the cutis is usually well developed. Musculature of proboscis consists of an inner longitudinal and an outer circular muscular layer; consequently muscular crosses are wanting. Cephalic glands enormously developed, stretching backward on all sides beyond the brain, and often reaching some distance into the esophageal region. Lateral nerves situated immediately outside circular muscular layer. Ocelli usually present in great numbers, though very small. There are three longitudinal blood vessels. These worms are sluggish in their habits, are unable to swim, and usually show great irregularities in the diameter of the body. They often twist their bodies in sharp coils or in knots, or lie tangled together in lumps. All species are extremely contractile. Taeniosoma univittatum sp. nov. (PI. i, figs. 1-3; text cuts 1, 2.) This species is represented in the collection by four well-preserved specimens which were dredged from depths between 127 and 178 fathoms. The specimens bear a close external resemblance to those of a species which Isler, & in 1900, described from the Indian Ocean (Ceylon) under the nam e Eupolia unistriata. The next year, and evidently written while Isler’s paper was in press, Punnettc gave a description of a very similar species, also collected in the Indian Ocean (Maidive Islands), to which he gave a name identical with that which Isler gave to his species, viz, Eupolia unistriata. Isler’s specimens were yellowish-white with a narrow longitudinal stripe of olive green, while Punnett’s specimens were white with a similar narrow stripe of black. Those described by Isler possessed numerous ocelli; Punnett does not state in his description whether such sense organs were present in his specimens, but he writes me that they are as well developed as in T. melanogrammum. The two forms, to which the one specific name was given by both of these investigators, are evidently very closely related, if not identical. Although very similar to them in form and coloration of body, the species herein described, Tseniosoma univit- tatum, differs in the total absence of ocelli and in minor anatomical details. From Timiosoma hemprichi (Ehrenberg) and T. mediolineatum (Burger), both of which possess a median ventral as well as a median dorsal brown or blackish stripe, the present species differs con- spicuously in the possession of a dorsal stripe only. oProc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, 162. l> Zool. Anzeiger, XXIII, 1900, p. 178. c Gardiner’s Fauna and Geography of the Maidive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, Vol. 1. p. 106, pi. iv, fig. 4, 1901. NEMERTEANS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 979 As in Tseniosoma unistriatum, the present species is conspicuously marked, having a whitish or very pale-colored body, with a sharply marked dorsal line of reddish brown or black color extending the whole length of the body (pi. i, figs. 1, 2). After preservation, the body is of moderate proportions, rounded throughout, largest in esophageal region a short distance behind mouth; head rounded in front, marked off from body by fairly distinct transverse lateral grooves which, when the head is contracted, form an annular constriction imme- diately in front of mouth; anterior portion of head, or snout, demarcated from the posterior portions. When strongly contracted the head is much swollen and the snout partially withdrawn into the poste- rior part of it (pi. i, fig. 2). Mouth and proboscis pore situated as in related species. Careful examination of the specimens after clearing in cedar oil and in microscopic sections failed to reveal the presence of any ocelli. Their absence is doubtless correlated with the depth at which these worms live. Three other, species of the genus, T. australe, T. girardii, and T. nipponense, are described by Hubrecht« from the Challenger collections as having been dredged from depths of 300 fathoms or more. Whether ocelli are likewise wanting in these species is not mentioned, although nearly all the other known species of the genus possess them. Mr. R. C. Punnett, however, informs me that he has re- cently collected an eyeless species in Norway. Size. — Length of each of two speci- mens which were not strongly con- tracted, 50 to 60 mm.; width, 1.5 to 2 mm. Two contracted specimens were each 20 to 30 mm. long and 3 mm. in diameter in anterior portion of esophageal region. Color. — After preservation for a short time, the whole body is creamy white with the exception of a single sharply - marked stripe of reddish brown extending in the dorsal me- dian line throughout the whole length of the body. These colors probably represent very closely the natural coloration in life. In the two specimens which are fairly well extended (pi. i, fig. 1) the dorsal stripe is a narrow line of less than 0.3 mm. in width, but is sharply marked and conspicuous throughout because of its very dark color. In the two specimens which are strongly contracted (pi. i, fig. 2) the stripe is about 1 mm. in width anteriorly and 0,5 mm. wide farther back. In the extended specimens the stripe is only one-eighth as wide as the body, while in the contracted specimens it is from one-third to one-fourth the width of the body. On the dorsal side of the head the stripe becomes narrower (pi. i, fig. 3) and terminates imme- diately above the proboscis pore or very near the exact end of the dorsal surface of the snout. It is * also narrower in the posterior half of the body, but extends nearly or quite to the posterior extremity. The stripe remains of a reddish brown color after preservation for a few months in alcohol, but at the end of a year is hardly to be distinguished. Proboscis well developed for the genus; attached to the tissues of the head immediately anterior to the ventral brain commissure; composed of the usual muscular, nervous, and epithelial layers. Body walls. — The comparative thickness of the various layers which constitute the body walls is shown in text cuts 1 and 2. Integument rather high; basement layer thin; cutis in esophageal region from two-thirds to three-fourths as thick as integument, its glandular layer being about twice as thick as the underlying connective tissue layer (fig. 1). Fig. 1 .—Tseniosoma univittatum sp. nov. Portion of transverse section of body in anterior portion of esophageal region, showing peculiar multi- cellular gland (a) situated internal to the body walls and immediately outside the esophageal epithelium (eep)-} ( x ) Duct of gland; (ilm) Internal longitudinal muscles; (cm) Circular muscles; (olm) Outer longitudinal muscles; (cu) Glandular layer of cutis; ( cu ') Fibrous layer of cutis; (bm) Basement layer; (i) Integument, x 90. Challenger Reports, XIX, p. — , 1887. 980 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Cephalic glands enormously developed, occupying the whole thickness of the outer longitudinal muscular layer in the mouth and anterior esophageal regions, and making up fully three-fourths the substance of this layer. A short distance back of the mouth these glands begin to decrease in abund- ance in the dorsal half of the body, and gradually disappear, except for scattered clusters in the midst of the outer longitudinal muscular layer in the ventral half of the body (fig. 1, eg'). They disappear completely at about four-fifths the distance from mouth to anterior end of stomach. In the single specimen sectioned a very peculiar gland (fig. 1, a) is present in the anterior por- tion of the esophageal region. It is situated in the mid-ventral line of the body, directly beneath the esophageal epithelium, and thus quite internal to the . body walls. A large and conspicuous duct (fig. 1, x ) filled with secretion passes through the body walls to the superficial integument, thus dis- charging the secretion from the gland on the mid-ventral surface of the body. The gland itself is composed of some 20 or more large clusters of gland cells, each cluster resembling one of the groups of Fig. 2. — Txniosoma univiltatum sp. nov. Transverse section through posterior end of esophageal region, showing section of esophagus (e) immediately anterior to its opening into dorsal wall of stomach, a short blind portion of which (sf) lies ventral to posterior end of esophagus; (rc) rhynehoccel; (In) lateral nerve. Other reference letters as in fig. 1, x 30. the cephalic glands (fig. 1, eg') which lie in the midst of the outer longitudinal muscular layer in the same region. The duct through which the secretion is discharged is, like the ducts from the cephalic glands, merely temporary, and exists only when filled with secretion. It is doubtful whether this gland occurs in all individuals of the species. It seems more probable that it is an abnormally developed cluster of cephalic glands which has pierced the underlying circular and inner longitudinal muscular layers, and has come to lie quite internal to the body walls. Alimentary canal.— Mouth and esophagus as in related species. At about midway between mouth and intestine proper the esophagus opens into the stomach, from which it is sharply demarcated both anatomically and histologically. In the single specimen sectioned the esophagus did not open directly into the anterior end of the stomach, but into the dorsal wall of the latter at some little distance from its anterior end. Thus a blind anterior pouch of the stomach (fig. 2, st) lies beneath the posterior end of the esophagus (e), and recalls the intestinal caecum of the Hoplonemertea. As commonly occurs in the Heteronemertea, the esophagus is much flattened dorso-ventrally, and is crescentic ip cross section. The epithelium of the ventral wall is several times as thick as that of the dorsal wall (fig. 2). The esophagus is somewhat diminished in size at its posterior end, although its opening into the dorsal wall of the stomach is quite large. NEMEKTEANS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 981 The walls of the stomach are without lobes except near its posterior end, where lateral pouches make their appearance. The most anterior of these pouches are but little developed, but they gradually become deeper at the approach to the intestine proper. The histological structures, too, gradually assume the characteristics peculiar to the intestine, so that there is no sharp line of demarcation between stomach and intestine proper. Similar conditions have been described for a number of Heteronemerteans. Nephridia. — The nephridial tubules are small and inconspicuous. They are situated, as in most related species, on the lateral borders of the posterior portion of the esophagus and beside the anterior portion of the stomach. There are numerous efferent ducts of minute size which pass immediately dorsal to the lateral nerves and open on the dorso-lateral surface of the body. About 8 efferent ducts could be distinguished on each side, although there may have been more, for their exact number was difficult to determine in the specimen sectioned because some of the ducts were so very inconspicuous j as to be hardly distinguished from radial bundles of connective tissue fibers which pass at irregular intervals through the body walls, particularly in the vicinity of the lateral nerves. Blood vascular system. — This presents few deviations from the arrangement of vessels found in related species. The cephalic lacunae, however, are smaller than in most other forms of the genus. Nervous system as in related species. Cerebral sense organs remarkably voluminous, with a large glandular lobe situated ventrally to the main body of each of the sense organs. Reproductive organs. — Sexual products immature in a specimen collected in April. Habitat. — Of the four specimens of this species col- lected by the Albatross, two were dredged at station 3855, south coast of Molokai, at a depth of 127 to 130 fathoms. The bottom here was composed of fine brown sand and gravel; bottom temperature, 65.5° F. The other two came from station 4079, north coast of Maui Island; depth, 143 to 178 fathoms; bottom composed of gray sand and foraminifera; bottom temperature, 60.8° F. The species may therefore be looked upon as in- habiting depths of over 100 fathoms, and this fact will partially account for the absence of eyes. Taeniosoma cingulatum sp. nov. (PI. 1, figs. 4-6; text cuts 3-7.) Body long and slender, rounded throughout (pi. 1, fig. 4); head rather slender, with a distinct annular groove situated immediately in front of mouth and sep- arating head from succeeding portions of the body; a less distinct groove lies farther forward on the head and marks off the snout from the posterior portion of the head (fig. 3; pi. 1, fig. 6). Esophageal region somewhat wider than intestinal region, into which it passes with- out external line of demarcation. Size. — Length of two preserved specimens (pi. 1, figs. 4, 5), 90 and 250 mm.; width, 3 mm. in esophageal region and 2 mm. in more posterior portions of the body. The two specimens were probably of about equal size in life, the great difference in their lengths after preservation being largely or wholly due to the different states of contraction. Ocelli.— Numerous conspicuous black ocelli of moderate size are situated on each lateral margin of the head (fig. 3). The number of such ocelli is from 35 to 50 on each side in each of the two specimens at hand. They extend in an elongated irregular cluster from near the proboscis pore along the lateral margins of the head backward nearly to the annular constriction separating head from body. About 8 of these ocelli are situated in a single marginal row on the snout itself, the others scattered irregularly on the main portion of the head. All are crescentic or cup shaped, with the concavity directed laterally. Fig. 3. — Tsmiosoma cingulatum sp. nov. Outline of anterior portion of body of preserved specimen, showing position and arrangement of ocelli, the transverse groove separating snout from remain- ing portions of head, and the similar groove sepi arating head from esophageal region, x 23. 982 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. When seen in prepared sections the ocelli appear to be highly developed, with well-marked lens and pigment cup. They are situated for the most part in the glandular portion of cutis immediately beneath the basement membrane of the integument, although a few are scattered in the deeper cephalic musculature. They extend posteriorly as far as the brain commissures, both of which occur in a single transverse section. Color. — Definite color in life unknown, for after short preservation the body loses its general color, although it retains certain definite and characteristic markings. These markings consist of a series of narrow but sharply marked rings situated at fairly regular intervals throughout the whole length of the body (pi. 1, figs. 4, 5). After preservation the general ground-color of the body is very pale or whitish, while the rings are reddish brown and are always conspicuous from above, although they are often wanting on the ventral surface. The most anterior ring or rather transverse marking, is situated on the snout a short distance in front of the transverse groove and is incomplete, appearing on the dorsal surface only, and not extending laterally even as far as the groups of ocelli ; the second is situated exactly in the region of the mouth and is interrupted on the ventral surface by the mouth opening; do ' icm Fig. i.—Tseniosoma cingulatum sp. nov. Transverse section of body through posterior end of esophageal region, showing the thick layer of circular muscles (icm) forming a sphincter about the posterior end of the esophagus (e) ; (a) groove of cells similar to those of stomach; (do) dorsal blood vessel; (rc) rhynchocoel; (el) esophageal blood lacunae; (In) lateral nerve. Other reference letters as in fig. 1. x 30. then follow an irregular series of rings, some of which are complete while others are represented merely by transverse markings on the dorsal surface (pi. 1, fig. 5). All the rings are very narrow, but some are much finer than others and are indicated only by a 'few scattered dots. In one of the two specimens collected the rings were for the most part complete, but were narrower on the ventral surface than dorsally, while in the other they were represented as transverse markings mainly confined to the dorsal surface. In the former specimen the body was contracted and the rings were separated from each other by considerably less than the body diameter (pi. 1, fig. 5), while in the other specimen, which was preserved in a fully extended state, the rings in the intestinal region were often separated by a space equal to three to five times the diameter of the body (pi. 1, fig. 4). After having been preserved for a year in alcohol the specimens retain only faint indications of their original markings. Proboscis. — Proboscis sheath short, extending only to anterior end of the intestinal region; com- posed of outer circular and inner longitudinal muscles (fig. 6). Proboscis small and weak, attached to tissues of head immediately anterior to brain commissures. Muscular walls of proboscis consisting NEMERTEANS OF HAWAIIAN- ISLANDS. 983 of an inner layer of longitudinal fibers and an outer, much thinner layer of circular fibers. Posterior end of proboscis attached to dorsal wall of sheath near its posterior end by strong longitudinal muscles. Fluid of rhynchocoele contains an abundance of large corpuscles, each with a conspicuous nucleus. Body walls. — The relative thickness of the various layers which constitute the body walls is shown in figs. 4 and 5. Glandular layer of cutis three to four times as thick as the underlying fibrous layer. Outer longitudinal muscular layer massive, far exceeding in thickness the circular and inner longitudi- nal muscular layers combined (figs. 4, 5). Cephalic glands.— As in most species of the genus, these glands are very voluminous. They occupy a great portion of the tissues of the head, and extend posteriorly for some distance into the esophageal region, where they are scattered among the bundles of the outer lon- gitudinal muscular layer, as figured for T. univittatum (fig. 1). Alimentary canal. — Mouth and esophagus as in related species. The esophagus opens posteriorly into a long chamber, the stomach, without diverticula, and this in turn passes gradually into the intestine proper. At its posterior end the esopha- gus is surrounded by a well-devel-' oped layer of circular muscles, form- ing a strong sphincter (fig. 4, icm). These muscles are very limited in extent as a distinct layer, although they can be followed well forward in the esophageal region. Imme- diately in front of the opening of the esophagus into the intestine (fig. 4) they become fully equal in thickness to the circular muscular layer of the body walls. They are doubtless per- fectly homologous with the inner circular muscular layer which sur- rounds the posterior end of the stom- ach in Zygeupolia, Micrura, and other forms, and which is apparently ho- mologous with the inner circular muscular layer of the Paleonemertea. The histological elements of the esophagus are sharply demarcated Fie. 5 .—Tseniosoma cingulatum sp. nov. Portion of transverse section of from those of the stomach as in body thr0ush anterior end of stomach region, showing peculiar cyst of . , , ’ , fibrous tissue (a) containing two parasitic nematodes; a similar parasite (x) many other forms, and the change is shown in the outer longitudinal muscles; ibl) blood lacuna; (in) lateral from esophagus to stomach is his- nerve. Other reference letters as in fig. 1. x 58. tologically as well as anatomically abrupt. Nevertheless, in one of the specimens sectioned a narrow band of epithelial cells (fig. 4, a) char- acteristic of the stomach extends forward for a short distance along the dorsal wall of the esophagus ( e ) . The transition from stomach to intestine, on the other hand, is so very gradual, both histologic- ally and anatomically, that it is necessary to observe the arrangement of the blood vessels and the muscular layers in order to determine where the stomach region ends and the intestinal region begins. The intestinal lobes are even less developed than in T. univittatum, and consequently the central lumen of the intestine is very large. Blood vascular system. — Cephalic blood lacunae as in related species; esophageal lacunae voluminous, surrounding the lateral and ventral walls of the esophagus as closely placed anastomosing blood spaces of large size (figs. 4, 6, 7, el). In the stomach region these lacunae decrease in number and size and eventually unite into a single pair of vessels, which later join the pair of lateral vessels situated in the 984 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. angle between stomach and proboscis sheath. In the intestinal region the lateral vessels lie beneath the intestine about halfway between the median line of body and the lateral border of intestine. The dorsal vessel occupies a position within the cavity of the rhynchoccel for only a very short distance immediately behind the brain. In the mouth region it passes through the proboscis sheath and becomes situated immediately ventral to the sheath throughout the length of the latter. At the poste- rior end of the proboscis sheath, in the anterior portion of the intestinal region, the dorsal vessel con. tinues in the mid-dorsal lihe above the intestine to the posterior end of the body. Throughout the length of the intestinal region the dorsal vessel has frequent (metameric ?) anastomoses with the lateral vessels. Nephridia. — The nephridial canals are remarkable in that they have numerous efferent ducts which open into the lumen of the esophagus (figs. 6, 7, nd), as well as others which open on the external surface of the body. This remarkable condition is known in but one other species of nemertean, which also belongs to the genus Tseniosoma. This is T. melanogrammum (Punnett), a new name proposed for Fig. 6.— Tseniosoma cingulalum. Portion of transverse section of body through esophageal region, showing arrangement of blood lacunie {el) , nephridial canals (nep), and nephri- dial duct ( nd ) opening through esophageal epithelium (eep) into lumen of esophagus (e); ( plm and pcm) longitudinal and circular muscles of proboscis sheath; (In) lateral nerve. Other reference letters as in fig. 1. x 90. T. quinquelineatum (Quoy et Gaimard). In this species Punnett ® has found in each of two specimens sectioned a number of efferent nephridial ducts opening directly through the esophageal epithelium into the lumen of the esophagus, in addition to a somewhat smaller number opening above the lateral nerves to the dorso-lateral surface of the body. The ducts opening externally are interspersed irregu- larly between those opening into the esophagus. Exactly similar conditions prevail in T. cingulatum, as stated above. The nephridial tubules are profusely branched and rather extensive, being found throughout the posterior three-fifths of the esophageal region. The branches are themselves of rather large size and are situated on the lateral walls of the esophageal blood lacunae (figs. 6, 7) and in close contact with the epithelial lining of the blood spaces. The efferent ducts which open into the esophagus are con- spicuous in many instances and show a distinct, though thin- walled, tube (figs. 6, 7, nd) passing directly from one of the larger nephridial canals (nep) to the surface of the ciliated epithelium lining the esophagus. The efferent duct itself is lined with flattened cells and often presents a distinct lumen throughout its length, so that there is not the slightest doubt of the communication between the nephridial canals and the lumen of the esophagus. a Quart. Joum. Micr. Sei., vol. 44, 1900, p. 116. NEMERTEANS OF HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 985 The esophageal epithelium is thrown up into numerous temporary longitudinal ridges of varying size and thickness. Some of the nephridial ducts open in the grooves between these ridges, as shown in fig. 7, while others open near or at the summit of the ridges (fig. 6). With varying degrees of extension of the walls of the esophagus and the consequent change in the height of the longitudinal ridges must occur great variations in the length of the efferent nephridial ducts. Both of the two specimens sectioned presented similar conditions, although the number of such efferent ducts is somewhat different in each and on the two sides of the body. The actual number is difficult to determine with certainty, but is apparently between 7 and 20 on each side of the body. A smaller number of similar ducts open on the dorso-lateral surfaces of the body. These, too, originate directly from the larger nephridial canals, but whether there is actual communication between the canals opening externally and those opening into the esophagus could not be determined. The canals are much twisted and bent upon themselves, as well as being profusely branched, so that numerous sections of the canal occur in each transverse section of the body (figs. 6, 7). The ducts opening externally are interspersed irregularly between those opening into the esophagus, but the average position of the former is somewhat more anterior than that of the latter. Those opening externally are narrower and somewhat less conspicuous than the others. Fig. 7. — Tseniosoma cingulatum sp. nov. Portion of transverse section of body through middle of esophageal region, showing efferent nephridial duct (nd) opening through esophageal epithelium ( eep ) into lumen of esophagus; (nep) nephridial canals, situated beside and external to the esophageal blood lacunae (cl); (eg) esophage U glands; (In) lateral nerve. Other reference letters as in fig. 1. x 150. Although the two species mentioned above are the only nemerteans in which the nephridia are known to open into the esophagus, yet in one other species of the same genus, T. indicum ( Eupolia indica Punnett0), fine cords of cells, resembling “delicate ducts compressed to obscure the lumen, pierce the glandular layer of the esophagus and may be traced to the 'esophageal epithelium,” although Punnett suggests that they are not functional. He was, however, unable to find any traces of other efferent ducts leading to the exterior of the body. Nervous system. — The most remarkable peculiarity of the nervous system is the presence of unusually large and numerous buccal or esophageal nerves. In the mouth region there are 4 to 6 large branches on each side, which together constitute a bulk nearly equal to the core of the lateral nerve in the same region. The buccal nerves are united with each other shortly after their origin from the brain and exhibit similar unions with the lateral nerves in the mouth region. Reproductive organs. — Sexual products not present in specimens collected in April. Parasites. — Both the specimens sectioned were infested with parasitic nematode worms which formed large and conspicuous cysts or tumors in the connective tissue between the esophageal epithelium a Gardner’s Fauna and Geography of the Maidive and Laccadive Archipelajgoes, vol. 1, part 1, Nemerteans, p. 104. 1901. 986 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. and the lateral nerves (fig. 5, a). Such cysts commonly exceed the lateral nerve in diameter, and in one specimen were scattered irregularly through the posterior portion of the esophageal region backward into the intestinal region. Not all of the cysts contained the parasites, however, and in some cases the parasitic worms were found imbedded in the body walls, principally in the outer longitudinal muscular layer (fig. 5, x). When found in other places than in the cysts referred to the parasites were quite free among the tissues, presenting an appearance as if they had wandered from the cysts toward the exterior of the body. The cysts themselves are composed of an irregular network of fibrous tissue supporting numerous large, oval nuclei. A firmer layer of the same tissue makes up the external wall of the cyst, which is completely filled with tissue except for the space actually occupied by the parasite. Occasionally two or three such parasites were found in a single cyst (fig. 5, a). In the second specimen sectioned only a few such cysts were present. The length of the parasitic nematode varies, from 0.2 to 0.3 mm.; the width is about 0.017 mm. Habitat. — Dredged in 21 to 28 fathoms in Auau Channel, between Maui and Lanai islands (station 3874). Bottom composed of sand, pebbles, and shells; temperature 75.3° F. Also dredged in 28 to 43 fathoms near same locality (station 3876). Bottom composed of sand and gravel, with a tempera- ture of 74° F. The species is therefore known only from the Hawaiian Islands. Drepanophorus sp.? The genus Drepanophorus is represented in this collection by a single proboscis only, so that the specific identity of the form represented remains unknown. The preserved proboscis measures 33 mm. in length and 4 mm. in diameter. It must therefore have belonged to a worm of fairly large size. The armature was not well preserved. The general features of basis and stylets could be made out, but no details of structure. It is provided with 26 large and conspicuous nerves. The color of this proboscis is described as uniform rose pink in life, but is colorless after preservation. Apparently no species of the genus has been heretofore found which had exactly 26 proboscidial nerves, although the widely distributed D. spectabilis has 24, and several other forms 30 or more. This proboscis was collected at station 4117, off the northwest coast of Oahu Island, at a depth of between 253 and 282 fathoms. The bottom at this locality was composed of coral sand and foramini- fera, and had a temperature of 45.6° F. It is unfortunate that the worm itself was not obtained, for it would be extremely interesting to determine whether a representative of a genus in which the ocelli are usually so highly developed would retain them unimpaired at a depth of more than 250 fathoms, where it must live in absolute darkness. It may be noted in this connection that Punnett has recently found a species of Lineusa living in the fjords of Norway at a nearly equal depth which has numerous small ocelli. He looks upon this as a recent immigrant from shallower arctic seas into the deeper waters of the fjords, because most other deep-water nemerteans have been found to be destitute of ocelli. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Tseniosoma univittatum sp. nov. Fig. 1. Preserved specimen moderately extended; X 5. 2. Preserved specimen strongly contracted; X 5. Fig. 3. Dorsal side of head and anterior portion of body, showing position and anterior extent of dorsal longitudinal marking; X 8. Tseniosoma cingulatum sp. nov. Fig. 4. Specimen preserved in a well-extended condition; head and anterior portion of body seen from lateral surface; X 3. 5. Preserved specimen somewhat contracted; position of head as in preceding figure; X 3. Fig. 6. Head and anterior portion of body of con- tracted specimen more highly enlarged; showing numerous ocelli on lateral margin of head; to, mouth; X 6. L. cinereus Punnett, Bergen’s Museum Aarbog, 1903, p. 17. FIGS. 1-3 T/ENIOSOMA UNIVlTTATUM COE, NEW SPECIES. FIGS. 4-6 T/ENIOSOMA CINGULATUM COE, NEW SPECIES. ■ THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. By WALTER K. FISHER, Acting Instructor in Zoology , Lelcind Stanford Junior University. 987 CONTENTS Page. Introduction 989 Synopsis of Hawaiian starfishes 991 List of Albatross dredging stations at which starfishes were secured, with the species taken at each 995 Relationships of the Hawaiian starfish fauna 997 Species common to the Hawaiian Islands and to the Eastern Archipelago, Indian Ocean, Japan, Polynesia, or Australia 998 Species common to the Hawaiian Islands and to the west coast of America 998 Species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands which have nearly related species in Japan, China, or in the Eastern Archipelago 999 Species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands which have nearly related species in the Indian Ocean 999 Species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands and the apparently nearest relatives of those species 1000 Description of Hawaiian Asteroidea 1001 Explanation of descriptive terms 1118 Bibliography 1120 Explanation of plates 1122 988 THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. By WALTER K. FISHER. Acting Instructor in Zoology , Leland Stanford Junior University. INTRODUCTION. The specimens upon which the following report is based were collected by the U. S. fisheries steamer Albatross among the Hawaiian Islands during the spring and summer of 1902. A small collection taken off the south coast of Oahu by the Albatross in 1891 has likewise been examined, and there must also be added a single example of “ Goniodiscus ” sebae, collected by Mr. H. W. Henshaw in the vicinity of Hilo, Hawaii. Altogether the collection numbers very nearly 1,650 specimens, and includes 60 species, of which 52 are new to science, 5 are for the first time recorded from the Hawaiian Islands, and 3 are too young or in too poor condition for naming. In other words, the Albatross took but 1 species that had been previously reported from the region. Ten species which had been recorded were not secured by the Albatross expedition. The present report may be considered a monographic account of Hawaiian starfishes which occur between the shore and the thousand-fathom line. In their proper places I have listed the 10 species already recorded from the islands which were not secured by the Albatross. It is certainly surprising that such forms as Archaster ty ficus , Gymnasteria carinifera , Asterina granulosa , Gulcita arenosa , or Heliaster multiradiata , all very shallow- water forms and usually occurring on shores or reefs, were not taken. The most important collecting grounds in the future will be the very shallow water near shore, on the windward sides of the islands. If hempen tangles are dragged over the bottom, undoubtedly other widely distributed species will be found. Coral reefs (not the exposed ones) should be most prolific. I have included keys, and in a chapter at the end of the article have listed the principal technical terms; but the general naturalist will find, as a rule, that the figures of the whole animal are a quicker and surer means of identification. Unfortunately a number of the shallow-water species can not be figured. The arrangement of families in this report does not follow exactly that of any previous author, but in general may be said to be modeled after Sladen and Perrier as modified by V errill. It is very difficult to arrange the socalled families of star- fishes satisfactorily in serial order, just as it is difficult in other groups. Thus, in placing the Luidiidge between the Astropectinidse and Pseudarchasteridse, it is not 989 990 BULLETIN OP THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. meant that the family holds an intermediate position, because nothing1 could be much farther from the truth. But since the Luidiidse are a very specialized offshoot from the proastropectinoid stock, there is no other position for the group. Similar apolo- gies should be. made for the Benthopectinidse and the Archasteridse. In the matter of the orders I have made a compromise between Sladen’s and Perrier’s and Yerrill’s modifications of these. Sladen’s Phanerozonia is used in nearly the same sense in which he employed the term in the “Challenger Asteroidea.” The Linckiidse, being phanerozoniate, are taken out of Sladen’s Cryptozonia and placed in the Phanerozonia, in which order they undoubtedly belong ; while the Asterinidae (and Anseropodidae) being cryptozoniate, are removed from the Phanerozonia. I believe Perrier’s arrangement of the cryptozoniate families under two orders (he has apparently abandoned the Yelata) is rather more felicitous than that of Sladen under one large heterogeneous order (Cryptozonia), and I have con- sequently followed Perrier with small modifications. It must be remembered, how- ever, that there is a great difference of opinion concerning the extent of the orders of Asteroidea. Some writers follow Sladen and some Perrier. As pointed out recently by Professor Verrill (1899), Perrier’s Paxillosaand Yalvata (= Phanerozonia emended) are decidedly artificial groups. I do not go so far as Professor Yerrill in considering them suborders, because unless some more fortunate grouping of families is devised, the difficulty is merely temporarily pigeon-holed. Returning to the families, it will be noted that I have followed Yerrill in dismem- bering the great “family” of the Archasteridse. I have accepted most of Yerrill’s modifications and have raised the Pseudarchasterinae to family rank. I can not agree with Professor Verrill that the Pontasterinae constitute a subfamily of the Pluton- asteridae, but have relegated the group to the Benthopectinidae (=Pararchasterinae Sladen), a position more nearly in accord with the views of Sladen. The sequence of families is new so far as the Phanerozonia are concerned. The order starts with the more specialized paxillose forms, with very well developed superambulacral ossi- cles, and proceeds through those in which the paxillae are often rudimentary or reduced and the superambulacral plates not always present to those in which the lat- ter are always absent. Then, beginning with the Mediasterinae, the transition is gradual toward forms with less paxilliform plates, to those with granular or smooth abactinal plates, and bivalved or foraminate pedicellariae; then to the skin-covered forms, with stellate or stellate-reticulate abactinal skeleton and low bivalved pedicel- lariae. The Linckiidse, though placed at the end, are in many respects distinctly related to some of the Goniasteridae. They often have excavate pedicellariae. The Gymnasteriidae are rather intermediate forms. In the Spinulosa and Forcipulata the sequence is practically that given by Perrier. The Velata are merged with the Spinulosa. In many respects the classification of the Asteroidea is difficult, especially on account of the number of more or less perfect transitional forms which render family boundaries extremely unstable. So far as I am aware there have been no special papers on Hawaiian starfishes. The few references are widely scattered and a number of records are given second hand, the original citation being unknown to me. A number of records are very incidental in mention, and it is probable that a few have escaped notice. A bibli- ography of papers quoted in the following report is appended. THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 991 The writer had the good fortune to be a member of the scientific staff during the expedition, and in case of most species made color notes while the animals were still fresh. Ridgway’s “Nomenclature of Colors for Naturalists” was used. a SYNOPSIS OF HAWAIIAN STARFISHES. [Those marked with an asterisk (*) were not taken by the Albatross expedition.] Order Phanerozonia Sladen. Family Astropectinidse Gray. Genus Astropecten Schulze. Astropecten polyacanthus Muller and Troschel. Astropecten velitaris Yon Martens. Astropecten ctenophorus, n. sp. Astropecten pusillulus, n. sp. Astropecten productus, nT sp. Astropecten callistus, n. sp. Genus Ctenophoraster n. Ctenophoraster hawaiiensis, n. sp. Genus Tritonaster n. Tritonaster craspedotus, n. sp. Genus Psilaster Sladen. Psilaster attenuatus, n. sp. Genus Psilasteropsis n. Psilasteropsis cingulata, n. sp. Genus Dipsacaster Alcock. Dipsacaster nesiotes, n. sp. Genus Papagiaster n. Patagiaster nuttingi, n. sp. Family Luidiidte Verrill. Genus Luidia Forbes. Luidia hystrix, n. sp. Luidia magnifica, n. sp. Luidia brevispina Lutken.* Family Pseudarchasteridse Fisher. Genus Pseudarchaster Sladen. Pseudarchaster myobrachius, n. sp. Pseudarchaster jordani, n. sp. Family Benthopectinidse Verrill. Subfamily Pontasterinse Verrill. Genus Cheiraster Studer. Cheiraster snyderi, n. sp. Cheiraster horridus, n. sp. Cheiraster inops, n. sp. a I am indebted to Dr. Charles H. Gilbert, naturalist in charge of the Hawaiian explorations, and to Prof. A. E. Verrill, of Yale University, for advice in my work on this collection and assistance in the determination of difficult species, and I desire to acknowledge my obligations also to Mr. Henry W. Fowler, of the Philadelphia Academy of 'Natural Sciences, and to Mr. Wilfred H. Osgood and Mr. Nelson H. Kent, of theU.,S. Biological Survey, for copies of several original descrip- tions and photographs of three small specimens. F. C. B. 1903, Pt. 3—15 992 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. Order Phanerozonia Sladen — Continued. Family Archasteridae Viguier. Genus Arehaster Muller and Troschel. Archaster typicus Muller and Troschel.* Family Goniasteridae Forbes. Subfamily Mediasterinas Verrill. Genus Mediaster Stimpson. Mediaster ornatus, n. sp. Genus Nereidaster Yerrill. Nereidaster bowersi, n. sp. Subfamily Goniasterinae Verrill. Genus Pentagonaster Gray. Pentagonaster ammophilus, n. sp. Genus Tosia Gray. Subgenus Plinthaster Yerrill. Tosia (Plinthaster) ceramoidea, n. sp. Subgenus Ceramaster Verrill. Tosia (Ceramaster) micropelta, n. sp. Genus Astroceramus n. Astroceramus callimorphus, n. sp. Genus Calliderma Gra}\ Calliderma spectabilis, n. sp. Genus Calliaster Gray. Calliaster pedicellaris, n. sp. Genus Gilbertaster n. Gilbertaster anacanthus, n. sp. Subfamily Hippasteriinae Yerrill. Genus Evoplosoma n. Evoplosoma forcipifera, n. sp. Subfamily Leptogonasterime Perrier. Genus Antheniaster Verrill. Antheniaster epixanthus, n. sp. Subfamily Goniodiscidinae, new name. Genus Goniodiscides, new name. Goniodiscides sebae (Muller and Troschel). Family Pentacerotidse Gray. Genus Pentaceros Schulze. Pentaceros hawaiiensis, n. sp. Genus Nidorellia Gray. Nidorellia armata (Gray).* Genus Asterodiscus Gray. Asterodiscus tuberculosus, n. sp. Genus Culcita Agassiz. Culcita arenosa Perrier.* THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 993 Order Phanerozonia Sladen — Continued. Family Linckiidse Perrier. Genus Ophidiaster Agassiz. Ophidiaster lorioli, n. sp. squameus, n. sp. triseriatus, n. sp. sclerodermus, n. sp. tenellus, n. sp. rhabdotus, n. sp. Genus Leiaster Peters. Leiaster callipeplus, n. sp. Genus Linckia Nardo. Linckia diplax (Muller and Troschel). multifora (Lamarck).* Genus Nardoa Gray. Nardoa segyptiaca (Gray).* Family Gymnasteriidse Perrier. Genus Gymnasteria Gray. Gymnasteria carinifera (Lamarck).* Order Spinulosa Perrier. Family Asterinidae Gray. Genus Asterina Nardo. Asterina granulosa Perrier.* Family Anseropodidse n. Genus Anseropoda Nardo. Anseropoda insignis, n. sp. Family Echinasteridse Yerrill. Subfamily Echinasterinse Y iguier. Genus Henricia Gray. Henricia robusta, n. sp. Henricia pauperrima, n. sp. Genus Echinaster Muller and Troschel. Echinaster, sp. Subfamily Valvasterinas Viguier. Genus Yalvaster Perrier. Yal vaster striatus (Lamarck). Family Mithrodiidse Perrier. Genus Mithrodia Gray. Mithrodia bradleyi Yerrill. Family Myxasteridse Perrier. Genus Asthenactis, n. Asthenactis papyraceus, n. sp. Family Pterasteridte Perrier. Genus Pteraster Muller and Troschel. Pteraster reticulatus, n. sp. BULLETIN' OE THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. 994 Order Spinulosa Perrier — Continued. Family Pterasteridse Perrier — Continued. Genus Hymenaster Wyville Thomson. Hymenaster pentagonalis, n. sp. Genus Benthaster Sladen. Benthaster eritimus, n. sp. Order Forcipulata Perrier. Family Zoroasteridaa Sladen. Genus Zoroaster Wyville Thomson. Zoroaster spinulosus, n. sp. Family Heliasteridae Yiguier. Genus Heliaster Gray. Heliaster multiradiata (Gray).* Family Asteriidse Gray. Genus Coscinasterias Yerrill. Subgenus Distolasterias Perrier. Coscinasterias (Distolasterias) euplecta, n. sp. ' Genus Hydrasterias Sladen. H3’drasterias verrilli, n. sp. Famil}7 Brisingidse Sars. Genus Odinia Perrier. Odinia pacilica, n. sp. Brisinga Asbjornsen. Brisinga panopla, n. sp. Brisinga alberti, n. sp. Brisinga evermanni, n. sp. Brisinga fragilis, n. sp. There is proposed to replace Goniodiscus , which is untenable, the new generic name Goniodiscides , type G. seise (Muller and Troschel). See p. — . One new family is established, Anseropodidse, which equals the Palmipedinse. The new name Goniodiscidinae is proposed to replace Goniodiscinae, on account of change of Goniodiscus. Species for the first time recorded from the Hawaiian Group are Astropecten poly acanthus, Goniodiscides seise , Astropecten velitaris , Linckia diplax , Valvaster striatus. One previously reported species was taken by the Aliatross, Mithrodia iradleyi (sub nomine clavigera). Species recorded from the Hawaiian Islands but not taken by the Aliatross are listed below: Luidia brevispina Archaster typicus Nidorellia armata Culcita arenosa Ophidiaster pusillus (?) From these lists it will be readily se only 11 starfishes (so far as I have been Linckia multifora Nardoa segyptiaca Gymnasteria carinifera Asterina granulosa Heliaster multiradiata that previous to the expedition of 1902 e to learn) were known from the region THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 995 and that the Albatross added nearty 5 times that number of species which are either new or constitute new records. Although dredging in Hawaiian waters proved to be an undertaking which pre- sented unusual difficulties, it is safe to say that no other area of similar extent has been so thoroughly developed or has yielded better results. With certain excep- tions, the sea bottom, especially in the lesser depths, is very uneven and rough; during the progress of the work it frequently happened that when a haul was nearly successfully completed the gear would catch on some obstruction on the bottom, and a large part or the whole contents of the trawl would be lost. Off the north coast of Maui, however, and in certain restricted areas in the Pailolo Channel between Maui and Molokai good dredging was afforded, and it was in this general region that many of the novelties were taken. List of “Albatross” dredging stations at which starfishes were secured, with the species taken at each. Locality. Depth. Nature of bottom. Species. 3810 3813 3817 3824 South coast of Oahu Island :do do South coast of Molokai Island.. 3828 3834 .do .do .do 3836 3838 3847 3848 3849 .do .do .do .do .do 3850 3857 3859 3861 do Pailolo Channel between Maui and Molokai islands and northeast approach. do do ; do 3867 3868 3871 3872 Northeast approach to Pailolo Channel. do Auau Channel, between Maui and Lanai islands. do 3875 3876 3884 do do Pailolo Channel, between Maui and Molokai islands. do 3885 do 3887 North coast of Molokai Island . . do South coast of Oahu Island 3909 3910 3911 3914 3916 3917 3918 3919 .do .do .do .do .do .do .do .do Fathoms. 211- 53 264-183 320 222-498 319-281 Shore. 169-182 238-255 92-212 23- 24 43- 73 73- 43 43- 66 127-128 Fine coral sand Coral sand, lava specks, shells.. Coarse lava, coral sand, shells.. Coral rocks, broken shells Broken shells, gravel Coral reef Fine brown sand, mud Brownish-grav mud and sand. . Fine grayish brown sand Sand, stones Sand, gravel Coarse sand, broken shells, coral. do Fine sand, yellow mud Astropeeten callistus. Antheniaster epixanthus. Brisinga fragilis. Psilasteropsis cingulata, Benthaster eritimus, Brisinga fragilis. Odinia pacifica, Brisinga panopla. Ophidiaster lorioli. Astropeeten callistus, Anseropoda in- signis, Coscinasterias euplecta. Patagiaster nuttingi. Calliderma spectabilis. Mithrodia bradleyi. Linckia diplax. Astropeeten velitaris, Luidia magnifi- ca, Pentaceros hawaiiensis. Pentaceros hawaiiensis. Astroceramus callimorphus. 138-140 30- 52 256-283 284-290 294-684 13- 43 43- 32 65- 34 28- 43 277-284 284-290 136-148 328-414 304-308 308-322 311-337 337-334 289-292 299-330 330-284 294^-257 257-220 Fine sand and mud Fine sand, small pebbles, coral. Fine volcanic sand, rocks Gray mud, fine sand . Fine sand and mud . . Fine gray sand, rocks Fine white sand Coscinasterias euplecta. Luidia hystrix. Astropeeten pusillulus, Psilaster atten- uates, Cheiraster inops, Tosia cera- moidea, Brisinga fragilis. Psilaster attenuates, Dipsacaster nesi- otes. Psilaster attenuates, Dipsacaster nesi- otes, Pteraster reticulates. Dipsacaster nesiotes, Cheiraster inops. Mithrodia bradleyi. Yellow sand, pebbles, coral Fine gray sand . . Sand and gravel Globigerina ooze Pentaceros hawaiiensis, Leiaster calli- peplus, Linckia diplax, Mithrodia bradleyi. Leiaster callipeplus. Luidia hystrix, Mithrodia bradleyi. Psilaster attenuates, Tosia eeramoidea. Globigerina mud Sand, pebbles v.. Globigerina mud Fine gray sand Fine white sand and mud. do Fine gray sand and mud. . do Gray sand and mud do do White sand, mud Gray sand Gray sand, broken shells. Psilaster attenuates, Dipsacaster nesi- otes. Coscinasterias euplecta. Psilasteropsis cingulata. Zoroaster spinulosus, Brisinga fragilis. Psilaster attenuates, Dipsacaster nesi- otes. Psilaster attenuates. Psilaster attenuates, Dipsacaster nesi- otes, Brisinga fragilis. Psilaster attenuatus. Hymenaster pen- tagonalis. Tritonaster craspedotus, Hymenaster pentagonalis, Brisinga fragilis. Psilaster attenuatus. Do. Astropeeten pusillulus, Psilaster at- tenuatus, Tritonaster craspedotus. Tritonaster craspedotus, Patagiaster nuttingi, Pentagonaster ammo- philus. Brisinga fragilis. I 996 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. List of “ Albatross” dredging stations at which starfishes ivere secured, with the species taken at each — Cont’d. Locality. Depth. Nature of bottom. Vicinity of Laysan Island Fathoms. 57- 79 White sand, broken shells, 130-148 coralline. White sand, small shells do 148- 63 White sand, broken shells 59- 70 do 220-173 Fine white sand I 10- 19 Sand, shells, coral Necker Island shoal 16-171 Coarse sand, coral, shells Vicinitv of Bird Island 32- 46 Coral, sand, foraminifera, rocks. Vicinity of Kauai Island 636-414 Globigerina ooze do 233- 40 Coarse brown coral sand, shells. do 55- 50 Coarse coral sand, coral frag- 400-500 ments. Fine gray sand, mud 427-676 Fine gray sand, rocks do 418-429 Fine gray sand, brown mud 235-228 Coarse brown coral sand, 508-557 shells, rocks. Gray sand, foraminifera do 550-409 Gray sand, rocks, foraminifera. 286-399 Coral sana, foraminifera 399-374 Coralsand, rocks, foraminifera. do 18- 41 Gray sand, foraminifera, coral, 24- 43 rocks. Coarse coral sand, foraminifera. 319 Fine gray sand, rocks do 444-478 Gray sand, globigerina Penguin Bank, off south coast 27- 28 Coral, fine coral sand, forami- Oahu Island. nifera. ...I. do 27- 29 Fine coral sand, foraminifera.. do 28- 14 West coast Hawaii Island 382-253 Gray mud, foraminifera do 233-198 Fine gray sand do 198-147 Coral sand, foraminifera do 147- 71 do do Fine gray sand, rocks Northeast coast Hawaii Island 50- 62 Fine gray sand, foraminifera. . . (Hilo Bay). Northeast coast Hawaii Island. 83-113 Coral, volcanic sand, shells, do 63-107 foraminifera. Volcanic sand, foraminifera, Aleunihana Channel, between coral. Hawaii and Maui islands. 176- 49 Rocky North coast of Maui island 56- 59 Coarse coral sand, foraminifera. do 78- 85 Coral sand, foraminifera 49- 57 Fine gray sand, foraminifera... do 99-106 Fine coral sand, foraminifera.. do 143-178 Gray sand, foraminifera. do 178-202 do do : 202-220 do do 220-238 Gray sand do 238-253 do do 253-267 Fine gray sand 1 1 do 267-283 Sand, shells do 283-308 do do 308-306 Fine gray sand 306-297 do . . 1 do 297-304 do do 304^308 do 1 do 308-306 3935 3937 3938 3940 3957 3960 3975 3978 3981 3982 3987 4072 4074 4075 407' 4085 4086 4087 1088 4089 4090 Ctenophoraster hawaiiensis. Astropecten ctenophorus. Calliderma spectabilis. Asterodiscus tuberculosus. Astropecten callistus. Mithrodia bradleyi. Do. Do. Cheiraster snyderi. Ophidiaster rhabdotus. Luidia hystrix. Odinia pacifica, Brisinga panopla, -Brisinga alberti, Brisinga sand- wichensis. Psilasteropsis cingulata, Cheiraster snyderi, Pseudarchaster myo- braehius. Psilasteropsis cingulata, Cheiraster snyderi, Mediaster ornatus. Cheiraster snyderi. Cheiraster snyderi, Zoroaster spinu- losus. Mediaster ornatus. Mithrodia bradleyi. Psilasteropsis cingulata, Pseudarch- aster myobrachius, Mediaster orna- tus. Astropecten velitaris, Luidia hystrix. Luidia hystrix. Luidia hystrix, Mithrodia bradleyi. Gilbertaster anacanthus, Brisinga fragilis. Astropecten pusillulus, Astropecten callistus, Patagiaster nuttingi, Hen- ricia pauperrima. Astropecten callistus, Coscinasterias euplecta. Mithrodia bradleyi. Astropecten pusillulus. Astropecten velitaris. Mithrodia bradleyi, Coscinasterias eu- plecta. Coscinasterias euplecta. Do. Pentaceros hawaiiensis. Calliderma spectabilis. Pentaceros hawaiiensis. Calliderma spectabilis, Ophidiaster sclerodermus. Astropecten callistus, Cheiraster horri- dus, Calliderma spectabilis, Coscinas- terias euplecta. Astropecten callistus, Antheniaster epixanthus. Astropecten pusillulus, Pentagonaster ammophilus, Antheniaster epixan- thus. Astropecten pusillulus, Patagiaster nuttingi, Pentagonaster ammophi- lus, Tosia ceramoidea, Antheniaster epixanthus. Astropecten pusillulus, Patagiaster nuttingi, Pentagonaster ammophi- Astropecten pusillulus, Antheniaster epixanthus. Astropecten pusillulus. Psilaster attenuate. Do. Do. Do. Psilaster attenuatus, Hymenaster pen- tagonalis, Brisinga fragilis. THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 997 List of “ Albatross ” dredging stations at which starfishes were secured, with the species taken at each — Cont’d. Locality. Depth. Nature of bottom. Species. Fathoms. . 4095 4096 NE. approach to Pailolo Chan- nel between Maui and Molo- kai islands. do North coast of Maui Island Psilaster attenuatus. 272-286 95-152 Fine gray sand Coral sand, foraminifera, rocks. Astropecten pusillulus, Psilaster at- tenuatus, Tosia ceraxnoidea, Brisinga fragilis. Calliderma spectabilis. do do Kaiwi Channel between Molo- kai and Oahu islands. Northwest coast of Oahulsland. do Southwest coast of Oahulsland. Vicinity of Kauai Island do do Vicinity of Bird Island . do do do do Vicinity of Niihau Island . do East of Kauai Island 130-151 143-122 122-132 447-433 Coarse sand, shells, foraminif- era. do .. do Fine sand Calliaster pedicellaris, Ophidiaster squameus, Ophidiaster tenellus, Coscinasterias euplecta. Astropecten productus, Anseropoda insignis, Coscinasterias euplecta. Astropecten productus, Calliderma spectabilis. Zoroaster spinulosus. 154-195 195-241 241-282 352-357 68- 90 309-257 257-312 324-225 512-339 437-632 23- 26 26 33- 71 800-313 762-1000 31- 39 21- 24 24- 40 40- 56 293-800 20- 21 21- 22 26- 27 451-319 319-378 682-508 Coral sand, foraminifera do do Fine gray sand, mud Coarse brown coral sand, fo- raminifera. Fine gray sand Fine gray sand, mud Fine coral and volcanic sand . . Fine gray sand, rocks Volcanic sand, foraminifera . . . Coarse coral sand, foraminifera. Coral, coralline do Fine coral sand, foraminifera, stones. White mud, foraminifera, rocks. Coral, coralline Coarse coral sand, broken shells, foraminifera. Coral, coralline Coral do Coral sand, pebbles, shells Coral sand, foraminifera, rocks. Coral sand, foraminifera Coral Coral sand, foraminifera Gray sand, globigerina Coral sand, rocks, pebbles Gray sand, foraminifera Astropecten callistus. Patagiaster nuttingi, Antheniaster epixanthus, Henricia robusta. Astropecten pusillulus. Psilasteropsis cingulata, Patagiaster nuttingi, Mediaster ornatus. Asterodiscus tuberculosus, Lei as ter callipeplus, Ophidiaster triseriatus. Brisinga fragilis. Nereid aster bowersi. Do. Zoroaster spinulosus. Mediaster ornatus. Mithrodia bradleyi. Mithrodia bradleyi (aberrant). Leiaster callipeplus. -• Tosia micropelta. Asthenactis papyraceus. Mithrodia bradleyi (aberrant). Mithrodia bradleyi. Do. Do. Do. Leiaster callipeplus, Mithrodia brad- leyi. Henricia pauperrima, Brisinga fragilis. Astropecten polyacanthus, Luidia ' hystrix. Mithrodia bradleyi. Do. Brisinga panopla, Brisinga alberti. Brisinga panopla. Evoplosoma forcipifera. RELATIONSHIPS OF THE HAWAIIAN STARFISH FAUNA- The Hawaiian Islands are of peculiar interest to a student of distribution, from the fact that they occupy such an isolated position and because they are surrounded on all sides by very deep water. Since the islands constitute a great mountain range rising from abyssmal depths, the sedentary and sluggish creatures that live at or near the top of this plateau occupy a position somewhat analogous to that of an alpine fauna on an equally isolated mountain range of some continent. Of course the great depths do not afford perfect barriers, since the larvse of most marine invertebrates are swept about by ocean currents. With reference to the starfishes alone, it would appear that those forms which live at the shore or in very shallow water are slower to change under segregation than the species which dwell at a moderate or consid- erable depth. Or it may be that the latter is an older fauna, for it is true that every species is peculiar to the region. A number of shallow-water forms also are peculiar. 998 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. and I suspect with a good series of specimens for comparison nearly every littoral Hawaiian species would show small but constant differences. The shore and shallow-water species of starfishes are all tropical forms, and those which are not. peculiar to the group are derived from at least two distinct regions. We have first a group of species comprising very wide ranging forms, some of them extending from the Red Sea to China and Japan, and thence to Australia. In this group of ten species all but three occur in the Indian Ocean, and five range into the Red Sea. All extend at least to the eastern archipelago. Most of these forms are characteristic “South Sea” types. The other group comprises but five species and is derived from the coast of Mexico, Central America, and northern South America. The following tables detail these forms. Species common to the Hawaiian Islands and to the Eastern Archipelago, Indian Ocean, Japan, Polynesia or Australia. Species. Locality. Astropecten polyacanthus. . . Astropcct.cn velitaris Red Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon, Andaman Island, Port Jackson, Australia, New Zealand, China, Japan, Admiralty and Fiji Islands. China Sea, Amboina, Northwest Australia, Admiralty Islands. Eastern Archipelago, Pelew Island, Port Darwin, Port Essington, Cape Grenville, Port Deni- son, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa a, and Tonga islands, Nicobar Islands, Andaman Islands, Mergui. Red Sea, Mauritius, Madagascar, Ceylon, Eastern Archipelago, Fiji Islands, New Guinea, Amboina. Amboina. Mauritius, Madagascar, Isle de Bourbon, Christmas Island, New Caledonia, Fiji and Tonga islands. Red Sea, Mozambique, Mauritius, Ceylon, Larentuka, Celebes, Amboina, New Caledonia, Fiji, and Samoa. Red Sea, Mauritius, Bourbon, Samoa and Fiji islands. Red Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon, Eastern Archipelago, New Caledonia, Fiji Islands, Panama (?). Mauritius. Archaster typicus Goniodiscides sebse Culcita arenosa & Linckia diplax Linckia multi fora b Nardoa segyptiaca b Gymnasteria cariniferab Valy aster striatus a Collected in Samoa in 1902 by D. S. Jordan and V. L. Kellogg. b Specimens from the Hawaiian Islands not seen by the writer. Species common to the Hawaiian Islands and to the west coast of America a. Species. Locality. Luidia brevispina Mazatlan, Mexico. West coast of Mexico, Central America, south to Ecuador and the Galapagos Islands. Panama (?). Lower California to Panama. Lower California, Mexico, to Galapagos Islands. Nidorellia armata Gymnasteria carinifera Mithrodia bradleyi Heliaster.multiradiata Turning now to the species which are, so far as known, peculiar to the Hawaiian group, both shallow and deep water forms, we find that a number have related species in Japanese and Chinese waters, or in the Eastern Archipelago, as detailed in the following table: a Only in the case of Mithrodia brcidleyi have these species been directly verified. The Panama record of Gymnasteria is very doubtful. Ives records Archaster typicus from Mulege Bay, Lower California (Proc. Phil. Acad. Sci., 1889, p. 175). I have doubts concerning the correctness of the label. 999 THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. Species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands, which have nearly related species in Japan, China, or in the Eastern Archipelago. Hawaiian species. Corresponding species. Locality. — Luidia hystrix Luidia magnifica Calliderma spectabilis Calliaster pedicellaris Asterodiscus tuberculosus. Pentaceros hawaiiensis . . . Benthaster eritimus Luidia aspera. Luidia maculata. [Luidia aspera, also.] . . . Calliderma emma Calliaster childrenia Asterodiscus elegans [Pentaceros orientalis I Pentaceros troscheli [Benthaster penicillatus [Benthaster wyville-thomsoni Samboagan and Tablas Island, Philippine group; north of Admiralty Island; 10 to 150 fathoms. Japan, Manila, Coromandel, Java, Mergui, Ceylon, Mozambique. Japan. Do. Philippine Islands; northeast China. China. Billiton. North of New Guinea. North Pacific, between Hawaii and Japan. a Relationship not very close. Still another set of forms appears to have been derived from the Indian Ocean, or at all events to show a marked resemblance to Indian species. Probably if a direct comparison of specimens could be made, this list would be considerably aug- mented. Species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands which have nearly related species in the Indian Ocean. Hawaiian species. Corresponding species. Locality. Luidia magnifica Luidia maculata Mozambique, Madras, Ceylon, Java, etc., littoral. Andaman Sea, 250 fathoms. Indian Ocean, 200 fathoms. Andaman Sea, 130 to 250 fathoms. Do. Mauritius, littoral. Mauritius, Seychelles. Querimba Island, littoral. Mauritius, littoral. Dipsacaster nesiotes Pseudarchaster jordani Mediaster ornatus Antheniaster epixanthus Ophidiaster lorioli Ophidiaster squameus Leiaster callipeplus Echinastersp Dipsacaster sladeni Pseudarchaster mozaicus Mediaster florifer (Alcock) Antheniaster sarissa Ophidiaster robillardi Ophidiaster purpureus (?) Leiaster glaber Echinaster sladeni Considering these species in conjunction with those actually common to both areas, we are at once struck by the fact that the Hawaiian fauna bears more resem- blance to that of the distant Indian region than it does to the fauna of America, not- withstanding that all the ocean currents which pass the Hawaiian Islands are coming from America and not from the west. Ocean currents are almost without doubt responsible for the gradual dispersal of echinoderm species, on account of the pelagic larvae. It is interesting, therefore, to examine the ocean currents in connection with the apparent relationships of the Hawaiian starfish fauna. During the southwest monsoon currents set northwest toward the equator in the Indian Ocean from the vicinity of Mauritius and the coast of Africa, thence pass east toward Ceylon, receiving an eastward current from the Gulf of Aden ; or, turning more abruptly, flow eastward between the equator and 10° north latitude. These currents, passing the Bay of Bengal, meet a reverse current from the Strait of Malacca, but pass south of Sumatra through Sunda Strait, thence northeast between Borneo and Cochin China past the Philippines and Japan, where the stream is known as the Kuro Siwo. South of the Philippines and north of the Celebes a counter-equatorial current sets eastward in 5° north latitude, passing south of the Caroline and Marshall islands and north of the main, west-flowing, equatorial cur- rent. The countercurrent reaches the coast of Central America and is reflected 1000 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. westward in latitude 10° north, along with a south-flowing current from the coast of North America. The currents which pass the Hawaiian Islands are consequent^ flowing westward and are derived from the counter-equatorial current and from North America. A branch of the Kuro Siwo sets southeastward from north latitude 35° to 40° toward the Hawaiian Islands, but apparently does not reach them. During the southeast monsoon the currents are nearly reversed in the Indian Ocean, a stream (42 to 66 knots per 24 hours) setting directly eastward from the Seychelles, south latitude 5°, to the coast of Sumatra, but there is a west current in Sunda Strait and an eastward current along the north coast of Java. Consequently if we think of the Indian Ocean as the center of dispersal for this fauna, about the only conceivable way in which the species could reach the Hawaiian Islands is by means of the counter equatorial, which is an insignificant stream when compared with the great west flowing equatorial. Yet all the currents setting from America have sufficed to bring only five species and these are by no means cleared of doubt. Of course there is no a priori reason for considering the Indian the original fauna. The center of dispersal may have been farther eastward. In the case of Valvaster striatus it is a long cry from Mauritius to Hawaii, with no intermediate records. The similarity of such a rare type as the Calliderma of Japan with that of Hawaii is interesting. The genus, being an old one, is probably widespread, and a number of intermediate forms may remain to be discovered. If the Philippine group and a number of others along the path of the principal ocean currents were as thoroughly worked as the Hawaiian Islands, we would have a far more satisfactory basis for comparison. The Challenger made at most but 20 hauls in which starfish were captured, in the Eastern Archipelago, while in the limited area of the Hawaiian Islands the Albatross made 123. The results of the Siboga expedition may be looked forward to with interest. Certain Hawaiian species show relationships with Atlantic forms, others with Australian and southern South American species. These are detailed in the following table: Species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands and the apparently nearest relatives of those species ( other than Indian Ocean and Eastern forms. ) Hawaiian species. Related species. South Pacific. Southern ocean. Atlantic. Astropecten ctenophorus Psilaster attenuatus Psilasteropsis cingulata Cheiraster inops Pseudarchaster myobrachius Pseudarchaster jordani Tosia ceramoidea Anseropoda insignis Henricia robusta Henricia pauperrima Pteraster reticulatus Astropecten pectinatus Psilaster acuminatus Psilasteropsis patagiatus . . Cheiraster planeta Pseudarchaster tessellatus. Southeast of Austra- lia; Port Philip. East of Australia; west of New Zealand. West of South Amer- ica (entrance to Straits of Magellan ) . do Tosia nitida; Tosia compta. ... Anseropoda placenta Cribrella obesa Cribrella compact'a Pteraster semireticulatus. Off New Zealand Off Clarion Island. Simons Bay, Cape of Good Hope. Off Cape'Verde Islands. Simons Bay, Cape of Good Hope. Do. West Indies. Coast of Europe. Falkland Islands, Straits of Magellan. Hymenaster pentagonalis . . . Hymenaster carnosus West of South America THE STARFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 1001 A few species stand alone, apparent^. I have not been able to find an}7 vTery close relatives. a Such are — Astropecten pusillulus Astropecten productus Ctenophoraster hawaiiensis Gilbertaster anaeanthus Evoplosoma forcipifera DESCRIPTION OF HAWAIIAN ASTEROIDEA. SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILIES. a. Marginal plates usually large and' conspicuous in the adult, defining the contour of body. Papula? restricted to abactinal area (except in Linckiidse) circumscribed by the superomarginal plates. Ambulacral plates well spaced and broad. Mouth plates prominent. Actinostomal ring with adambulacral plates prominent. Pedicellarise when present spiniform, pectinate, valvate, or excavate. b. Abactinal skeleton composed of true columnar paxillse or paxilliform plates. Tegumentary developments usually spiniform. Primary apical plates usually not discernible. (See also bb-c-d.) Pedicellarise when present spiniform or pectinate, never bivalved or excavate. c. Superambulacral plates usually present; if absent, the marginal plates alternate and spiny. (In dd.) d. At least the inferomarginal plates well developed; plates of the 2 marginal series opposite, not regularly alternate. e. Fasciolar grooves between marginal plates usually well developed; paxillse typical; median radial paxillse smaller than those along sides of area. Anal aperture small or wanting ( well developed in Dipsacaster) . f. Both series of marginal plates present Astro pectini da-: ff. Superomarginal plates aborted, represented by a series of paxillse Luidiid.e ee. Fasciolar grooves obsolete; median radial paxillse larger than those along sides of area; papulse not extending beyond middle of ray Pseud archastekidje dd. Plates of the 2 marginal series alternate, usually very spiny. An odd spiniferous interradial plate present in both marginal series in one genus (not Hawaiian) . Papulse confined to limited area at base of ray, often to a special papular organ. Pedicellarise, when present, pectinate Benthopectinid^e ce. Superambulacral plates absent. Medioradial series of paxillse conspicuously larger than the others. Marginal plates opposite. Spiniform pedicellarise often present. Superficially astropectinoid Archasteridj® (restricted) bb. Abactinal skeleton not composed of true paxillse or paxilliform plates except in Mediasterinse, when bivalved or 2-jawed upright pedicellarise are present. Primary apical plates usually readily discernible. Tegumentary developments usually granuliform, although in the Mediasterinse the abactinal plates may have well-developed spinelets. In addition to granules the plates may bear specialized spines and tubercles. Pedicellarise valvate, excavate, or foraminate. c. Actinal interradial areas large. d. Abactinal skeleton composed of polygonal or circular (occasionally stellate) plates which may or may not be united by separate internal radiating ossicles. The plates may bear a central tabulum, paxilliform in appearance, or may be simply flat and covered with granules or naked. In some genera the abactinal plates bear a central spine or tubercle, or several. Papulse usually confined to the abactinal radial areas. The plates may also be obscured by a tough skin which is superficially smooth (Leptogonasterinse) or covered with granules (Goniodiscidinse) Goniasterid.e aOne great difficulty is a lack of figures and the poor descriptions of many East Indian forms. Ophidiaster sclerodermus Ophidiaster tenellus Asthenactis papyraceus (related to Myxaster of Atlantic) . 1002 BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES FISH COMMISSION. dd. Abactinal skeleton stellato-reticulate, the papulae usually numerous and in definite areas (except in Asterodiscus) . Marginal plates sometimes superficially hidden. Abactinal plates often with large conical tubercles Pextacerotidas ddd. Abactinal skeleton tessellate; the plates often irregular and only partially contingent, the whole covered with a thick, leathery, skin. Flexible. Marginal plates inconspicuous, GYMNASTERIIDiE cc. Actinal interradial areas small. Superambulacral plates usually present. Pedicellarise, when present, excavate. Abactinal skeleton tessellate, arranged irregularly or in more or less regular longitudinal series, with intra- and often infra-marginal papulae. Rays usually slender, long, and subcylindrical Linckiida: aa. Marginal plates small and inconspicuous. Papulae not always confined to area circumscribed by the superomarginal plates, but often present between the marginal plates and on the actinal surface. Ambulacral plates may be crowded or not. b. Actinostomial ring with adambulacral plates prominent. Ambulacral plates not crowded. Abactinal skeleton composed of thin, close-set overlapping plates, or forming a more or less open reticulate network, either regular or irregular. In one family the abactinal plates are cruciform, with long paxillar spines supporting a supradorsal membrane. Pedicellarise very rare, never pedunculate or excavate. Tube feet biserial, c. Mouth plates small, ambulacral groove narrow. Spines not conspicuously long and slender, or supporting a supradorsal membrane. d. Abactinal skeleton is formed of closely imbricating plates bearing small spines. Actinal skeleton formed of imbricating plates bearing a tuft or fan of spinelets. Marginal plates minute. e. Papulae distributed throughout the abactinal area. Abactinal plates thick, crescentiform, devoid of internal processes Asterixidas ee. Papulae confined to the radial regions. Abactinal plates in the median regions stellate. Abactinal plates thin, scale-like, with elongate internal prolongations. General form very thin and flat Anseropodida: dd. Abactinal skeleton formed of plates disposed in longitudinal and transverse series, or in an irregular network, bearing spinelets; spinelets not disposed in a tuft or fan. e. Spinelets small, pointed, naked, or covered with a thin skin containing calcareous granu- lations. ( Valvaster has large marginal bivalved pedicellarise) Echinasteridjs ee. Spines heavy, rigid, obtuse, covered with spiniform scales. Reticulation of the dorsum formed of triangles grouped in hexagons Mithrodiidse cc. Mouth plates conspicuously large, plowshare-shaped, with conspicuous mai-ginal and actinal spines. Marginal plates not visible. Abactinal plates cruciform as a rule, bearing a fascicle of rather long delicate spinelets united by a fold of the integument, or supporting a supradorsal membrane which roofs a specialized nidamental cavity. d. No supradorsal membrane. Spines united by a web. Rays more than 5 Myxasterida: dd. A supradorsal membrane present . Pterasteridas bb. Pedicellarise pedunculate, either forficiform or forcipiform (composed of 2 jaws and a basal piece). Skeletal plates bearing spines, often long and isolated, on or about which are usually grouped the pedicellarise; or the pedicellarise may be isolated. Marginal plates inconspicuous or aborted. Ambulacral plates often very crowded so that the tube-feet are disposed in 4 series. Abactinal skeleton formed of skeletal arches, independent or bound together by intermediate plates, forming a network with rectangular or very irregular meshes; rarely in mosaic. These skeletal arches correspond to every other, or to every third adambulacral, and are composed of pieces corresponding in the ventral, lateral, and dorsal regions of the body. Mouth plates very inconspicuous as a rule, c. Tube-feet quadriserial, at least at the base of rays. Actinostome with ambulacral plates prominent. d. More than 25 arms; interbrachial septa double Heliasteribas dd. Less than 15 arms (Hawaiian species, 5-armed) ; interbrachial septa single. e. Adambulacral plates of 2 kinds, alternating, one projecting into the furrow, and separating with its spinelets the tube-feet; the other not prominent. They bear several spinelets in a transverse series. Skeleton regular, composed of imbricating plates. . .Zoroasterid.®; THE STAKFISHES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 1003 ee. Skeleton reticulated. Adambulacral plates not dimorphic. Adambulacral plates with 1 or 2 spines. Pedicellarise usually numerous, either in wreaths about the spines, or scattered Asteriidte c c. Tube-feet in 2 series throughout the ray. Actinostome with adambulacral plates prominent. Rays numerous, always more than 5, slender, sharply defined from disk, and armed with slender spines which are sheathed in membraneous sacculi bearing many minute crossed (forcipiform), pedicellarise. Abactinal skeleton confined to disk and base of ray, on the latter often disposed in independent spaced annular ridges or costae Brisingid.e Order PHANEROZONIA Sladen, emended. Family ASTROPECTINIDA Gray, 1840. Astropectinidae Gray, Synopsis of the Genera and Species of the Class Hypostoma ( Asterias Linn.)